Home

SPARSH VP110 User Guide V2

1. Time Zone Time Zone Name 11 00 Samoa 10 00 United States Hawaii Aleutian 10 00 United States Alaska Aleutian 09 00 United States Alaska Time 08 00 Canada Vancouver Whitehorse 08 00 Mexico Tijuana Mexicali 08 00 United States Pacific Time 07 00 Canada Edmonton Calgary 07 00 Mexico Mazatlan Chihuahua 07 00 United States Mountain Time 07 00 United States MST no DST 06 00 Canada Manitoba Winnipeg 06 00 Chile Easter Islands 06 00 Mexico Mexico City Acapulco 06 00 United States Central Time 05 00 Bahamas Nassau 05 00 Canada Montreal Ottawa Quebec 05 00 Cuba Havana 05 00 United States Eastern Time 04 30 Venezuela Caracas 04 00 Canada Halifax Saint John 04 00 Chile Santiago 04 00 Paraguay Asuncion 04 00 United Kingdom Bermuda Bermuda 04 00 United Kingdom Falkland Islands 04 00 Trinidad amp Tobago 03 30 Canada New Foundland St Johns 03 00 Denmark Greenland Nuuk 03 00 Argentina Buenos Aires 03 00 Brazil no DST 03 00 Brazil DST 02 00 Brazil no DST 01 00 Portugal Azores 0 GMT 0 Greenland 0 Denmark Faroe Islands Torshavn 0 lreland Dublin 0 Portugal Lisboa Porto Funchal 0 Spain Canary Islands Las Palmas 0 United Kingdom London 0 Morocco 01 00 Albania Tirane 01 00 Austria Vienna 01 00 Belgium Brussels 01 00 Caicos 01 00 Chad 01 00 Spain Madrid 01 00 Croatia Zagreb 01 00 Czech Republic Prague 01
2. Description i is set to 1 Server If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format IP Address or Domain Name Default Value Blank Range String within 99 characters Example syslog server 192 168 1 50 Parameter Configuration File syslog log_level lt MAC gt cfg Configures the severity level of the logs to be reported to a log file Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 3 Range Oto6 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 459 Example syslog log_level 3 WatchDog Parameter Configuration File watch_dog enable lt MAC gt cfg Description Enables or disables WatchDog feature Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example watch_dog enable 1 460 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Configuring DSS Key This section provides the DSS key parameters you can configure on IP phones DSS key consists of the programmable keys There are 11 programmable keys available for SPARSH VP110 Y The programmable key takes effect only if the IP phone is idle DSS key can be assigned with various key features The parameters of the DSS key are detailed in the following Parameter Configuration File programablekey X type lt MAC gt cfg Config
3. dialplan block out number 10 496 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide E aE aE aE AE AE aE aE ae AE AE E aE aE ae AE aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa Voice Tone E aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE ae aE AE AE aE aE aE aE aaa aE aaa aaa aaa aaa voice vad 0 voice cng 1 voice echo cancellation 1 voice jib adaptive 1 voice jib min 0 voice jib max 300 voice jib normal 120 E aE aE aE AE AE aE AE aE ae AE AE E aE aE aE AE AE aaa aaa Rings Distinctive Rings HE FE aE aE aE AE AE aE a aE aE AE AE E aE aE Ea aaa aaa aaa distinctive ring tones alert info 1l text XYZ configures the internal ringer text for distinctive ring tone String within 32 characters distinctive ring tones alert info 1l ringer 1 configures the desired ring tones for each text Integer from 1 to 5 distinctive ring tones alert info 1l text Friends distinctive ring tones alert info l ringer 1 distinctive ring tones alert info 2 text distinctive ring tones alert info 2 ringer distinctive ring tones alert info 3 text distinctive ring tones alert info 3 ringer distinctive ring tones alert info 4 text distinctive ring tones alert info 4 ringer distinctive ring tones alert info 5 text distinctive ring tones alert info 5 ringer distinctive ring ton
4. enables or disables recent call in dialing feature If it is enabled you can see the placed calls list when the phone is in the pre dialing screen 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled super search recent call 0 E AE aE aE AE AE aE a aE aE aE AE AE aE aE aE AE aaa Pa aaa aaa aaa HEHEHE HH Security 500 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide HEHE HEH HE HE HEHEHE EE EE EE EEE EE EE EE EE EE HE HEE EE EH EE EE EE EE EE EE HE HE EH EH EE EE EE EE EE EE HEHEHEH configures the password of the user or administrator The valid value format is username new password The default value is blank String within 32 characters The following means setting the password of administrator current user name is admin to password123 security user password admin password123 security user password user password123 enables or disables the phone to only accept the certificates in the Trusted Certificates list It takes effect after a reboot security trust_ certificates 0 enables or disables the phone to mandatorily validate the CommonName or SubjectAltName of the certificate received from the connecting server 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled It takes effect after a reboot security cn validation 0 configures the source certificates for the phone to authenticate for TLS connection O Default certificates 1 Custom certificates 2 All certificates Default It
5. Description 7 is the highest priority 0 is the lowest priority Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Oto7 432 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide PC Port Example network vlan internet_port_priority 0 Parameter network vlan pc_port_enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to insert VLAN tag on packet from the PC port Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example network vlan pc_port_enable 1 Parameter Configuration File network vlan pc_port_vid lt MAC gt cfg Configures the VLAN ID that is associated with the particular VLAN Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 to 4094 Example network vlan pc_port_vid 1 Parameter Configuration File network vlan pc_port_priority lt MAC gt cfg Configures the priority value used for passing VLAN packets Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 0
6. Optional Enter the anonymous call rejection on code in the Reject On Code field Optional Enter the anonymous call rejection off code in the Reject Off Code field e Press the Save soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 189 190 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide CHAPTER 8 Accessing Advanced Features This chapter provides operating instructions and information for making configuration changes applicable to the advanced features of the IP phone Topics include e Hot Desking e Calling Line Identification Presentation e Connected Line Identification Presentation DTMF e Suppress DTMF Display e Transfer via DTMF e Intercom e Multicast Paging e Sending RTP Stream e Receiving RTP Stream e Music on Hold e Messages e Short Message Service SMS e Voice Mail e Message Waiting Indicator MWI e Web Server Type e Softkey Layout e Busy Tone Delay e Return Code When Refuse e Early Media e 180 Ring Workaround e Use Outbound Proxy in Dialog e SIP Session Timer e Session Timer e Distinctive Ring Tones e Tones Remote Phone Book Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Action URL Action URI Server Redundancy e SIP Server Domain Name Resolution LLDP VLAN Quality of Service Network Address Translation 802 1X Authentication IPv6 Support Hot Desking Hot desking originates from the definition of being the temporary physical occ
7. To configure the power Indicator LED via web user interface e Click on Features gt Power LED e Select the desired value from the Common Power Light On list e Select the desired value from the Ring Power Light Flash list e Select the desired value from the Voice Text Mail Power Light Flash list e Select the desired value from the Mute Power Light Flash list e Select the desired value from the Hold Held Power Light Flash list e Select the desired value from the Talk Dial Power Light On list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Forward amp DND Power lee Common Power Light On Disabled v General Information Ring Power Light Flash Enabled v 2 Voice Text Mail Power Light Flash Enabled v Audio Mute Power Light On Disabled X oe Hold Held Power Light On Disabled x Transfer Talk Dial Power Light On Disabled X SEAE Remote Control Phone Lock ACD SMS Action URL Power LE 68 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Click Confirm to save the change Administrator Password Advanced menu options are strictly used by administrators Users can configure them only if they have administrator privileges The administrator password can only be changed by an administrator The default administrator password is 1234 For security reasons the administrator should change the default administrator password as soon as possible Procedure Administrator password can be changed using the configuration
8. Range 1 Enabled power indicator LED slow flashes 1000ms green Example phone_setting mail_power_led_flash_enable 0 Parameter Configuration File phone_setting mute_power_led_flash lt MAC gt cfg _enable Enables or disables the power indicator LED to flash when a call is mute Description If it is set to 0 the status of the power indicator LED is determined by the value of the parameter ohone_setting common_power_led_enable Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are 0 Disabled power indicator LED does not flash phone_setting hold_and_held_power_ led_flash_enable Range 1 Enabled power indicator LED fast flashes 300ms green Example phone_setting mute_power_led_flash_enable 1 Parameter Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the power indicator LED to flash when a call is placed on hold or is held If it is set to 0 the status of the power indicator LED is Description P determined by the value of the parameter phone_setting common_power_led_enable Format Boolean Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 365 Default Value 0 Valid values are 0 Disabled power indicator LED does not flash Range 1 Enabled power indicator LED fast flashes 500ms green phone_setting hold_and_held_power_led_flash_ena Example ble 0 Parameter Configuration File phone_setting talk_and_dial_power_le
9. Session Timer Parameter account X session_timer enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the session timer for account X If it is set to 1 Enabled IP phone will send periodic Description p re INVITE requests to refresh the session during a call Xis 1 Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example account 1 session_timer enable 1 Parameter Configuration File account X session_timer expires lt MAC gt cfg Configures the IP phone to refresh the session during a call at regular intervals in seconds for account X Description If it is set to 1800 1800s the IP phone will refresh the session during a call before 1800 seconds Xis 1 Format Integer Default Value 1800 Range 30 to 7200 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 397 Example account 1 session_timer expires 1800 Parameter account X session_timer refresher Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the session timer refresher for account X If it is set to O UAC refreshing the session is performed by the IP phone Description If it is set to 1 UAS refreshing the session is performed by a SIP server Xis 1 Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 UAC 1 UAS Example account 1 session_timer refresher 0 Call Hold Parameter Configuration Fi
10. Configures the PPPoE Password when the Internet port type is configured as PPPo GI and the IP address mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 IPv6 network pppoe password matrix123 HEHEH IPv6 Network Parameters tHHHEEEEEEEEFE The Parameter Lines ar intentionally kept commented If you select the Network mode as IPv6 or Both IPv4 amp IPv6 you can uncomment it Configures the IPv6 address assignment method 0 DHCP 1 Static IP Address network ipv6_ internet port type 0 Enables or disables the phone to use manually configured static IPv6 DNS when the parameter network ipv6o internet port type is set to 0 DHCP 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled network ipvo static dns enable 0 Configures the IPv6 address when the IPv6 address assignment method is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is configured as IPv6 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Default value blank network ipv6 internet port ip 2026 1234 1 1 215 65ff felf caa Configures the prefix of the IPv6 address when the IPv6 address assignment method is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is configured as IPv6 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Default 64 Range 0 to 128 network ipv6 prefix 64 Configures the gateway when the IPv6 address assignment method is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is configured as IPv6 or IPv4 IPv6 Default value blank network ipv6 internet port gateway 3036
11. 336 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Configure the access URL of the directory template Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the access URL of the super search template Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 337 338 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide CHAPTER 13 Troubleshooting This section describes solutions to common issues that may occur while using the IP phone Upon encountering a scenario not listed in this section contact your Matrix SPARSH VP110 reseller for further support Why is the LCD screen blank e Ensure that the phone is properly plugged into a functional AC outlet Ensure that the phone is plugged into a socket controlled by a switch that is on e Ifthe phone is plugged into a power strip try plugging it directly into a wall outlet instead e If your IP phone is powered from PoE ensure you use a PoE compliant switch or hub Why does the phone display Network Unavailable Ensure that the Ethernet cable is plugged into the Internet port on the phone and the Ethernet cable is not loose Ensure that the switch or hub in your network is operational e Contact your network administrator for more information Why does the phone display No Service The LCD scre
12. The anonymous call on code and anonymous call off code configured on IP phones are used to activate deactivate the server side anonymous call feature They may vary on different servers Send Anonymous Code feature allows IP phones to send anonymous on off code to the server Procedure Anonymous Call can be configured using the configuration files or locally Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 185 Configure anonymous call For more information refer Appendix Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg E E E Paramenars Configure anonymous call Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt Local servlet p account basic amp q load amp acc 0 Phone User Interface Configure anonymous call To configure anonymous call via web user interface e Click on Account gt Basic e Select the desired value from the Local Anonymous list SPARSH VP110 A Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Dire Register Proxy Require no Local Anonymous off z Basic off Basi Send Anonymous Code The adm Codec On Code Pro Advanced Off Code Asp lt n Nort Anonymous Call Rejection Off Nord On Code be Off Code Missed Call Log Enabled gt Auto Answer Disabled gt Ring Type Common gt Cancel e Select the desired value from the Send Anonymous Code list e Optional Enter the anonymous call on code in the On Code field e Optional Enter t
13. Ring Type e Click Confirm to save the change iW A ring tone for the account is configurable via web user interface only To select a ring tone for the phone via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Basic Settings gt Ring Tones e Press or to select the desired ring tone e Press the Save soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel To upload a custom ring tone for your phone via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Preference e Click Browse to locate a ring tone file format must be wav file from your local system 78 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Click Upload to upload the file n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Preference Fn English Angielski Live Dialpad Enabled X Time amp Date Inter Digit Time 1 14s 4 2 Upgrade Contrast F se Auto Provision WatchDog Enabled Ring Type Ring1 wav X Configuration el 9 Upload Ringtone No file selected Dial Plan upod No fe steted Voice iee eee Y The ring tone for an incoming call on the phone may be different For example when the phone receives an incoming call from a contact stored in the local directory it will play the ring tone assigned to the contact in the contact directory refer to Adding Contacts If no ring tone is assigned to the contact the phone will play the ring tone assigned to the a
14. Status Account Network DSSKey Features Preference Export or Import Configuration Browse No file selected Q E Time amp Date mot Export Upgrade Pcap Feature Start Stop Auto Provision Export System Log Configuration Dial Plan System Log Level iii Ring Tones Softk out e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt Do you want to restart your machine The configuration will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone After a reboot the system log level is set as 6 the informational level x v Informational level may make some sensitive information accessible e g password dial number we a recommend that you reset the system log level to 3 after having the syslog file provided To configure the phone to export the system log to a syslog server via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Configuration e Click Server in the Export System Log 320 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Enter the IP address or domain name of the syslog server in the Server Name field n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Drdierene Export or Import Configuration No fie selected 2 N Time amp Date import Export Upgrade ran reae s aoe a Export System Log Local sever Configuration Sever Name Dial Plan System Log Level 3 sii e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt Do you
15. lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt 26 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Basic Call Features Recent Call In Dialing Auto Answer Vv Auto Redial Call Completion Lja Call Return DND Call Forward Call Transfer Call Waiting Conference Call Pickup Anonymous Call vV lt lt lt lt Anonymous Call Rejection Vv Advanced Phone Features Hot Desking Intercom v Multicast Paging Music on Hold Messages v SIP Account User Options Register Status Activation Label Display Name Register Name User Name Password SIP Server1 2 Server Option E ETE N Server Port Outbound Status Outbound Proxy NAT Traversal STUN Status STUN Server KA e The table above lists most of the feature options Please refer to the relevant sections for more information e In this document configurations made either using the Phone User Interface or using the Web User Interface are termed as Local configurations since such methods will configure individual IP Phone parameters For mass configuration of IP Phones the best method is using the Auto Provisioning as described below e To change the default administrator password refer Administrator Password Matrix
16. lt MAC gt cfg Configures the amount of time in seconds between the transmissions of LLDP packet Note If you change this parameter the IP phone Description will reboot to make the change take effect It works only if the parameter network Ildp enable is set to 1 Enabled Format Integer Default Value 60 Range 1 to 3600 Example network Idp packet_interval 60 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 431 Internet Port Parameter network vlan internet_port_enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to insert VLAN tag on packet from the Internet port Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example network vlan internet_port_enable 1 Parameter Configuration File network vlan internet_port_vid lt MAC gt cfg Configures the VLAN ID that is associated with the particular VLAN Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1 to 4094 Example network vlan internet_port_vid 1 Parameter Configuration File network vlan internet_port_priority lt MAC gt cfg Configures the priority value used for passing VLAN packets
17. Configures the anonymous call off code to deactivate the server side anonymous call feature for account X Description Xis 1 Note It works only if the parameter account X send_anonymous_code is set to 1 Enabled Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example account 1 anonymous_call_offcode 73 Anonymous Call Rejection Parameter account X reject_anonymous_call Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables anonymous call rejection feature for account X If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will automatically Description reject incoming calls from users enabled anonymous call feature The anonymous user s phone LCD screen presents Anonymity Disallowed Xis 1 Format Boolean Default Value 0 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 391 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example account 1 reject_anonymous_call 1 Parameter Configuration File account X anonymous_reject_oncode lt MAC gt cfg Configures the anonymous call rejection on code to activate the server side anonymous call rejection Description feature for account X Xis 1 Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example account 1 anonymous_reject_oncode 74 Parameter Configuration File account X anonymous_reject_offcod e lt MAC gt cfg Configures the
18. Configures the time format If it is set to O 12 Hour the time display will use 12 hour format Description hos N If it is set to 1 24 Hour the time display will use 24 hour format Format Integer Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 12 Hour 1 24 Hour Example local_time time_format 1 Date Format Parameter local_time date_format Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the date format IP phones support various date formats You can Description change the desired format according to your requirement Format Integer Default Value 0 376 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Valid values are 0 WWW MMM DD 1 DD MMM YY 2 YYYY MM DD 3 DD MM YYYY 4 MM DD YY 5 DD MMM YYYY Language Range 6 WWW DD MMM Note WWW represents the abbreviation of the week DD represents a two digit day MMM represents the first three letters of the month YYYY represents a four digit year and YY represents a two digit year Example local_time date_format 0 Parameter Configuration File gui_lang url lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the language pack Note The language packs you load are dependent on oe available language packs from the provisioning server Description You can download the language pack to the phone user interface only Format URL
19. Enable or disable a subscription to the voice mail number for MWI service To use this feature you should configure subscribe for MWI and the voice mail number in advance Whether the phone sends SUBSCRIBE messages for MWI service to the account or to the voice mail number depends on the server Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Configuration File Configure subscribe for MWI lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure subscribe MWI to voice mail Local Configure subscribe for MWI Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p account adv amp q load amp acc 0 Configure subscribe MWI to voice mail To configure subscribe for MWI via web user interface e Click on Account gt Advanced e Select Enabled from the Subscribe for MWI list Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 221 e Enter the period time in the MWI Subscription Period Seconds field n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Dir Alive T Default X Register Keep ype efau Q NC Keep Alive Interval Seconds 30 Basic Local SIP Port 5060 Th ad Codec RPort Disabled atomic SIP Session Timer T1 0 5 10s 0 5 SIP Session Timer T2 2 40s 4 SIP Session Timer T4 2 5 60s 5 Subscribe Period Seconds 1800 Q DTMF Type RFC2833
20. Enabled v Disabled v 10o 10 v Enabled x 4 0 X 486 Busy Here 480 Temporarily Not Av Disabled z 1 Disabled N B Disabled araa To configure call hold tone and call hold tone delay via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information Select the desired value from the Play Hold Tone list Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 155 Enter the desired time in the Play Hold Tone Delay field PSWPTenX PswLength PswDial Save Call Log Suppress DTMF Display Suppress DTMF Display Delay Play Local DTMF Tone DTMF Repetition Play Hold Tone Play Hold Tone Delay Allow Mute Auto Answer Delay 1 4s Headset Prior DTMF Replace Tran Tran Send DTMF Send Pound Key Fwd International Divarcinn HictansInfa Click Confirm to save the change iW To configure MoH refer Music on Hold To place a call on hold Press the Hold soft key during a call The LCD screen indicates that the call is on hold Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled 3 Ehi 30 Enabled 1 Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Enahlad E PHSoOoosoo gag ogogesegqegqegeooos WW By default the phone will beep softly every 30 seconds to remind you that you still have a call on hold 156 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To resume a held call e Press the Resume soft key Multiple Calls on Hold If multiple calls are placed on hold e Press or to swi
21. Select the desired value from the Suppress DTMF Display Delay list Use Outbound Proxy In Dialog Enabled gt 180 Ring Workaround Enabled gt Logon Wizard Disabled gt PswPrefix PswLength Q PswDial Disabled gt Save Call Log Enabled gt Suppress DTMF Display Enabled gt Suppress DTMF Display Delay Enabled Q Disabled R Play Local DTMF Tone DTMF Repetition 3 gt Play Hold Tone Enabled Play Hold Tone Delay e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 203 Transfer via DTMF Call transfer is implemented via DTMF on some traditional servers The IP phone sends specified DTMF digits to the server for transferring calls to third parties Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Configure transfer via DTMF Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure transfer via DTMF Navigate to Local Web User Interface E http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features general amp q load To configure transfer via DTMF via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information n MATRIX E VP1 iad Status Account Network Settings Dire Forward amp DND General Information nol Call Waiting Enabled gt General i Infor tion Call Waiting On Code Thi ph Call Waiting O
22. Some menu options are protected by two privilege levels user and administrator each with its own password When logging into the web user interface you need to enter the user name and password to access various menu options A user or an administrator can change the user password The default user password is 1111 For security reasons the user or administrator should change the default user password as soon as possible Procedure User password can be changed using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Change the user password of the IP phone For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Web User Interface Change the user password of the IP phone Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p security amp q load To change the user password via web user interface e Click on Security gt Password e Select user from the User Type list 70 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Enter new password in the New Password and Confirm Password fields Valid characters are ASCII characters 32 126 0x20 0x7E except 58 3A n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Direc Paswoord User Type user N NOI Old Password Q Trusted Certificates New Password Q as u Server Certificates Conk PEA ae as mod ad Gea e Click Confirm to save the change Y If logging in
23. To change the language for the phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Basic Settings gt Language e Press or to select the desired language v 1 English English 3 Qi pir Chinese Tr e Press the Save soft key to save the change Text displayed on the LCD screen will change to the selected language Time amp Date IP phones maintain a local clock and calendar Time and date are displayed on the idle screen of IP phones Time and date are synced automatically from the NTP server by default The NTP server can be obtained by DHCP or configured manually If IP phones cannot obtain the time and date from the NTP server you need to manually configure them 60 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Y In this case if the Manual Time option is also disabled see the web interface and the IP phone receives date and time in 200 OK SIP response from the SIP server then the IP phone will automatically update the time as obtained from the SIP server To update the time from the NTP server next time provided the NTP server is functional and the IP phone can query for the updated time from the NTP server you must restart the IP phone The time and date display can use one of several different formats Time Zone A time zone is a region on Earth that has a uniform standard time It is convenient for areas in close commercial or other communication to keep the same time When configuring the IP phone to obtain the
24. account X conf_type Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures the conference type for account X If it is set to O Local Conference conferences are set up on the IP phone locally If it is set to 2 Network Conference conferences are set up by the server X is 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 405 Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are account X conf_uri Range 0 Local Conference 2 Network Conference Example account 1 conf_type 0 Parameter Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the conference URI for account X Xis 1 Description Note It works only if the parameter account X conf_type is set to 2 Network Conference Format SIP URI Default Value Blank Range SIP URI within 511 characters Example account 1 conf_uri conference example com Transfer on Conference Hang Up Parameter transfer tran_others_after_conf_enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables Transfer on Conference Hang Up feature NON If it is set to 1 Enabled the other two parties remain Description KAPP connected when the conference initiator drops the conference call Note It is only applicable to the local conference Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example transfertran_others_after_conf_enable 1 406 M
25. crt cer or der from your local system e Inthe Device Certificates field click Browse to select the desired client pem or cer certificate from your local system e Click Upload to upload the certificates e If you select PEAP MSCHAPv2 e Enter the username for authentication in the Identity field e Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field Inthe CA Certificates field click Browse to select the desired CA certificate pem crt cer or der from your local system e Click Upload to upload the certificate e If you select EAP TTLS EAP MSCHAPv2 e Enter the username for authentication in the Identity field e Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field e Inthe CA Certificates field click Browse to select the desired CA certificate pem crt cer or der from your local system e Click Upload to upload the certificate e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone To configure the 802 1X authentication via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings password 1234 gt Network gt 802 1x Settings e Press Q or 0 or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the 802 1x Mode field e If you select EAP MD5 e Enter the username for authentication in the Identity field e Enter the password for authentication in t
26. lt MAC gt cfg d_enable Enables or disables the power indicator LED to be turned on when the phone is busy Description If it is set to 0 the status of the power indicator LED is determined by the value of the parameter ohone_setting common_power_led_enable Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled power indicator LED is off 1 Enabled power indicator LED is solid green Example phone_setting talk_and_dial_power_led_enable 1 Contrast Parameter Configuration File phone_setting contrast lt MAC gt cfg Configures the contrast of the LCD screen It configures the LCD s contrast of the IP phone only Description Note We recommend that you set the contrast of the LCD screen to 6 as a more comfortable level Format Integer Default Value 6 Range 1to 10 Example phone_setting contrast 6 366 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Web Server Type Parameter wui http_enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to access its web user interface using HTTP protocol Description i f Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example wui http_enable 1 Parameter Configuration File network port http lt MAC gt cfg Co
27. or the Send soft key e When the second party answers the call you can consult with him or her before adding to the conference e Press the Conf soft key again to join all parties in the conference You can press the Hold soft key to place the conference on hold You can press the Split soft key to split the conference call into two individual calls To drop the conference call press the Cancel soft key Network Conference You can use network conference on the IP phone to conduct a conference with multiple participants This feature allows you to perform the following e Join two calls together into a conference call e Invite another party into an active conference call To use this feature you must configure the network conference URI in advance WW e Network conference is not available on all servers For more information contact your ITSP e IP phones implement network conference using the REFER method specified in RFC 4579 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 175 Procedure Network conference can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure network conference For more information refer Appendix Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg D Configuration Parameters Configure network conference Navigate to Local Web User Interface http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p account adv amp q load amp acc 0 To configure network conference via web user inter
28. push_xml block_in calling 0 configures the IP address of server from which the phone receives the action URI requests Multiple IP addresses are separated by commas If it is set to any the phone will receive action URI requests from any server If it is left blank the phone will not receive action URI requests The default value is blank Valid is IP address or any features action uri limit ip any E aE aE TE AE AE E a aE ae AE AE E Ea a ae aE AE E aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa Phone Lock E aE aE aE AE AE E FE aE aE AE AE E HE aE ae AE aaa aaa aaa aaa aa aaa configures the keypad lock type 0 Disabled Default 1 Menu Key 2 Function Keys 3 All Keys phone _setting lock 0 configures the password for unlocking the keypad The default value is 123 characters within 15 digits phone setting phone lock unlock pin 123 configures the interval in seconds to automatically lock the keypad The default value is 0 the keypad is locked only by long pressing the pound key or pressing the keypad lockkey Integer from 0 to 3600 phone setting phone lock lock time out 0 configures emergency numbers Multiple emergency numbers are separated by commas The default value is 112 911 110 String within 99 characters phone setting emergency number 100 101 102 108 486 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide E aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE ae aE AE E aE aE Ea aE aE aaa aaa aaa
29. takes effect after a reboot security ca_cert 2 configures the access URL of the custom trusted certificate file The default value is blank URL within 511 characters trusted certificates url http 192 168 153 27 8081 matrixca crt deletes all uploaded trusted certificate files Here the parameter is intentionally kept commented with below URL within 511 characters trusted _certificates delete http localhost all configures the device certificates for the phone to send for TLS authentication 0 Default certificates 1 Custom certificates The default value is 0 security dev cert 0 configures the access URL of the custom server certificate file The default value is blank URL within 511 characters server certificates url http 192 168 153 27 8081 matrixservercertificate pem deletes the uploaded server certificate file Here the parameter is intentionally kept commented with below URL within 511 characters server certificates delete http localhost all Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 501 502 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Appendix F Acronyms ACB CLI CLIR CPTG CWT DHCP DND DNS DST DTMF FTP GMT IANA ICMP IEEE ISP ITSP ITU LAN LCD LED MAC NAT NTP P2P PBX PoE PPPoE Auto Call Back Caller Line Identification Calling Line Identity Restriction Call Progress Tone Generation Call Waiting Tone Dynamic Host Configuration Protoc
30. 1 370 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide NTP Server Parameter local_time manual_ntp_srv_prior Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the phone to use manually Description P configured NTP server preferentially Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are 0 Disabled use the NTP server obtained by DHCP Range S preferentially 1 Enabled Example local_time manual_ntp_srv_prior 0 Parameter Configuration File local_time ntp_server1 lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures the IP address or the domain name of the primary NTP server Format IP Address or Domain Name Default Value cn pool ntp org Range String within 99 characters Example local_time ntp_server1 cn pool ntp org Parameter Configuration File local_time ntp_server2 lt MAC gt cfg Configures the IP address or the domain name of the secondary NTP server If the primary NTP server is not Description configured or cannot be accessed the IP phone will request the time and date from the secondary NTP server Format IP Address or Domain Name Default Value cn pool ntp org Range String within 99 characters Example local_time ntp_server2 cn pool ntp org Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 371 Parameter local_time interval Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the IP phone to update time and d
31. 127 0 0 1 Bellcore dr1 The following table identifies the different Bellcore ring tone patterns and cadences Minimum Nominal Maximum Bellcore Tone Pattern ID Pattern Cadence Duration Duration Duration ms ms ms Bellc re dr1 Ringing 2s On 1800 2000 2200 standard Silent 4s Off 3600 4000 4400 Ringing Long 630 800 1025 Silent 315 400 525 Bellcore dr2 2 Ringing Long 630 800 1025 Silent 3475 4000 4400 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 241 Ringing Short 315 400 525 Silent 145 200 525 Ringing Short 315 400 525 Bellcore dr3 3 Silent 145 200 525 Ringing Long 630 800 1025 Silent 2975 4000 4400 Ringing Short 200 300 525 Silent 145 200 525 Ringing Long 800 1000 1100 Bellcore dr4 4 Silent 145 200 525 Ringing Short 200 300 525 Silent 2975 4000 4400 Bellcore dr5 5 Ringing 450 500 550 Y Bellcore dr5 is a ring splash tone that reminds the user that the DND or Always Call Forward feature is enabled on the server side e If the Alter Info header contains the keyword ringtone N or MyMelodyN the IP phone will play the corresponding local ring tone RingN wav Otherwise the IP phone will play the pre configured local ring tone in about ten seconds Example Alert Info ringtone 2 Alert Info MyMelody2 The following table identifies different ring tones Value of N Ring Tone
32. A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 267 VLAN VLAN Virtual Local Area Network is used to logically divide a physical network into several broadcast domains VLAN membership can be configured through software instead of physically relocating devices or connections Grouping devices with a common set of requirements regardless of their physical location can greatly simplify network design VLANs can address issues such as scalability security and network management The purpose of VLAN configurations on the IP phone is to insert tag with VLAN information to the packets generated by the IP phone When VLAN is properly configured for the ports Internet port and PC port on the IP phone the IP phone will tag all packets from these ports with the VLAN ID The switch receives and forwards the tagged packets to the corresponding VLAN according to the VLAN ID in the tag as described in IEEE Std 802 3 VLAN on IP phones allows simultaneous access for a regular PC This feature allows a PC to be daisy chained to an IP phone and the connection for both PC and IP phone to be trunked through the same physical Ethernet cable In addition to manual configuration the IP phone also supports automatic discovery of VLAN via LLDP or DHCP The assignment takes effect in this order assignment via LLDP manual configuration then assignment via DHCP
33. Import CSV Export CSV L e Click Add to add the contact You can add contacts to the local directory in the following ways via phone user interface e Manually e From call history From remote phone book Adding Contacts Manually To add a contact to the local directory manually e Press the Dir soft key Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 85 The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory in the directory by default 1 All Contacts 2 Company 3 Family AddGrp Search Enter If Local Directory is removed from the directory press Menu gt Dir gt Local Directory to enter the local directory e Select the desired group and then press the Enter soft key e Press the Add soft key Enter the name and the office mobile or other numbers in the corresponding fields e Press or gt or the Switch soft key to select the desired ring tone from the RingTones field If Auto is selected this contact will use the ring tone assigned to the group e Press the Add soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel Y If the contact has existed in the directory the LCD screen will prompt Contact name existed Adding Contacts from Call History To add a contact to the local directory from the call history e Press the History soft key e Press or to select the desired entry 86 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Press the Option soft key and t
34. The default time zone is 5 30 India e Enter the domain names or IP addresses in the NTP Server1 and NTP Server2 fields respectively e Press the Save soft key to save the change 66 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide DST By Week Month Day Hour Month Day Hour To configure the time and date manually via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Basic Settings gt Time amp Date gt Manual Settings Enter the date in the Date field Enter the time in the Time field e Press the Save soft key to save the change To configure the time and date formats via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Basic Settings gt Time amp Date gt Time amp Date Format e Press or O or the Switch soft key to select the desired time format from the Clock field e Press or O or the Switch soft key to select the desired date format from the Date Format field e Press the Save soft key to save the change Power Indicator LED Power indicator LED indicates power status and phone status There are six configuration options for power indicator LED Common Power Light On Common Power Light On allows the power indicator LED to be turned on Ring Power Light Flash Ring Power Light Flash allows the power indicator LED to flash when the IP phone receives an incoming call If this option is disabled the status of the power indicator LED is determined by the option Common Power Light On Voic
35. Variable Value Phone Action Press the OK V key ENTER Press the Enter soft key SPEAKER Press the Speakerphone key F_TRANSFER Transfers a call to another party VOLUME_UP Increase the volume VOLUME_DOWN Decrease the volume MUTE Mute the call F_HOLD Place an active call on hold X Cancel actions or reject incoming calls 0 9 POUND Press the keypad 0 9 or F_CONFERENCE Press the Conference soft key F1 F4 Press the soft keys MSG Press the MESSAGE key HEADSET Press the HEADSET key RD Press the RD key UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT Press the navigation keys Reboot Reboot the IP phone AutoP Perform auto provisioning DNDOn Activate the DND feature DNDOff Deactivate the DND feature number xxx amp outgoing_uri y Place a call to xxx from SIP URI y OFFHOOK Pick up the handset ONHOOK Hang up the handset ANSWER Answer a call Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 253 Reset Reset a phone ATrans xxx Perform a semi attended attended transfer to xxx BTrans xxx Perform a blind transfer to xxx CALLEND End a call phonecfg get amp accounts x amp dnd x amp fw x Get firmware version registration DND or forward configuration information The valid value of x is O or 1 0 means you do not need to get configuration information 1 means you want to get configuration information
36. address 192 168 1 15 port 5060 expires 3600 retry counts 3 0 account 1 fallback redundancy type 1 account 1 fallback timeout 120 Failover Mode account 1 sip server account 1 sip server account 1 sip server account 1 sip server account 1 sip server To configure SIP Account and server redundancy feature via web user interface NNPR PR failback_mode 3 failback_timeout 120 register_on_enable 0 failback_mode 0 register_on_enable 0 e Click on Account gt Register Select Enabled from the Line Active list e Select Enabled from the Register list e Configure parameters like Label and Display Name Also configure the Register Name User Name and Password as provided by your ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider e Select Enabled from the Enable Outbound Proxy Server list and configure the Outbound Proxy Server address and Port if your ITSP uses an outbound server e Select the desired value from the Transport list Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 129 e Configure parameters of the SIP Server 1 and SIP Server 2 in the corresponding fields n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Reg iste Register Status Registered Line Active Enabled aagi Register Enabled Ss Codec Label 3301 Qe di Advanced Display Name 3301 Register Name 3301 User Name 3301 Password eeecceee Q Enable Outbound Proxy Server Disabled
37. call 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled features intercom mute 0 enables or disables the phone to play a warning tone when answering an intercom call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default features intercom tone 1 enables or disables the phone to barge in an intercom call 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled features intercom barge 0 FE AE aE aE AE AE aE a aE aE AE AE AE aE aE ae aE aE aaa aaa aaa aaa Transfer E aE aE aE AE AE aE a eae aE AE E HE aE aE AE aE AE E aa aaa aaa aaa aaa enables or disables the transferee party s phone to prompt a missed call on the 484 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide LCD screen before displaying the caller ID when performing a semi attended transfer 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default transfer semi_ attend tran enable 1 enables or disables the phone to complete the blind transfer through on hook 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default transfer blind tran on hook enable 1 enables or disables the phone to complete the attended transfer through on hook 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default transfer on hook trans enable 1 enables or disables the phone to transfer call to the two parties after a local conference call hangs up 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled transfer tran others after conf enable 0 E aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE aE AE AE E aE aE aE AE AE aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa Call Pickup HEHE HEHE HE HEE HE HEE FE
38. features normal_refuse_code Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures a return code and reason of SIP response messages when the phone rejects an incoming call A specific reason is displayed on the caller s phone LCD Description screen If it is set to 486 Busy here the caller s phone LCD screen will display the message Busy here when the callee rejects the incoming call Format Integer Default Value 486 Valid values are 404 No Found Range 480 Temporarily not available 486 Busy here Example features normal_refuse_code 486 180 Ring Workaround Parameter phone_setting is_deal180 Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to deal with the 180 SIP message received after the 183 SIP message Description If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will resume and play the local ring back tone upon a subsequent 180 message received Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example phone_setting is_deal180 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 395 Use Outbound Proxy in Dialog Parameter sip use_out_bound_in_dialog Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to send the SIP requests to the outbound proxy server If it is set to 1 Enabled all the SIP request messages Description from the IP phone will be forced t
39. lt MAC gt cfg Configures the secondary DNS server when the IPv6 address assignment method is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is Description configured as IPv6 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format IPv6 Address Default Value Blank Range Not Applicable network ipv6_secondary_dns Example 2026 1234 1 1 c3c7 c11c 5447 23a6 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 443 Audio Feature Parameters Headset Prior Parameter features headset_prior Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables headset prior If it is set to 1 enabled a user needs to press the feature Description HEADSET key to activate the headset mode The headset mode will not be deactivated until the user presses the HEADSET key again Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features headset_prior 1 Audio Codecs Parameter account X codec Y enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone codec for account X to use the specific Description R Xis 1 Y ranges from 1 to 8 Format Boolean Default Value When Y 1 the default value is 1 When Y 2 the default value is 1 When Y 3 the default value is 0 When Y 4 the default value is 0 When Y 5 the default value is 1 When
40. 192 168 153 222 Configure the update interval in seconds when using the NTP server The default value is 1000 15 to 86400s local _time interval 1000 Configure the daylight saving time feature O Disabled 1 Enabled 2 Automatic default local _time summer time 0 Configure the DST type when the DST feature is enabled O By Date default 1 By Week local time dst time type 0 Configure the start time of DST The default value is 1 1 0 If the DST type is configured as By Date the value format is Month Day Hour For example the value 5 20 10 means the start time is at 10 00 on May 20 If the DST type is configured as By Week the value format is Month Day of Week Day of Week Last in Month Hour of Day For example the value 1 4 2 5 means the start time is at 5 o clock on Tuesday of the 4th week in January local time start time NULL Configure the end time of DST The default value is 12 31 23 The value format is the same to the start time local time end time NULL Configure the offset time in seconds It ranges from 300 to 300 the default value is 60 local _time offset_time NULL 494 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Configure the time format 0 12 Hour 1 24 Hour default local _time time format 1 Configure the date format O WWW MMM DD default 1 DD MMM YY 2 YYYY MM DD 3 DD MM YYYY 4 MM DD YY 5 DD MMM YYYY 6 WWW DD
41. DTMF Info Type DTMF Relay DTMF Payload Type 96 127 101 Retransmission Disabled gt Subscribe for MWI Enabled N lx Disabled MWI Subscription Period Seconds Subscribe MWI To Voice Mail Disabled Voice Mail 9999 2 e Click Confirm to save the change The IP phone will subscribe to the account number for MWI service by default To enable Subscribe MWI to Voice Mail via web user interface e Click on Account gt Advanced Select Enabled from the Subscribe MWI To Voice Mail list 222 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Enter the desired voice mail number in the Voice Mail field Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Dir Register Keep Alive Type Default E Keep Alive Interval Seconds 30 Basic Local SIP Port 5060 Codec RPort Disabled Advanced SIP Session Timer T1 0 5 10s 0 5 2 SIP Session Timer T2 2 40s 4 SIP Session Timer T4 2 5 60s 5 Subscribe Period Seconds 1800 DTMF Type RFC2833 DTMF Info Type DTMF Relay v DTMF Payload Type 96 127 101 Retransmission Disabled Subscribe for MWI Enabled gt MWI Subscription Period Seconds 3600 Subscribe MWI To Voice Mail Disabled gt Voice Mail ER Q r a __CallarID Saurco FROM y e Click Confirm to save the change The IP phone will subscribe to the voice mail number for MWI service using Subscribe MWI to Voice Mail Y For proper functioning of the Voice Mail amp MWI with the Matrix PBX server Subscrib
42. G2 e VeriSign Class 4 Public Primary Certification Authority G3 VeriSign Universal Root Certification Authority WW Matrix endeavors to maintain a built in list of most common used CA Certificates Due to memory constraints we cannot ensure a complete set of certificates If you are using a certificate from a commercial Certificate Authority not in the list above you can send a request to your local distributor At this point you can upload your particular CA certificate into your phone For more information on uploading custom CA certificate refer TLS Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 355 Appendix D Configuration Parameters This appendix describes configuration parameters in the configuration files for each feature The configuration file is lt MAC gt cfg Setting Parameters in Configuration Files You can set parameters in the configuration files to configure IP phones The lt MAC gt cfg file is stored on the provisioning server The IP phone checks for configuration files and looks for resource files when restarting the IP phone The lt MAC gt cfg file stores configurations for a specific IP phone with that MAC address Basic and Advanced Parameters DHCP Parameter Configuration File network internet_port type lt MAC gt cfg Configures the Internet port type Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change t
43. Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 433 Range Oto 7 Example network vlan pc_port_priority 0 DHCP VLAN Discovery Parameter network vlan dhcp_enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables DHCP VLAN discovery feature on the IP phone Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example network vilan dhcp_enable 1 Parameter Configuration File network vlan dhcp_option lt MAC gt cfg Configures the DHCP option used to request the VLAN ID Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 132 Range 128 to 254 Example network vilan dhcp_option 132 434 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide QoS Parameter network qos rtptos Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the DSCP for voice packets The default DSCP value for RTP packets is 46 Description Expedited Forwarding Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 46 Range 0 to 63 Example network gos rtptos 46 Parameter Configuration File network qos signaltos lt MAC gt cfg Configures the DSCP for SIP pack
44. N A ie e Aan MUTE N A N A a a TRAN N A N A a a a Cancel l Reset to default Programable Key e Click Confirm to save the change To enable the directed call pickup via web user interface e Click on Features gt Call Pickup 180 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Select Enabled from the Directed Call Pickup list SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Settings Forward amp DND Cal Pidup E Directed Call Pickup Disabled X 2 General Disabled Cal Information Directed Call Pickup Code Enabled The adn Group Call Pickup Disabled v Audio Group Call Pickup Code Intercom Transfer Call Pickup Remote Control Phone Lock e Click Confirm to save the change To configure the directed call pickup code on a global basis via web user interface e Click on Features gt Call Pickup e Enter the directed call pickup code in the Directed Call Pickup Code field e Click Confirm to save the change To pick up a call directly e Pick up the handset The DPickup soft key appears on the LCD screen 1009 e Press the DPickup soft key on your phone when a phone receives an incoming call Enter the phone number which receives an incoming call e Press the DPickup soft key again The call is answered on your phone Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 181 You can configure a programmable key as directed pickup key via web user interface only Relevant instructions to do that h
45. Note The valid URI is http s phone IP address servlet phonecfg get amp accounts x amp dnd x amp fw x iW e The variable value is not applicable to all events For example the variable value MUTE is only applicable when the IP phone is during a call When authentication is required you must enter p login amp q login amp username xxx amp pwd yyy amp jumpto URI amp before the variable key xxx refers to the login user name and yyy refers to the login password For security reasons IP phones do not receive and handle HTTP HTTPS GET requests by default You need to specify the trusted IP address for action URI When the IP phone receives a GET request from the trusted IP address for the first time the LCD screen prompts the message Allow Remote Control You can specify one or more trusted IP addresses on the IP phone or configure the IP phone to receive and handle the URI from any IP address Procedure Specify the trusted IP address for action URI using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Specify the trusted IP address es for sending the action URI to the IP phone For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters 254 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Specify the trusted IP address es for sending the action URI to the IP phone Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddre
46. Reserve in User Name Enabled gt Remote Control Hotline Number N Phone Lock Hotline Delay 0 10s 4 ACD Busy Tone Delay Seconds 0 gt Return Code When Refuse 486 Busv Here a gt e Click Confirm to save the change To configure the hotline number via phone user interface Press Menu gt Features gt Hotline Enter the desired number in the Number field otline 1 Number 1008 e Enter the delay time in seconds in the Hotline Time out field The valid values range from 0 to 10 e Press the Save soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 123 124 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide CHAPTER 6 SIP Account Configuration Matrix SPARSH VP110 supports single SIP account which you can register with some ITSP s Internet Telephony Service Provider proxy server for making receiving calls and access a wide range of features provided by the proxy server Also you can configure the IP phone to make receive Peer to Peer P2P calls or direct IP calling without the intervention of any SIP proxy This chapter provides detailed information regarding configuration of SIP account and related parameters for Proxy and Peer to Peer P2P calling using the SPARSH VP110 IP phones Configuration for Proxy Calling Matrix SPARSH VP110 supports one SIP Account thus allowing you to register one SIP account with the added advantage of server
47. Select the desired value from the RTP Encryption SRTP list Send user phone Disabled X Q RTP Encryption SRTP Compulsory Qe Disabled PTime ms Optional 2 Shared Line Q BLA Number BLA Subscription Period 300 Q SIP Send MAC Disabled SIP Send Line Disabled gt SIP Registration Retry Timer 0 1800s 30 o gt Conference Type Local Conference Q Conference URI Q ACD Subscrip Period 120 3600s 3600 Q Early Media Disabled SIP Server Type Default X Music Server URI 2 Directed Call Pickup Code Group Call Pickup Code Q Distinctive Ring Tones Disabled gt Unregister When Reboot Disabled gt e Click Confirm to save the change 304 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Encrypting Configuration Files Encrypted configuration files can be downloaded from the provisioning server to protect against unauthorized access and tampering of sensitive information e g login passwords or registration information If you are provisioning IP phones from a public server you may encrypt your configuration files using the AES encryption method It s very important that you encrypt the files with the same 16 character key as you have in the phone However file names should be the same regardless of whether the file is encrypted or not A simple command line AES encryption tool can be downloaded from the Public FTP server of Matrix For details contact Matrix Technical Support Procedure
48. The following example uses HTTP to download the RingBack state file from the XMLfiles directory on provisioning server 10 2 8 16 using Example 8080 port custom_softkey_ring_back url http 10 2 8 16 8080 XMLfiles RingBack xml Parameter Configuration File custom_softkey_talking url lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the custom file for the Description softkey presented on the LCD screen when in the Talking state Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters 456 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Example The following example uses HTTP to download the Talking state file from the XMLfiles directory on provisioning server 10 2 8 16 using 8080 port custom_softkey_talking url http 10 2 8 16 8080 XMLfiles Talking xml Access URL of Directory Template Parameter directory_setting url Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures the access URL of the directory template Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters directory_setting url http 192 168 1 20 Example y_ g p favorite_setting xml Access URL of Super Search Template Parameter super_search url Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the super search Description template Format URL Default Value Blank Range String withi
49. Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example auto_provision weekly enable 0 Parameter Configuration File auto_provision weekly begin_time lt MAC gt cfg Configures the begin time of the day for the IP phone to check new configuration weekly Description Note It works only if the parameter auto_provision weekly enable is set to 1 Enabled Format Time Default Value 00 00 Range 00 00 to 23 59 Example auto_provision weekly begin_time 01 30 Parameter Configuration File auto_provision weekly end_time lt MAC gt cfg Configures the end time of the day for the IP phone to check new configuration weekly Description Note It works only if the parameter auto_provision weekly enable is set to 1 Enabled Format Time Default Value 00 00 Range 00 00 to 23 59 Example auto_provision weekly end_time 21 30 Parameter Configuration File auto_provision weekly dayofweek lt MAC gt cfg Configures the days of the week for the IP phone to Description is check new configuration weekly Format Integer Default Value 0123456 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 363 Range Valid values are 0 Sunday 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 3 Wednesday 4 Thursday 5 Friday 6 Saturday Example auto_provision weekly dayofweek 0123456 Power Indicator LED Parameter Configuration File phone_setting common_power_led
50. can be used to match a range of characters within the brackets A Example 5 7 would match the number 5 6 or 7 un The comma 2 5 8 would match the number 2 5 or 8 can be used as a separator within the bracket Example The square bracket can be used as a placeholder for a single character which l matches any of a set of characters Example 91 5 7 1234 would match 9151234 9161234 9171234 The parenthesis can be used to group together patterns for instance to logically combine two or more patterns Example 1 9 2 7 3 would match 923 153 673 etc The S followed by the sequence number of a parenthesis means the characters placed in the parenthesis The sequence number stands for the corresponding parenthesis Example A replace rule configuration Prefix 001 xxx 45 xx Replace 9001 145 2 When you dial out 0012354599 on your phone the IP phone will replace the number with 90012354599 1 means 3 digits in the first parenthesis that is 235 2 means 2 digits in the second parenthesis that is 99 Replace Rule You can configure one or more replace rules up to 100 to remove the specified string and replace it with another string You can configure a pattern with wild cards refer to the expression syntax in the table above so that any string
51. lt contact display_name office_number mobile_number other_number line group_id_name gt Where display_name specifies the name of the contact This value cannot be blank or duplicated office_number specifies the office number of the contact mobile_number specifies the mobile number of the contact other_number specifies the other number of the contact line specifies the line you want to add this contact to Keep it 0 or blank for IP phone ring specifies the ring tone for this contact group_id_name specifies the existing group you want to add the contact to e Specify the values within double quotes e Place this file to the provisioning server The following shows an example of a local contact file lt root_group gt lt group display_name Friend ring gt lt group display_name Family ring Resource Ring1 wav gt lt root_group gt lt root_contact gt lt contact display_name John office_number 1001 mobile_number 12345678910 other_number line 0 ring Auto group_id_name All Contacts gt lt contact display_name Alice office_number 1002 mobile_number other_number line 0 ring Resource Ring2 wav group_id_name Friend gt lt root_contact gt y IP phones support both xml and csv formats Remote XML Phone Book IP phones can access 5 remote phone books You can customize the remote XML phone book for IP phones as required Before specifyi
52. lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p features general amp q load Configure the SIP account parameters on the IP phone Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p account register amp q load amp acc 0 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 131 To configure Peer to Peer P2P calling feature via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Forward amp DND General Information a NC Call Waiting Enabled 1 General Ca Infornlytion Call Waiting On Code o Th ph Call Waiting Off Code s Audio Auto Redial Disabled i a Auto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 o Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 Call Pickup Key As Send au e Select Enable from the Allow IP Call list Auto Logout Time 1 1000min 1000 Call Number Filter 2 Use Logo System logo Allow IP Call Q IP Direct Auto Answer Sete __ Qe Call List Show Number Disabled Voice Mail Tone Enable DHCP Hostname Matrix SPARSH VP110 7 Reboot In Talking Disabled gt Cancel e Click Confirm to save the change e Then click on Account gt Register Select Enabled from the Line Active list e Select Disabled from the Register list e Configure the User Name You may configure other parameters if required e Select the desired value from the Transport list 132 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Configure p
53. the IP phone will refresh the local cache of the remote phone book every 3600 seconds Format Integer Default Value 21600 Range 120 to 2592000 Example features remote_phonebook flash_time 21600 Message Waiting Indicator Parameter account X subscribe_mwi Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to subscribe the message waiting indicator to the account for account X Description If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will send a SUBSCRIBE message to the server for message summary updates Xis 1 Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Value 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example account 1 subscribe_mwi 0 420 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Parameter account X subscribe_mwi_expires Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures MWI subscribe expiry time in seconds for account X The IP phone is able to successfully refresh the SUBSCRIBE for message summary events before Description expiration of the SUBSCRIBE dialog Xis1 Note It works only if the parameter account X subscribe_mwi is set to 1 Enabled Format Integer Default Value 3600 Value 0 to 84600 Example account 1 subscribe_mwi_expires 3600 Parameter Configuration File voice_mail number X lt MAC gt cfg Configures the voice mail number for account X Description X is 1 Format String Default Value Blan
54. 0 20 Example help xml model Smodel Action URI Parameter features action_uri_limit_ip Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the address es from which Action URI will be accepted For discontinuous IP addresses multiple IP addresses are separated by commas For continuous IP addresses the format likes and the stands for the values 0 255 Description For example 10 10 stands for the IP addresses that range from 10 10 0 0 to 10 10 255 255 If left blank the IP phone cannot receive or handle any HTTP GET request If it is set to any the IP phone will accept and handle HTTP GET requests from any IP address Format IP Address or any Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters Example features action_uri_limit_ip any Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 425 Server Redundancy Parameter account X sip_server Y address Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the IP address or domain name of the SIP server Y for account X Description 4 Xis 1 Y ranges from 1 to 2 Format IP Address or Domain Name Default Value Blank Range String within 256 characters account 1 sip_server 1 address Example Res matrix ip_pbx com Parameter Configuration File account X sip_server y port lt MAC gt cfg Configures the port of the SIP server Y for account X D ipti escription Xis
55. 1 Y ranges from 1 to 2 Format Integer Default Value 5060 Range 0 to 65535 Example account 1 sip_server 1 port 5060 Parameter Configuration File account X sip_server y expires lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures the registration expires in seconds of the SIP server Y for account X X is 1 Y ranges from 1 to 2 Format Integer Default Value 3600 Range 30 to 2147483647 426 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Example account 1 sip_server 1 expires 3600 Parameter account X sip_servery retry_counts Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the retry times for the IP phone to resend requests when the SIP server Y does not respond correctly for account X Description Xis 1 Y ranges from 1 to 2 Format Integer Default Value 3 Range 0 to 20 Example account 1 sip_server 1 retry_counts 3 Fallback Mode Parameter account X fallback redundancy_type Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the registration mode for the IP phone Description in fallback mode Xis 1 Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Concurrent registration 1 Successive registration Example account 1 fallback redundancy_type 0 Parameter Configuration File account X fallback timeout lt MAC gt cfg Configures the time interval in seconds for the IP phone to detect whether the
56. 1 1 c3c7 cl1c 5447 23a6 255 Configures the primary DNS server when the IPv6 address assignment method is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is configured as IPv6 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Default 64 Range 0 to 128 network ipv6 primary dns 3036 1 1 c3c7 cl1c 5447 23a6 256 Configures the Secondary DNS server when the IPv6 address assignment method is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is configured as IPv6 or 470 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide IPv4 amp IPv6 Default 64 Range 0 to 128 network ipv6 Secondary dns 2026 1234 1 1 c3c7 cllc 5447 23a6 t t Port Link HEE HE EEE HEE Configures the transmission method of Internet port 0 Auto negotiate Default 1 Full duplex 10Mbps 2 Full duplex 100Mbps 3 Half duplex 10Mbps 4 Half duplex 100Mbps We recommend that you do not change this parameter network internet port speed duplex 0 Configures the transmission method of PC port 0 Auto negotiate Default 1 Full duplex 10Mbps 2 Full duplex 100Mbps 3 Half duplex 10Mbps 4 Half duplex 100Mbps We recommend that you do not change this parameter network pc port speed duplex 0 Enables or disables the PC port 0 Disabled 1 Auto Negotiation Default network PC port enable 1 LLDP Enables or disables LLDP feature on the IP phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default network lldp enable 1 Configures the amount of time in seconds between the transmi
57. 1 Ring1 wav 2 Ring2 wav 3 Ring3 wav 4 Ring4 wav 5 Ring5 wav N lt 1 or N gt 5 Ring1 wav 242 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Ifthe Alert Info header contains a remote URL and the parameter account X alert_info_url_enable is set to 1 the item called Distinctive Ring Tones on the web user interface is Enabled the IP phone will try to download the WAV ring tone file from the URL and then play the remote ring tone Otherwise the IP phone will play the pre configured local ring tone in about ten seconds Example Alert Info http 192 168 0 12 8080 Custom wav e If the Alert Info header contains an info text the IP phone will map the text with the internal ringer text pre configured and then play the ring tone associated with the internal ringer text Otherwise the IP phone will play the pre configured local ring tone in about ten seconds Example Alert Info info family x line id 0 Procedure Distinctive ring tones can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure distinctive ring tones lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configuration File Configure the internal ringer text and internal ringer file lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 243 Configure distinctive ring tones Navigate to http lt
58. 12pm If local_time dst_time_type is set to 1 By Week use Description themappin Month 1 Jan 2 Feb 12 Dec Week of Month 1 the first week in a month 5 the last week in a month Day of Week 1 Mon 2 Tues 7 Sun Hour of Day 0 1am 1 2am 23 12pm Note It works only if the parameter local_time summer_time is set to 1 Enabled The value formats are e MM DD HH For By Date Format e Month Day of week last in Month Day of Week Hour of Day for By Week Default Value 121 23 1to 12 1 to 31 0 to 23 For By Date Range g 1 to 12 1 to 5 1 to 7 0 to 23 For By Week Example local_time end_time 12 31 23 Parameter Configuration File local_time dhcp_time lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the phone to update time with the Description offset time obtained from the DHOP server Note It is only available to offset from GMT 0 Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 375 Example local_time dhcp_time 0 Parameter local_time offset_time Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures the offset time in minutes Format Integer Default Value Blank Range 300 to 300 Example local_time offset_time 120 Time Format Parameter local_time time_format Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg
59. 1440 Weelty Oun De a o 00 00 00 V suncay ilay tuesesy Devcewere V wecnescay murscay Fries V senrcey o e Click Confirm to accept the change Weekly The phone performs the auto provisioning process at the fixed time every week You can configure what time of the day and which day of the week to trigger the phone to perform the auto provisioning process For example you can configure the phone to check and update new configuration between 2 to 3 o clock every Friday and Sunday To activate the Weekly mode via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Auto Provision e Select the On check box in the Weekly field Enter the desired time in the Time field Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 37 Select one or more check boxes in the Day of Week field ELSA Status Account Network DSSKey Features Preference Time amp Dete Upgrade Auto Provision Configuration Disl Plan Voice Common AES Key orvevere Ring MAC Orientes AES Key weeeeree o Zero aane Dtzzdiec Tones Wait TimefO 200s s Softkey Layout Pour Oa aa o TR069 Repestecly OnGe o Inmenei Mintes 1440 eey or o mme o co 00 Wl suneay Z morcs T rueseay Dower M wecnescey mrssay ericay V sarres a Log Out Directory Security e Click Confirm to accept the change Auto Provision Now You can use Auto Provision Now mode to manually trigger the phone to perform the a
60. 7 Send Pound Key Disabled gt Fwd International Enabled z Diversion History Info Q Allow Trans Exist Call Enabled gt Auto Logout Time 1 1000min 1000 2 Call Number Filter Use Logo System logo gt Allow IP Call Enable gt IP Direct Auto Answer Disabled gt Call List Show Number Disabled gt Voice Mail Tone Enable gt DHCP Hostname Matrix SPARSH VP110 Q Reboot In Talking Disabled gt Confirm Cancel e Click Confirm to save the change Y By default the Fwd International prefix value is 00 and it is not configurable To enable call forward via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Features gt Call Forward e Press or to select the desired forwarding type and then press the Enter soft key e Depending on your selection e If you select Always Forward e Press Q or 0 or the Switch soft key to select Enable from the Always field Enter the destination number you want to forward all incoming calls to in the Forward to field e Optional Enter the always forward on code or off code respectively in the On Code or Off Code field e If you select Busy Forward e Press or 0 or the Switch soft key to select Enable from the Busy field 166 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Enter the destination number you want to forward all incoming calls to when the phone is busy in the Forward to field e Optional Enter the busy forward on code or off code respectively in the On
61. 800 288 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Select the desired value from the PTime ms list RTP Encryption SRTP PTime ms Shared Line BLA Number BLA Subscription Period SIP Send MAC SIP Send Line SIP Registration Retry Timer 0 1800s Conference Type Conference URI ACD Subscrip Period 120 3600s Early Media SIP Server Type Music Server URI Directed Call Pickup Code Group Call Pickup Code Distinctive Ring Tones Unreaister When Reboot e Click Confirm to save the change Disabled Disabled 30 Local Conference 3600 Disabled Default Disabled Disabled Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 289 Acoustic Clarity Technology Acoustic Clarity Technology involves the following e Acoustic Echo Cancellation e Voice Activity Detection e Comfort Noise Generation e Jitter Buffer Acoustic Echo Cancellation Acoustic Echo Cancellation AEC is used to remove acoustic echo from a voice communication in order to improve the voice quality It also increases the capacity achieved through silence suppression by preventing echo from traveling across a network IP phones employ advanced AEC for hands free operation Echo cancellation is achieved using the echo canceller Y Utilizing acoustic echo cancellation will introduce a small delay increase into audio path which might cause a lower voice quality Procedure AEC can be configu
62. Assignment Static DHCP PPPoE HTTP HTTPS Web Server Time and Date Synchronization using SNTP 348 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide UDP TCP DNS SRV RFC 3263 QoS 802 1p Q Tagging VLAN Layer 3 ToS DSCP SRTP for Voice Transport Layer Security TLS HTTPS Certificate Manager AES Encryption for Configuration File Digest Authentication IEEE802 1X SNMP v1 v2 Management Configuration Browser Phone Auto Provision Auto Provision via FTP TFTP HTTP HTTPS for Mass Deploy Server Redundancy Factory Reset Soft Reboot Packet Tracing Export System Log Physical Features 2 x 10 100 Mbps LAN amp PC Ports 29 keys including 4 Soft Keys 1 x RJ9 Handset Port 1 x RJ9 Headset Port Dimension W x D x H 185 x 188 x 143 mm Power Supply Power Adapter Optional 5VDC 600mA Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Power Consumption 5W Typical Connector DC Power Jack Mechanical Packaging 10 Qty CTN Net Weight 9 8 Kg Gross Weight 10 8 Kg Gift Box 215 x 200 x 121 mm Installation Wall Mount Table top Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 349 e Color Gray Environmental e Operating Temperature 10 C to 50 C 14 F to 122 F e Operating Humidity 10 95 Non Condensing Certifications e CE FCC 15 Class B RCM RoHS 350 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Appendix A Time Zone
63. Auto Answer Ring Type e Click Confirm to save the change 104 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide System Customizations Logo Customization Logo customization allows unifying the IP phone appearance or displaying a custom image on the idle screen such as a company logo instead of the default system logo The following table lists the logo file format resolution and total files size for the phone model Phone Model Logo File Format Resolution Total Files Size SPARSH VP110 dob lt 132 642 gray scale lt 200KB Procedure The logo shown on the idle screen can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the logo shown on the idle screen Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the logo shown on the idle screen Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p features general amp q load To upload a custom logo via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Settings Forward amp DND a NOT Call Waiting Enabled gt General x Call Informatiqy Call Waiting On Code Q This Call Waiting Off Cod 2 eg g e Audio q Auto Redial Disabled gt Key Auto Redil Interval 1 300s 10 o Sah Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 7 meal will di Cal
64. Auto EEEO DHCP Option Value Matrix SPARSH V Q Server URL Configuration 7 User Name Q Dial Plan Password ecccccee Voice Common AES Key eeccccee Qe Ring MAC Oriented AES Key eocccces Zero Active Disabled gt Tones Wait Time 0 100s 5 Q Softkey Layout eau ee mO e Click Confirm to save the change When the Power On is set to On the IP phone will check configuration files stored on the provisioning server during start up and then it will download firmware from the server Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 311 312 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide SNMP SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol is an Internet standard protocol for managing devices on IP networks It is used mostly in network management systems to monitor network attached devices for conditions that warrant administrative attention SNMP exposes management data in the form of variables on the managed systems which describe the system configuration These variables can then be queried and sometimes set by managing applications The variables accessible via SNMP are organized in hierarchies which are described by Management Information Bases MIBs IP phones only support SNMPv1 and SNMP v2 They act as SNMP clients receiving requests from the SNMP server The SNMP server may send requests from any available source port to the configured port on the client while the client responds to the source port on the SNMP server IP phones only support the GET
65. Auto Redial Disabled X oe Auto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 Q Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 Q Call Pickup Key As Send X Q ue Reserve in User Name Enabled Remote Control Hotline Number Q Pe Ee Hotline Delay 0 10s 4 2 ACD Busy Tone Delay Seconds 0 Q SMS Return Code When Refuse 3 Q Return Code When DND Q Action URL _Call Completion _Disabled zA e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 229 Return Code When Refuse Return code when refuse defines the return code and reason of the SIP response message for the refused call The caller s phone LCD screen displays the reason according to the received return code Available return codes and reasons are e 404 Not found e 480 Temporarily not available e 486 Busy here Procedure Return code for refused call can be configured using the configuration files or locally Specify the return code and the reason of the SIP response message when refusing a call Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Specify the return code and the reason of the SIP response message when Local Web User Interface refusing a call Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features general amp q load To specify the return code and the reason when refusing a call via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information 230 Ma
66. Code or Off Code field e If you select No Answer Forward e Press Q or 0 or the Switch soft key to select Enable from the No Answer field Enter the destination number you want to forward all unanswered incoming calls to in the Forward to field e Press or 0 or the Switch soft key to select the ring time to wait before forwarding from the After Ring Time field The default ring time is 12 seconds e Optional Enter the no answer forward on code or off code respectively in the On Code or Off Code field e Press the Save soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel The g icon on the idle screen indicates call forward is enabled WW e You can also enter the SIP URL or IP address in the Forward to field For more information on using the SIP URL or IP address refer Placing Calls e Call forward is local to the phone and may be overridden by the server settings Call forward on code or off code may be different between servers For more information contact your ITSP To disable call forward in phone mode Do one of the following ec e Press when the phone is idle Press Menu gt Features gt Call Forward e Press or to select the desired forwarding type then press the Enter soft key e Press or 0 or the Switch soft key to select Disable to disable the call forward e Press the Save soft key to save the change Dynamic Forwarding To forward an incoming call to a
67. Configure VAD For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure VAD Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p settings voice amp q load Local Web User Interface Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 291 To configure VAD via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Voice e Select the desired value from the VAD list e Click Confirm to save the change Comfort Noise Generation Comfort Noise Generation CNG is used to generate background noise for voice communications during periods of silence in a conversation It is a part of the silence suppression or VAD handling for VoIP technology CNG in conjunction with VAD algorithms quickly responds when periods of silence occur and inserts artificial noise until voice activity resumes The insertion of artificial noise gives the illusion of a constant transmission stream so that background sound is consistent throughout the call and the listener does not think the line has released The purpose of VAD and CNG is to maintain an acceptable perceived QoS while simultaneously keeping transmission costs and bandwidth usage as low as possible Procedure CNG can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure CNG For more information refer Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure CNG Navigate to Loca
68. Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters The following example uses HTTP to download the language pack lang English txt from the provisioning server 192 168 10 25 E xampe gui_lang url http 192 168 10 25 lang English txt Note This is not supported in this version So keep the url blank for now Parameter Configuration File lang gui lt MAC gt cfg ae Configures the language used on the phone user Description r interface Format String Default Value English Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 377 Valid values are English French German Spanish Range Portuguese Italian Polish Turkish Chinese_S Chinese_T Example lang gui English Parameter Configuration File lang wui lt MAC gt cfg Configures the language used on the web user interface Note The default language used on the web user Description interface depends on the language preferences of your browser If the language of your browser is not supported by the IP phone the web user interface will use English by default Format String Default Value Blank Valid values are Chinese_S English Range German Italian Polish Turkish Example lang wui English 378 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Logo Customization Parameter phone_setting lcd_logo mode Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the logo mode of the LCD screen If it is set to
69. Disabled 1 Enabled Example features dtmf hide_delay 1 Transfer via DTMF Parameter Configuration File features dtmf replace_tran lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables transfer via DTMF feature If it is set to O Disabled the IP phone will perform the transfer as normal when pressing the transfer key Description during a call If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will transmit the specified DTMF digits to the server for completing call transfer when pressing the transfer key during a call Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features dtmf replace_tran 1 412 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Parameter features dtmf transfer Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the DTMF digits to be transmitted to complete the transfer Description Note It works only if the parameter features dtmf replace_tran is set to 1 Enabled Format String Default Value Blank Range Valid values are 0 9 and A D String within 32 characters Example features dtmf transfer 123 Incoming Intercom calls Parameter features intercom allow Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to automatically answer an incoming intercom call If it is set to O Disabled the IP phone will reject Description incoming intercom calls and sends a b
70. Enabled default phone setting is deal180 1 enables or disables the phone to provide the logon wizard during startup 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled phone _setting logon wizard 0 configures the prefix of the password dial number Web UI Path gt Features gt General Information gt PswPrefix For example set the prefix to 12 and the length to 3 when you want to dial the number 123456 the entered number is displayed as 12 6 on the LCD screen The default value is blank String within 32 characters features password dial prefix 12 configures the number of digits to be hidden The hidden digits are displayed as asterisks on the LCD screen The default value is blank Integer from 0 to 99 Web UI Path gt Features gt General Information gt PswLength features password dial length 6 enables or disables password dial feature for the phone 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled Web UI Path gt Features gt General Information gt PswDial features password dial enable 0 enables or disables the phone to save the call history 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default features save call history 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 489 enables or disables the phone to suppress the display of DTMF digits 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled features dtmf hide 0 enables or disables the phone to display the DTMF digits for a short period before displayin
71. Example network internet_port type 1 Parameter Configuration File network pppoe user lt MAC gt cfg Configures the PPPoE username when the Internet port type is configured as PPPoE and the IP address mode is Description configured as IPv4 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example network pppoe user test matrix Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 359 Parameter Configuration File network pppoe password lt MAC gt cfg Configures the PPPoE password when the Internet port type is configured as PPPoE and the IP address mode is Description configured as IPv4 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 99 characters Example network pppoe password matrix Internet and PC Ports Transmission Methods Internet Port Transmission Method Parameter Configuration File network internet_port speed_duplex lt MAC gt cfg Configures the transmission method of Internet port rae Note We recommend that you do not change this Description parameter If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are 0
72. Expires 30 7200s Session Refresher Send user phone RTP Encryption SRTP PTime ms Click Confirm to save the change RFC2833 DTMF Relay 101 Disabled Enabled M 3600 l Disabled n 9999 FROM x Disabled M 1800 UAC N B UAC UAS o Disabled x 20 240 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Distinctive Ring Tones Distinctive ring tones allows certain incoming calls to trigger IP phones to play distinctive ring tones The IP phone inspects the INVITE request for an Alert Info header when receiving an incoming call If the INVITE request contains an Alert Info header the IP phone strips out the URL and keyword parameter and maps them to the appropriate ring tone WW If the caller has existed in the local directory the ring tone assigned to the caller should be preferentially played Alert Info headers in the following formats can be configured e Alert Info 127 0 0 1 Bellcore drN e Alert Info ringtone N or Alert Info MyMelodyN e Alert Info lt URL gt e Alert Info info info text x line id 0 Refer following details about each header format e If the Alter Info header contains the keyword Bellcore drN and the parameter features alert_info_tone is set to 1 the IP phone will play the Bellcore drN N 1 2 3 4 or 5 ring tone Otherwise the IP phone will play the pre configured local ring tone in about ten seconds Example Alert Info http
73. For more information refer Call Forward Answering When Not in Another Call Call duration and destination will always appear on the LCD screen for the active call To answer a call using the handset e Pick up the handset Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 137 To answer a call using the hands free speakerphone mode Do one of the following e Press _ e With the handset on hook and headset mode deactivated press the Answer soft key To answer a call using the headset Do one of the following Press e With the headset mode activated press the Answer soft key Answering When in Another Call If you have an active call and an incoming call arrives on the phone do one of the following e Press the Answer soft key The incoming call is answered and the original call is placed on hold e Press to access the new call Press OK V or the Answer soft key The incoming call is answered and the original call is placed on hold WW The phone will not receive a new incoming call when there are two calls on the phone Ending Calls To end a call Do one of the following e If you are using the handset press the Cancel soft key or hang up the handset e If you are using the headset press the Cancel soft key e lf you are using the speakerphone press or the Cancel soft key To end a call placed on hold you can press the Cancel soft key to end the call directly or press the Resume soft k
74. For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Assign a keypad lock key For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Web User Interface Configure the type of phone lock Change the unlock PIN Configure the IP phone to automatically lock the keypad after a time interval Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p features phonelock amp q load Assign a keypad lock key Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p dsskey amp q load amp model 0 Phone User Interface Configure the type of phone lock To configure phone lock via web user interface e Click on Features gt Phone Lock e Select the desired type from the Keypad Lock Type list Enter the unlock PIN in the Phone Unlock PIN 0 15 Digit field 74 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Enter the desired time in the Phone Lock Time Out 0 3600s field n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Forward amp DND Pana Eek ime L 7 Phone Unlock PIN 0 15 Digit ecccccee General Information Phone Lock Time Out 0 3600s N Q Emergency 112 911 110 Audio Intercom Cancel Transfer Call Pickup Remote Control Phone Lock e Click Confirm to save the change To configure a keypad lock key via web user interface e Click on DSS Key gt Programmable Key e Inthe desired DSS key field se
75. Guide configures whether to use voice encryption service for account 0 Disabled Default 1 Optional 2 Compulsory account 1 srtp encryption 0 configures the RTP packet time for account The default value is 0 Valid values 0 Disabled 10 20 30 40 50 or 60 account 1 ptime 0 enables or disables the phone to carry the MAC address of Phone in the REGISTER message for account 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1 register mac 0 enables or disables the phone to carry the line number in the REGISTER message for account However SPARSH VP110 has only one Line 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1 register line 0 configures the conference type for account 0 Local Conference Default 2 Network Conference account 1 conf type 0 configures the network conference URI for account SIP URI within 511 characters The default value is blank account 1 conf uri conference example com configures the URI of the Music On Hold server for account The default value is blank SIP URI within 256 characters account 1 music_ server uri lt 10 1 3 165 gt enables or disables the distinctive ring tones by the Alert Info SIP header for account 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1l alert info url enable 0 enables or disables the phone to un register account after a reboot prior to register 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1l unregister on
76. IP phones to resume and play the local ring back tone upon a subsequent 180 message received Procedure 180 ring workaround can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure 180 ring work around Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure 180 ring work around Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p features general amp q load To configure 180 ring workaround via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Dir4 Forward amp DND General Information E Call Waiting Enabled gt Genel Inforifation Call Waiting On Code 2 h Call Waiting Off Code Audio o Auto Redial Disabled gt ls Auto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 o Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 Call Pickup Key As Send y s Racania in lear Nama Enshlad amp s Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 233 Select the desired value from the 180 Ring Workaround list Hotline Delay 0 10s 4 Busy Tone Delay Seconds 0 X Return Code When Refuse 486 Busy Here X Return Code When DND 480 Temporarily Not Av Call Completion Disabled v Time Out for Dia Now Rule 1 e RFC 2543 Hold Disabled Use Outbound Proxy In Dialog Enabled 180 Ring Workaround Enabled N Logon Wizard Enabled Seoesooeodododoo
77. IPv4 1 IPv6 2 IPv4 amp IPv6 Example network ip_address_mode 0 Parameter Configuration File network internet_port ip lt MAC gt cfg Configures the IP address when the Internet port type is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address Description mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format IPv4Address Default Value Blank Range Not Applicable Example network internet_port ip 192 168 1 20 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 357 Parameter network internet_port mask Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the subnet mask when the Internet port type is configured as Static IP Address and the IP Description address mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Subnet Mask Default Value Blank Range Not Applicable Example network internet_port mask 255 255 255 0 Parameter Configuration File network internet_port gateway lt MAC gt cfg Configures the default gateway when the Internet port type is configured as Static IP Address and the IP Description address mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format IPv4 Addr
78. MMM local time date format 0 enables or disables the phone to update time with the offset time obtained from the DHCP server O Disabled default 1 Enabled local _time dhcp time 0 Enable or disable the manual time setting O0 Disabled default 1 Enabled local time manual_ time enable 0 E aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE aE aE AE AE HE aE a Ea aE AE E aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa Syslog HEHE EE HE HE EE HE HEE TE FE FE EH EEE E FE E HH EE HEE HE HE HE TE HE HE HE EE EE BE EH HE EE E HE HH configures the phone to export log files to a syslog server or the local system 0 Local Default 1 Server It takes effect after a reboot syslog mode 1 configures the IP address or domain name of the syslog server when exporting log to the syslog server It takes effect only if the parameter syslog mode is configured as Server The default value is blank It takes effect after a reboot syslog server 192 168 153 27 configures the detail level of syslog information to b xported 0 means nothing and 6 means all The default value is 3 It takes effect after a reboot syslog log level 6 FE AE aE aE AE AE E FE aE aE aE AE E HE aE aE AE AE E FE Ea AE AE E aaa aaa aaa EEEE Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 495 Dial Plan Hat aH HH EH HH EH HE EE HE HE aE EE EE HE aE HEE HE FE HE aE HE FE HE aE HEE HE aE HE PE HEE HE PE HE aE HEE EE EE Het HHH HF confi
79. OE eeds eee eet eaeds ited O EEO E ENE 283 VND o 0010 110 BERERE EE E ee E E ee E ee E ea 286 ii Table of Contents Configuring Security Features c cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeee eee sees eae seaeeeseeseeseeee seas ennum nnmnnn nennen annaa 295 ELIS AE E ee eos Nene eam Rane ine te Bik Res ha E E EEE lice a Site Sih es Sa Sita es E AEE EEE EATS 295 OER EP ir ce ih a Ben hoon peat ss ele oto At Near Chad send obs t u Mens ches a ae a 302 Encrypting Configuration Files 2 ccccccccssscecceesseeeeenseeeeseseeceseaaeeeesaaeeeseaaeeeesenaeeetenaaeseseaaeeeeseseseeessseeseseneses 305 MaintenanCe a 2eeiecccatestsccerta a eaa ae aa a a a EA a aa aa r a aea aa a aeaa aeaa oE aaa ar aaa Rarene Aaaa EE 309 Upgrading FINIMIWANC oisinn aaar ara a a aa e a a eoa entered at a aa a aae eee 309 DOIN ei a a a 313 TR 069 Device Management 00 cccecccceecceneceeeesenenaeneeeeneesenananeeansaeensenaaaneaensedeanananaeeassedenmaaaasesensesensaaaaseeenaees 316 Advanced Ma OAO O e a a a a ara aaan a a aaa aa oie Seiden ead cede ee 319 Re so rce FileSend wen iaai A a Ean 327 Replace Rule Permplate srete ui rninn eue ea ae i u tot oe aa ia deed ates a aa eaa Fae a ae e a le aa aaar IAEA 327 DialenOw Template ieena a aa a ned a a a ee a 328 softkey Layout Template rsr a ae a pe e aE a a a 329 Directory Template E E EEE EN EEN EEEE tN EEE EE EEE AE EEA A EEEE E E EE S 331 S p r SCarch Template tis erp es ge ruar eles deh hele ee
80. Phone Lock ACD SMS Action URL Power LED Account Network Settings Directory ment 0 om Always Forward on of Il Forward Target Q This featurs forward an On Code another ph Off Code Q Target z a The numb Busy Forward D on of incoming cf T t arge Q ae On Code 2 The code PBX when j Off Code Off Code No Answer Forward on Of The codet PBX when After Ring Time 0 120s 12 gt Target Q On Code Q Off Code Qe DID DND Emergency Enable gt DND Authorized Numbers FR DND Status on Of DND On Code a e Click Confirm to save the change When DND is enabled on the phone the phone can still receive incoming calls from the numbers specified in the DND Authorized Numbers field WW DND authorized number is configurable via web user interface only 162 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Call Forward You can configure your phone to forward incoming calls to another party by the static forwarding You can also forward calls while your phone is ringing refer to the dynamic forwarding Static Forwarding Three types of static forwarding e Always Forward Incoming calls are immediately forwarded e Busy Forward Incoming calls are immediately forwarded if the phone is busy e No Answer Forward Incoming calls are forwarded if not answered after a period of time For advanced users Call forward allows users to redirect an incoming call to a third party IP phones redire
81. Phonebook String within 99 characters remote phonebook data 1 name Remote Contacts E AE aE aE aT AE aE a FE aE aE AE AE HE aE aE AE AE E FE AE E AE AE E aaa Pa aaa EEEE Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 499 Receiving of Multicast Paging HHH EE HH HE HE HE HE HE HE HE HE HE TE FE EH HE FE E EE E FE HE HE aE A EH HE EE TE EE TE EE TE EE HE EE EE BE E E E E FEFEFE configures the codec of multicast paging Sending Codecs PCMU PCMA G729 G722 Default G726 32 G6723 53 multicast codec PCMU enables or disables the phone to handle the incoming multicast paging calls when there is a multicast paging call on the phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default multicast receive priority enable 1 configures the priority of multicast paging calls 1 is the highest priority 10 is the lowest priority The default value is 10 multicast receive priority prority 10 It configures the listening multicast IP address and port number for the phone The default value is blank IP address port multicast listen_ address 1l ip address 224 5 6 20 10008 configures the label displayed on the LCD screen when receiving the multicast paging The default value is blank String within 99 characters multicast listen address 1 label Announcement1l E aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE ae aE AE E aE FE AE AE AE E aaa Miscellaneous E AE aE aE AE AE aE a aE aE aE AE AE aE aE ea AE E aaa aaa aaa aaa
82. Ryan 7894564568 All Contacts Setting 8 9 10 p rana up Al Contac Group Setting Directory Group Name Ring Auto 2s Office Number Edit Delete Delete All Mobile Number Import Local Directory File Other Number No file selected Ring Tone Auto Group All Contacts ED Browse No file selected Add Edit import csv Export csv E show Title pe e Click Import XML to import the contact list Network Features DSSKey Directory i Settings EOG The web user interface prompts The original contact will be covered Continue e Click OK to complete importing the contact list To import a CSV file of contact list via web user interface e Click on Directory gt Local Directory e Click Browse to locate a contact list file file format must be csv from your local system e Optional Check the Show Title check box It will prevent importing the title of the contact information which is located in the first line of the CSV file 92 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Click Import CSV to import the contact list e Optional Click On in the Delete Old Contacts field It will delete all existing contacts while importing the contact list e Optional Select the contact information you want to import into the local directory from the Index list e Click Import to complete importing the contact list To export
83. SPARSH VP110 User Guide Index Numerics 180 Ring Workaround 233 802 1X Authentication 276 A About this User Guide 1 Accessing Advanced Features 191 Accessing Basic Features 135 Acoustic Clarity Technology 290 Acoustic Echo Cancellation 290 Comfort Noise Generation 292 Jitter Buffer 292 Voice Activity Detection 291 Acronyms 503 Action URI 253 Action URL 249 Adding Contacts 84 Adding Groups 82 Administrator Password 69 Advanced Maintenance 319 Analyzing Configuration File 325 Anonymous Call 185 Anonymous Call Rejection 188 Answering Calls 137 Appendix 347 Audio Features 347 Call Management 348 Certifications 350 Display 348 Environmental 350 Management 349 Mechanical 349 Networking and Security 348 Phone Book 347 Phone Features 348 Physical Features 349 Physical Features of IP Phones 347 Power Supply 349 Technical Specifications 347 Appendix A Time Zone 351 Appendix B Glossary 353 Appendix C Trusted Certificates 355 Appendix D Configuration Parameters 356 Audio Feature Parameters 444 Basic and Advanced Parameters 356 Configuring DSS Key 461 Resource Files 454 Security Feature Parameters 449 Troubleshooting 459 Appendix E Sample Configuration File 465 Appendix F Acronyms 503 Area Code 118 Audio Codecs 286 Auto Answer 142 Auto Redial 145 Auto Logout Time 345 B Basic Network Settings 44 Blacklist 93 Block Out 119 Busy Tone Delay 229 C Call Completion 148 Call Forward 163 Call Hold
84. SPARSH VP110 User Guide 27 User Mode This mode allows you to configure a limited set of features of the IP phone by logging into with your user privileges This mode should be used by the end users of the IP phone to configure user specific features To obtain the IP address press the OK key on the phone Enter the IP address e g http 192 168 1 181 in the address bar of a web browser on your PC The default username is user case sensitive and password is 1111 IP phones support both HTTP and HTTPS protocols for accessing the web user interface For more information refer Web Server Type KA To change the default user password refer User Password Auto Provisioning SPARSH VP110 IP Phones can be centrally provisioned from a provisioning server using the configuration file lt MAC gt cfg SPARSH VP110 IP phones support FTP TFTP HTTP and HTTPS protocols for auto provisioning and are configured by default to use the TFTP protocol Auto provisioning Methods enable SPARSH VP110 IP phones to update themselves automatically via downloading MAC Oriented CFG files A MAC Oriented CFG or lt MAC gt cfg file contains parameters unique to a particular phone and will be effective for a specific IP Phone The MAC Oriented CFG file is named after the MAC address of the IP Phone For example if the MAC address of the IP Phone is 00 1B 09 02 3D 01 the name of the MAC Oriented CFG file must be 001B09023D01 cfg E
85. Solid green The phone is idle The call is placed on hold or is held The phone receives a text message or voice mail 10 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide iW The phone is ringing Fast flashing green 300ms ae The call is mute off The phone is powered off The above table displays the default LED status The status of the power indicator LED is configurable via web user interface Refer Power Indicator LED for details Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 11 12 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide CHAPTER 3 Information for Your Safety and Comfort Save these instructions Read these safety instructions before use The following basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce risk of fire electrical shock and other personal injury General Requirements Before you install and use the device read the safety instructions carefully and observe the situation during operation During the process of storage transportation and operation please always keep the device dry and clean During the process of storage transportation and operation please avoid collision and crash of the device Please attempt not to dismantle the device by yourself In case of any discrepancy please contact the appointed maintenance center for repair Without prior written consent no organization or individual is permitted to make any change to the structure or the safety design of the device Matrix is
86. Support DHCP DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is a network protocol used to dynamically allocate network parameters to network hosts The automatic allocation of network parameters to hosts eases the administrative burden of maintaining an IP network IP phones comply with the DHCP specifications documented in RFC 2131 If using DHCP IP phones connected to the network become operational without having to be manually assigned IP addresses and additional network parameters Static DNS address es can be configured and used when DHCP is enabled DHCP Option DHCP provides a framework for passing information to TCP IP network devices Network and other control information are carried in tagged data items that are stored in the options field of the DHCP message The data items themselves are also called options DHCP can be initiated by simply connecting the IP phone with the network IP phones broadcast DISCOVER messages to request the network information carried in DHCP options and the DHCP server responds with specific values in corresponding options The following table lists common DHCP options supported by IP phones Parameter DHCP Option Description Subnet Mask 1 Specify the client s subnet mask 5 Specify the offset of the client s subnet in seconds from Coordinated Universal Time UTC Router 3 Specify a list of IP addresses for routers on the client s subnet Time Server 4 Specify a list of time servers availa
87. Time amp Date ACS Username Upgrade ACS Password eoccccce Auto Provision ACS URL Enable Periodic Inform Enabled ba Configuration See Periodic Inform Interval seconds 60 Dial Plan 3 Connection Request Username Voice Connection Request Password eecccces Ring cee Tones Softkey Layout TRO69 IS e Select Enabled from the Enable TRO69 list Enter the username and password authenticated by the ACS in the ACS Username and ACS Password fields Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 317 Enter the URL of the ACS in the ACS URL field Select the desired value from the Enable Periodic Inform list Enter the desired time in the Periodic Inform Interval seconds field Enter the username and password authenticated by the IP phone in the Connection Request Username and Connection Request Password fields Click Confirm to save the change 318 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Advanced Maintenance This chapter provides general information for maintenance and troubleshooting of some common problems using advanced features incorporated in the IP phone IP phones can provide feedback in a variety of forms such as log files packets status indicators and so on which can help you to easily find the system problem and fix it The following are helpful for better understanding and resolving the working status of the IP phone e Viewing Log Files e Capturing Packets e Enabling Watch Dog Feature e Getting In
88. To use headset prior feature you should activate the headset mode in advance e Physically connect the headset e Press to activate the headset mode iW f headset prior is enabled the headset mode will not be deactivated until you press the Headset key again Headset prior is configurable via web user interface only Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 285 Audio Codecs CODEC is an abbreviation of COmpress DECompress capable of coding or decoding a digital data stream or signal by implementing an algorithm The object of the algorithm is to represent the high fidelity audio signal with minimum number of bits while retaining the quality This can effectively reduce the frame size and the bandwidth required for audio transmission The default codecs used on IP phones are summarized in the following table Codec Algorithm Bit Rate Sample Rate Packetization Time PCMA G 711 a law 64 Kbps 8 Ksps 20ms PCMU G 711 p law 64 Kbps 8 Ksps 20ms G729 G 729 8 Kbps 8 Ksps 20ms G722 G 722 64 Kbps 16 Ksps 20ms In addition to the codecs introduced above IP phones also support codecs G723_53 G723_63 G726 32 Codecs and priorities of these codecs are configurable The attribute rtpmap is used to define a mapping from RTP payload codes to a codec clock rate and other encoding parameters The corresponding attributes of the codec are listed as follows Codec Co
89. VLAN Discovery via DHCP IP phones support VLAN discovery via DHCP When the VLAN Discovery method is set to DHCP the IP phone will examine DHCP option for a valid VLAN ID The predefined option 132 is used to supply the VLAN ID by default You can customize the DHCP option used to request the VLAN ID Procedure VLAN can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure VLAN for the Internet port and PC port manually Configure DHCP VLAN discovery feature Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure VLAN for the Internet port and PC port Configure DHCP VLAN discovery Web User Interface feature Navigate to Local http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p network adv amp q load Configure VLAN for the Internet port Phone User Interface and PC port 268 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To configure VLAN for Internet port via web user interface Click on Network gt Advanced Inthe VLAN block select the desired value from the WAN Port Active list Enter the VLAN ID in the VID 1 4094 field e Select the desired value 0 7 from the Priority list n MATRIX aii Status Account DSSKey Features Settings Dir 2 LLDP Basic Active Enabled v PC Port Packet Interval 1 3600s 60 Advanced VLAN WAN Port Active Disabled Disabled VID 1 4094 Enabled N PRIORITY 0 v PC Port Active D
90. Web User Interface Configure TLS Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p account register amp q load amp acc 0 Configure trusted certificates feature Upload the trusted certificates Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p trusted cert amp q load Configure server certificates feature Upload the server certificates Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p server cert amp q load To configure TLS via web user interface Click on Account gt Register 298 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Select TLS from the Transport list sa MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Register Status Line Active Register Label Display Name Register Name User Name Password Enable Outbound Proxy Server Outbound Proxy Server Transport NAT STUN Server SIP Server1 e Click Confirm to save the change To configure the trusted certificates via web user interface e Click on Security gt Trusted Certificates Registered Features Enabled Enabled 3301 3301 3301 3301 Settings Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 299 e Select the desired values from the Only Accept Trusted Certificates Common Name Validation and CA Certificates lists n MATRIX iia Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Directory A Er Index 1D Issued To Issued By Expiration Delete NOTE MATRIX COMSEC PVT 1 www MatrxComSec com LTD S
91. Y 6 the default value is 1 When Y 7 the default value is 0 When Y 8 the default value is 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example account 1 codec 1 enable 1 444 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Parameter account X codec Y payload_type Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the codec for account X to use Description Xis 1 Y ranges from 1 to 8 Format String Default Value When Y 1 the default value is PCMU When Y 2 the default value is PCMA When Y 3 the default value is G723_53 When Y 4 the default value is G723_63 When Y 5 the default value is G729 When Y 6 the default value is G722 When Y 7 the default value is iLBC When Y 8 the default value is G726 32 Range Valid values are PCMU PCMA G729 G722 G723_53 G723_63 G726 32 iLBC Example account 1 codec 1 payload_type PCMU Parameter account X codec priority Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the priority for the codec Description Xis 1 Y ranges from 1 to 8 Format Integer Default Value When Y 1 the default value is 1 When Y 2 the default value is 2 When Y 3 the default value is 0 When Y 4 the default value is 0 When Y 5 the default value is 3 When Y 6 the default value is 4 When Y 7 the default value is 0 When Y 8 the default value is 0 Range Oto7 Example account 1 cod
92. a single phone e Automatically from the provisioning server for a mass of phones The following table lists the associated and latest firmware name for the IP phone model X is replaced by the actual firmware version IP Phone Model Associated Firmware Name Firmware Name Example SPARSH VP110 31 72 196 x rom 31 72 196 1 rom Y Do not unplug the network and power cables when the IP phone is upgrading firmware Upgrade via Web User Interface To manually upgrade firmware via web user interface you need to store firmware to your local system in advance To upgrade firmware manually via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Upgrade e Click Browse Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 309 e Select firmware from the local system e Click Upgrade A dialog box pops up to prompt Firmware of the SIP Phone will be updated It will take 5 minutes to complete Please don t power off n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Preference N Version i Time amp Date r Firmware Version 31 72 196 1 Upgrade Hardware Version 31 0 0 0 0 0 0 en Reset to Factory Setting o 9 ac 4 Configuration Select and Upgrade Firmware _Browsey No file selectad Dial Plan m a Voice e Click OK to confirm the upgrade xy Do not close and refresh the browser when the IP phone is upgrading the firmware via web user interface Upgrade Firmware from the Pro
93. aaa aaa Power LED E AE aE E AE AE aE a aE aE aE AE E aE aE aE AE AE AE AE E aaa aaa HE Different Power LED configuration Values 0 or 1 Ring amp Voice Text Mail Power Light Flash are enabled by default phone setting common power led enable 0 phone setting ring power led flash enable 1 phone setting mail power led flash enable 1 phone _setting mute power led flash enable 0 phone _setting hold_ and held power led flash enable 0 phone setting talk and dial power led enable 0 E AE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE aE AE AE E FE aE aE aE aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa Access URL of Resource Files E aE aE aE AE AE aE a aE ae aE AE E aE aE AE AE AE E aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa Various XML files URL can be configured this way dialplan dialnow url http 192 168 153 27 8081 dialnow xml dialplan replace rule url http 192 168 153 27 8081 replacerule xml local _contact data url http 192 168 153 27 8081 localcontact xml remote phonebook data l url http 192 168 153 27 8081 remotephonebook xml directory setting url http 192 168 153 27 8081 favorite setting xml super search url http 192 168 153 27 8081 super search xml FE aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE aE AE AE E aE aE aE AE AE AE E aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa Features General Information FE aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE ae aE AE E aE aE Ea AE aaa aaa aa
94. ability to fail over to a secondary server when there is no response to an INVITE request e Phone A places a call to Phone B Phone B answers the call The following SIP messages appear e Phone A sends an INVITE request to the primary server e Phone A retries INVITE requests to the primary server three times by default e After no response from the primary server the phone sends an INVITE request to the secondary server 258 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e The secondary server responds with 200 OK to the INVITE request When phone A places a call to Phone B again the phone sends an INVITE request to the primary server first When the primary server recovers the phone has ability to immediately fail back INVITE request to the primary server after failing over to the secondary server Procedure Server redundancy can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure the server redundancy on the IP phone For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Web User Interface Configure the server redundancy on the IP phone Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p account register amp q load amp acc 0 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 259 To configure server redundancy for fallback purpose via web user interface e Click on Account gt Register n MATRIX SPARSH VP110
95. and Resume 154 Call Log 99 Call Mute 153 Call Pickup 179 Directed Call Pickup 179 Group Call Pickup 182 Call Return 151 Call Transfer 169 Call Waiting 172 Called party 5 Callee 5 Caller 5 Calling Line Identification Presentation CLIP 195 Calling party 5 Capturing Packets 322 Conference 175 Local Conference 175 Network Conference 175 Transfer on Conference Hang Up 177 Configuration Files 28 Configuration Methods 25 Configuring Audio Features 283 Configuring Network Parameters Manually 47 Configuring PC Port Mode 55 Configuring Security Features 295 Configuring Transmission Methods of the Inter net Port and the PC Port 53 Auto negotiation 53 Full duplex 53 Half duplex 53 Connected Line Identification Presentation COLP 197 Contrast 57 Customizing Your Phone 57 Audio Settings 77 Contact Management 80 General Settings 57 System Customizations 105 D Deleting Contacts 88 Deleting Groups 84 DHCP 44 Dial Plan 111 Dial now 115 Delay Time for Dial now Rule 115 Directory 80 Distinctive Ring Tones 241 Do Not Disturb 158 Return Message When DND 158 DTMF 198 E Early Media 232 Editing Contacts 87 Editing Groups 83 Emergency Number 120 Enabling WatchDog Feature 323 Encrypting Configuration Files 305 Ending Calls 138 F Far end 5 G Getting Information from Status Indicators 325 Getting Started 17 H Hardware Component Instructions 8 Headset Use 283 Headset Mode Activation De activation 283 Headset
96. and RoHS CE Mark Warning This device is marked with the CE mark in compliance with EC Directives 2006 95 EC and 2004 108 EC Part 15 FCC Rules This device is compliant with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Class B Digital Device or Peripheral Note This device is tested and complies with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dea
97. anonymous call rejection off code to deactivate the server side anonymous call rejection Description feature for account X X is 1 Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example account 1 anonymous_reject_offcode 75 Do Not Disturb Return Message When DND Parameter features dnd_refuse_code Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures a return code and reason of SIP response messages when the phone rejects an incoming call by DND A specific reason is displayed on the caller s phone LCD screen If it is set to 486 Busy here the caller s phone LCD screen will display the reason Busy here when the callee enables DND feature 392 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Format Integer Default Value 480 Valid values are 404 No Found DND Mode Range 480 Temporarily not available 486 Busy here Example features dnd_refuse_code 480 Parameter Configuration File features dnd_mode lt MAC gt cfg Configures the DND mode for the IP phone Description It must be set to 0 Phone so that DND feature is effective for the IP phone Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 Phone Example features dnd_mode 0 Parameter Configuration File features dnd enable lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables DND feature Description If it is
98. as Auto Provision DHCP Active Pune The auto prosion parameters Upgrade Custom Option 128 254 T i Auto Provision DHC Opten Value Matic SPARSH VP a Server URL o Configuration User Name o Dial Plen Pessworc serere Voice Common AES Key seeeeeee o Ring MAC Oriestec AES Key seteeeee Zero Acie Crssbies Tones walt TimefO 200s s Softkey Layout Power On aD w TROG69 Repestecty D on oe Ineraiinses 1440 Wesisy oa 7 Tm co 00 co Vl sacer I moncer WI ruescay Bayer Weck V wecnescay W mnsscey Vl encay V saneca amopcousion now e Click Confirm to accept the change When Zero Touch is enabled configuration wizard as shown below will appear on the phone user interface during start up Update now 5s e Press the OK soft key 30 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide The network parameters are configurable via phone user interface IP Mode IPv4 amp IP 6 lt gt IPv4 WAN Type DHCP IPv6 WAN Type DHCP VLAN Status Disable a Switch Next Press the Next soft key after finishing network setting Configure the Provisioning Server Address Authentication User Name optional and Password optional in the Auto Provision screen User Name Password Back 2aB Delete OK Plug and Play PnP Server SPARSH VP110 IP phones support obtaining the Provisioning Server details from the PnP server The phone broadcasts the PnP SUBSCRIBE
99. by IP phones are e Firmware Image e Configuration File This method is used to cause the CPE to upload a specified file to the designated location Upload File types supported by IP phones are e Configuration File e LogFile This method is used to request the CPE to schedule a one time Schedulelnform Inform method call separate from its periodic Inform method calls sometime in the future FactoryReset This method resets the CPE to its factory default state This method informs the ACS of the completion either successful or TransferComplete unsuccessful of a file transfer initiated by an earlier Download or Upload method call This method is used to add a new instance of an object defined on the CPE DeleteObject This method is used to remove a particular instance of an object AddObject 316 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Procedure TR 069 can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure TR 069 feature Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure TR 069 feature Navigate to Local Web User Interface http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p settings preference amp q load To configure TR 069 via web user interface e Click on Settings gt TRO69 n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Preference R069 Enable TRO69 Disabled
100. call waiting tone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default call waiting tone 1 enables or disables the phone to play key tone when pressing any key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default features key tone 1 enables or disables the phone to play key tone when pressing the send key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default features send key tone 1 configures the phone to continue to play the dial tone after inputting the preset numbers in the dialing screen Integer within 6 digits The default value is Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 483 blank As per below example The phone will continue to play the dial tone after inputting 125 in the dialing screen If it is left blank the phone will not play the dial tone after inputting numbers in the dialing screen features redial_ tone 125 configures the ringer device for the phone in the headset mode 0 Us Speaker Default 1 Use Headset 2 Use Headset amp Speaker features ringer device is use headset 0 E aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE aE aE AE AE aE aE a FE AE aE aaa aE aaa aaa aaa aaa Intercom E aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE aE aE AE E aE aE AE AE AE AE aaa aaa aaa aaa enables or disables the phone to automatically answer an incoming intercom call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default features intercom allow 1 enables or disables the phone to mute the speaker when answering an intercom
101. change or the Back soft key to cancel 100 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To enable viewing of Number instead of Name in the call history e Click on Features gt General Information n MATRIX zici iih Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Forward amp DND Seen NC Call Waiting Enabled gt General Ca Inforn tion Call Waiting On Code Thi ph Call Waiting Off Code ca Audio Auto Redial Disabled gt al Intercom Auto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 2 Q Call Pickup Key As Send aii Select Enable from the Call List Show Number list Allow Trans Exist Call Enabled gt Auto Logout Time 1 1000min 1000 2 Call Number Filter Q Use Logo System logo Allow IP Call Enable IP Direct Auto Answer Enable gt Call List Show Number Enable by Voice mal Tone E DHCP Hostname Matrix SPARSH VP110 Reboot In Talking Disabled e Click Confirm to save the change Enabling this parameter will display numbers instead of the configured names if available in the call history list when accessed from the IP phone To view the call history e Press the History soft key Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 101 The LCD screen displays All Calls list e Press or to switch between All Calls Placed Calls Received Calls Missed Calls and Forwarded Calls e Press or to select the desired entry e Press the Op
102. characters 32 126 0x20 0x7E in passwords Format username new password Default Value 1111 Range String within 32 characters Example security user_password user 1111 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Administrator Password Parameter security user_password Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the password of the administrator for web server access The IP phone uses 1234 as the default administrator Phone Lock Description P password Note IP phones support ASCII characters 32 126 0x20 0x7E in passwords Format administrator username new password Default Value 1234 Range String within 32 characters Example security user_password admin 1234 Parameter Configuration File phone_setting lock lt MAC gt cfg Configures the type of phone lock Menu Key The Menu soft key and MESSAGE key are locked Function Keys MESSAGE RD MUTE TRAN OK navigation keys soft keys are locked All Keys All keys are locked except the volume key You are only allowed to dial emergency numbers answer Description incoming calls by lifting the handset pressing the Speakerphone key the HEADSET key or the OK key place an active call on hold by pressing the Hold soft key resume the held call by pressing the Resume soft key and end the call by hanging up the handset pressing the Speakerphone key If it is set to O Disabled IP pho
103. configuration is set correctly e Reboot the IP phone Some configurations require a reboot to take effect e Ensure that the configuration is applicable to the IP phone model e The configuration may depend on support from a server What do on code and off code mean They are codes that the IP phone sends to the server when a certain action takes place On code is used to activate a feature on the server side while off code is used to deactivate a feature on the server side For example if you set the Always Forward on code to be 78 may vary on different servers and the target number to be 201 When you enable Always Forward on the IP phone the IP phone sends 78201 to the server and then the server will enable Always Forward feature on the server side hence being able to get the right status of the extension How to solve the IP conflict problem Do one of the following e Reset another available IP address for the IP phone e Check network configuration via phone user interface at the path Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings gt Network gt WAN Port gt IPv4 If Static IP Client is selected select DHCP IP Client instead Why the web user interface logs out automatically after inactivity of a few minutes It happens as the Auto Logout Time 1 1000min value by default is set to 5 minutes Do the following e Click Features gt General Information e Configure the timer value of Auto Logout Time 1 1000min
104. draw your attention to important items y Important to indicate something that requires your special attention or to remind you of something you might need to do when you are using the phone x Caution to indicate an action or condition that is likely to result in malfunction or damage to the phone or C your property WW Warning fo indicate a hazard or an action that will cause damage to the phone and or cause bodily harm aW Tip to indicate a helpful hint giving you an alternative way to operate the phone or carry out a procedure Y more efficiently Terminology The technical terms and Acronyms used in this document are standard terms commonly used for the industries involved in dealing with telecommunication and or data communication devices Considering the broad group of intended users of this document wherever possible use of jargon is avoided Acronyms have been defined in the text and a complete list of Acronyms used in this document is provided in Appendix F Acronyms The words IP phone phone VoIP phone or SIP phone are used interchangeably and synonymously to mean Matrix SPARSH VP110 Some of the terms specific to this document that you will encounter frequently are defined below e ITSP Abbreviated form of Internet Telephony Service Provider You can register the SIP account of SPARSH VP110 to the SIP servers supported by an ITSP e OFF Hook The phone goes in OFF Hook state when you Lift the Handset fr
105. dtmf info_type Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the DTMF info type when the DTMF type Description is configured as SIP INFO AUTO or SIP INFO X is 1 Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are 0 Disabled Range 1 DTMF Relay 2 DTMF 3 Telephone Event Example account 1 dtmf info_type 0 Parameter Configuration File features dtmf repetition lt MAC gt cfg Configures the number of times for the IP phone to Description P send the end RTP EVENT packet Format Integer Default Value 3 Range 1to3 Example features dtmf repetition 3 Suppress DTMF Display Parameter features dtmf hide Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to suppress the display of DTMF digits Description If it is set to 1 Enabled the DTMF digits are displayed as asterisks Format Boolean Default Value 0 Range Valid values are 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 411 Example features dtmf hide 1 Parameter Configuration File features dtmf hide_delay lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to display the DTMF digits for a short period before displaying asterisks Description Note It works only if the parameter features dtmf hide is set to 1 Enabled Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0
106. files or locally Change the administrator password For more information refer Appendix i lt MAC gt cfg 4 n Configuration File D Configuration Parameters Change the administrator password Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt Web User Interface serviet p security amp q load Local Phone User Interface Change the administrator password To change the administrator password via web user interface e Click on Security gt Password e Select admin from the User Type list e Enter the current administrator password in the Old Password field e Enter new password in the New Password and Confirm Password fields Valid characters are ASCII characters 32 126 0x20 0x7E except 58 3A n MATRIX V EAEE Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings aad User Type admin D Q No user aca im Trusted Certificates New Password Sele Server Certificates Confirm Password your ad ad e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 69 To change the administrator password via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings password 1234 gt Set Password Enter the current administrator password in the Current PWD field Enter new password in the New PWD field and Confirm PWD field Valid characters are ASCII characters 32 126 0x20 0x7E e Press the Save soft key to save the change User Password
107. flash Generally updated configurations will automatically take effect after the auto provisioning process is completed For update of some specific configurations which require a reboot before taking effect for example network configurations the phone will reboot to make the configurations effective after the auto provisioning process is completed The phone calculates the MD5 values of the downloaded files If the MD5 values of the Common and MAC Oriented configuration files are the same as those of the last downloaded configuration files this means these two configuration files on the provisioning server are not changed The phone will complete the auto provisioning without repeated update This is used to avoid unnecessary restart and impact of phone use If configuration files have been AES encrypted the phone will decrypt them after downloading the configuration files Update Mode The update mode is used to set the desired time for the phone to perform the auto provisioning process Let us understand the following update modes in detail e Power On e Repeatedly e Weekly e Auto Provision Now e Multi mode Mixed e SIP NOTIFY Message Power On The phone performs the auto provisioning process when the phone is powered on To activate the Power On mode via a web user interface e Click on Settings gt Auto Provision Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 35 e Select the On check box in the Power On field i MATRIX iii SPA
108. following table lists the pre defined events for action URL Event Description Setup Completed When the IP phone completes startup Registered When the IP phone successfully registers an account Unregistered When the IP phone logs off the registered account Register Failed When the IP phone fails to register an account Off Hook When the IP phone is off hook On Hook When the IP phone is on hook Incoming Call When the IP phone receives an incoming call Outgoing Call When the IP phone places a call Established When the IP phone establishes a call Terminated When the IP phone terminates a call Open DND When the IP phone enables the DND mode Close DND When the IP phone disables the DND mode Open Always Forward When the IP phone enables the always forward Close Always Forward When the IP phone disables the always forward Open Busy Forward When the IP phone enables the busy forward Close Busy Forward When the IP phone disables the busy forward Open No Answer Forward When the IP phone enables the no answer forward Close No Answer Forward When the IP phone disables the no answer forward Transfer Call When the IP phone transfers a call Blind Transfer When the IP phone blind transfers a call Attended Transfer When the IP phone performs the semi attended attended transfer Hold When the IP phone
109. group specified in the Line field XML Directory You can use this key feature to access the corporate directory quickly For more information refer Remote Phone Book Dependencies Type XML Directory Usage Press the programmable key to access the corporate directory quickly XML Group You can use this key feature to access the remote group in the corporate directory quickly You should configure remote phone book in advance For more information refer Remote Phone Book Dependencies Type XML Group Line the remote group you want to access if the remote phone book is configured Usage Press the programmable key to access the remote group specified in the Line field XML Browser You can use this key feature to access the XML browser quickly The XML browser allows you to create custom services which meet your functional requirements on the server You can customize practical applications such as weather report stock information Google search etc Dependencies Type XML Browser Value the access URL for xml browser Usage Press the programmable key to access the XML browser specified in the Value field Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 109 SMS You can use this key feature to quick access short message service For more information refer Short Message Service SMS Dependencies Type SMS Usage Press the programmable key when the phone is idle to access the short message service New SM
110. gt Outbound Proxy Server S z 3 3 Transport UDP NAT Disabled STUN Server Port 3478 Q SIP Server1 Server Host 192 168 1 138 Port 5060 Q Server Expires 3600 Server Retry Counts 3 SIP Seve 2 e Click Confirm to save the change To configure SIP Account and server redundancy feature via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings password 1234 gt Account gt Empty Unknown and press the Enter soft key e Press or 0 to select Enable for Activation e Press to configure the Label Display Name Register Name User Name Password SIP Server 1 SIP Server 2 Outbound Sts Outbound Proxy STUN Status STUN Server and press the Save soft key 130 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Configuration for Peer to Peer P2P Calling Matrix SPARSH VP110 supports Peer to Peer P2P calling and Direct IP calling using the phone dial pad without registering to the SIP server Procedure Parameters for Peer to Peer P2P calling and Direct IP calling can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure the Allow IP Call and relevant SIP account parameters on the IP phone for Peer to Peer calling For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Web User Interface Configure the Allow IP Call parameters on the IP phone Navigate to http
111. headset prior Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure headset prior Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features general amp q load To enable headset prior via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Settings Dir E Forward amp DND General Information Call Waiting Enabled gt Gener Infornistion Call Waiting On Code Q pod Call Waiting Off Code Q u Auto Redial Disabled gt SIEEN Auto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 Q Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 Q Call Pickup Key As Send v Q Reserve in User Name Enabled Remote Control 284 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Select Enabled from the Headset Prior list Auto Answer Delay 1 4s 1 2 Headset Prior DTMF Replace Tran Tran Send DTMF Send Pound Key Disabled gt Fwd International Enabled gt Diversion History Info Enabled Allow Trans Exist Call Enabled Auto Logout Time 1 1000min 1000 Call Number Filter Use Logo System logo gt Allow IP Call Enable y IP Direct Auto Answer Disabled Call List Show Number Disabled Voice Mail Tone Enable gt DHCP Hostname Matrix SPARSH VP110 Reboot In Talking Disabled cence e Click Confirm to save the change
112. i the account when the parameter Y failback_timeout Integer 0 from 60 to 65535 account 1 sip_server Y failback_mode is set NA to 3 duration Y ranges from 1 to 2 If you set the parameter between 1 and 59 the timeout will be 60 seconds The default value is 3600 It enables or disables the phone to send account 1 sip_server registration requests to the secondary server Y register_on_enable for the account when encountering a failover Oor1 NA 0 Disabled Y ranges from 1 to 2 1 Enabled The default value is 0 e Save the configuration files to the root directory of the provisioning server The following shows an example of SIP account and server redundancy configurations for account 1 since the IP phone supports single SIP account in the configuration files Account Configuration and Registration account 1 enable 1 account 1 register enable 1 account 1 label 1234 account 1 display_ name 1234 account 1 auth_name 1234 account 1 user_ name 1234 account 1 password 1234 128 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide account 1 sip server account 1 sip server account 1 sip server account 1 sip server account 1 sip server account 1 sip server account 1 sip server account 1 sip server DNS SRV account 1 transport account 1 naptr_ build Fallback Mode UOP V NFP RP RFP RP address matrix _ippbx com port 5060 expires 3600 retry_counts 3
113. label String within 99 characters It configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for the account The default value is blank Account gt Register gt Label account 1 display_na me String within 99 characters It configures the display name for account The default value is blank Account gt Register gt Display Name account 1 auth_name String within 99 characters It configures the user name for register authentication for the account The default value is blank Account gt Register gt Register Name accou nt 1 user_name String within 32 characters It configures the register user name for the account The default value is blank Account gt Register gt User Name account 1 password String within 99 characters It configures the password for register authentication for the account The default value is blank Account gt Register gt Password account 1 sip_server Y address Y ranges from 1 to 2 IP address or domain name It configures the IP address or domain name of the SIP server Y for the account Example account 1 sip_server 1 address 10 2 1 128 The default value is blank Account gt Register gt SIP Server Y gt Server Host 126 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide account 1 sip_server Y port Y ranges from 1 to 2 Integer from 0 to 65535 It configures the port of SIP server Y for
114. list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Register Proxy Require Q Local Anonymous Off pak Send Anonymous Code Off Code Codec On Code Advanced Off Code Anonymous Call Rejection Off On Code Off Code Missed Call Log Enabled gt Auto Answer Ring Type Disabled o Genel e Click Confirm to save the change To configure a period of delay time for auto answer via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information e Enter the desired time in the Auto Answer Delay 1 4s field e Click Confirm to save the change To configure auto answer via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings password 1234 gt Account e Press the Enter soft key e Press or or the Switch soft key to select Enable from the Auto Answer field 3 Auto Answer Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 143 e Press the Save soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel The AA icon appears on the LCD screen A 1003 re 12 04 46 Sat May 25 Menu iW Auto answer is only applicable when there is no other call in progress on the phone 144 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Auto Redial You can enable auto redial to redial the phone number automatically when the called party is busy number of attempts and waiting time between redials are configurable Procedure Auto redial can be configure
115. lt MAC gt cfg Configure the method of transmitting DTMF digit and the payload type For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters lt MAC gt cfg Configure the number of times for the IP phone to send the end RTP Event packet For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Web User Interface Configure the method of transmitting DTMF digits and the payload type Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p account adv amp q load amp acc 0 Configure the number of times for the IP phone to send the end RTP Event packet Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p features general amp q load To configure the method of transmitting DTMF digits via web user interface e Click on Account gt Advanced e Select the desired value from the DTMF Type list If SIP INFO or AUTO or SIP INFO is selected select the desired value from the DTMF Info Type list Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 199 e Enter the desired value in the DTMF Payload Type 96 127 field n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Register Keep Alive Type Default NC Keep Alive Interval Seconds 30 Local SIP Port 5060 o er RPort Disabled z Advanced SIP Session Timer T1 0 5 10s 0 5 SIP Session Timer T2 2 40s 4 SIP Session Timer T4 2 5 60s 5 Subscribe Period Seconds DTMF
116. mails 6 Transfer Key Transfers a call to another party 7 Headset Key Toggles the headset mode 8 Speakerphone Key Toggles the hands free speakerphone mode 9 RD Key Redials a previously dialed number Adjusts the volume of the handset headset speaker and 10 Volume Key ringer 11 Keypad Provides the digits RGE and special characters in context sensitive applications Label automatically to identity their context sensitive 12 Soft Keys features Icon Instructions Icons appearing on the LCD screen are described in the following table Icon Description Network is unavailable Registered successfully Register failed 0 6 0 a Registering 4a w Hands free speakerphone mode Handset mode Headset mode HDA Multi lingual lowercase letters input mode Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide a to co Multi lingual uppercase letters input mode Alphanumeric s wl Lut Numeric input mode Abg Multi lingual uppercase and lowercase letters input mode Voice Mail Text Message Auto Answer Do Not Disturb Call Forwarded Forwarded Calls Call Hold Call Mute 7 E EXB A Ringer volume is 0 Keypad Lock Placed Calls f N Received Calls N v Missed Calls LED Instructions Power Indicator LED LED Status Description The phone is initializing The phone is busy
117. more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Configure action URL Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p features actionurl amp q load Web User Interface Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 251 To configure action URL via web user interface e Click on Features gt Action URL n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Forward amp DND Setup Completed 0 Registered Q General Information Unregistered Register Failed Audio Off Hook Q Intercom paren o Transfer Incoming Call E Established 2 Remote Control Terminated Phone Lock Open DND ACD Close DND SMS Open Always Forward Q Close Always Forward Q Action eS Open Busy Forward Q e Enter the action URLs in the corresponding fields e Click Confirm to save the change 252 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Action URI Opposite to action URL action URI allows IP phones to interact with web server application by receiving and handling an HTTP or HTTPS GET request When receiving a GET request the IP phone will perform the specified action and respond with a 200 OK message A GET request may contain variable named as key and variable value which are separated by The valid URI format is http s phone IPaddress servlet key variable value The following table lists pre defined variable values
118. nodes XML RPC Remote Procedure Call Protocol It uses XML to encode its calls and HTTP as a transport mechanism 354 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Appendix C Trusted Certificates SPARSH VP110 IP phones trust the following CAs by default e DigiCert High Assurance EV Root CA e Deutsche Telekom AG Root CA 2 e Equifax Secure Certificate Authority e Equifax Secure eBusiness CA 1 e Equifax Secure Global eBusiness CA 1 e GeoTrust Global CA e GeoTrust Global CA2 e GeoTrust Primary CA e GeoTrust Primary CA G2 ECC e GeoTrust Universal CA e GeoTrust Universal CA2 e Thawte Personal Freemail CA e Thawte Premium Server CA e Thawte Primary Root CA G1 EV e Thawte Primary Root CA G2 ECC e Thawte Primary Root CA G3 SHA256 e Thawte Server CA e VeriSign Class 1 Public Primary Certification Authority e VeriSign Class 1 Public Primary Certification Authority G2 e VeriSign Class 1 Public Primary Certification Authority G3 e VeriSign Class 2 Public Primary Certification Authority G2 e VeriSign Class 2 Public Primary Certification Authority G3 e VeriSign Class 3 Public Primary Certification Authority e VeriSign Class 3 Public Primary Certification Authority G2 e VeriSign Class 3 Public Primary Certification Authority G3 e VeriSign Class 3 Public Primary Certification Authority G4 e VeriSign Class 3 Public Primary Certification Authority G5 e VeriSign Class 4 Public Primary Certification Authority
119. number when it is busy Description If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will dial the previous dialed out number automatically when the dialed number is busy Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 387 Example auto_redial enable 1 Parameter auto_redial interval Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the interval in seconds for the IP phone to wait between redials Description The IP phone redials the dialed number at regular intervals till the callee answers the call Format Integer Default Value 10 Range 1 to 300 Example auto_redial interval 10 Parameter Configuration File auto_redial times lt MAC gt cfg Configures the redial times for the IP phone Description The IP phone tries to redial the dialed number as many times as configured till the callee answers the call Format Integer Default Value 10 Range 1 to 300 Example auto_redial times 10 Auto Answer Parameter accou nt X auto_a nswer Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Description Enables or disables auto answer feature for account X If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone can automatically answer an incoming call Xis 1 Note The IP phone cannot automatically answer the incoming call during a call even if auto answer i
120. order is from order i lowest to highest lower order is more preferred Specify the preference for processing multiple NAPTR records with the same pref order value Lower value is more preferred flags The flag s means to perform an SRV lookup Specify the transport protocols SIP D2U SIP over UDP service SIP D2T SIP over TCP SIP D2S SIP over SCTP SIPS D2T SIPS over TCP regexp Always empty for SIP services Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 261 replacement Specify a domain name for the next query The IP phone picks the first record because its order of 90 is lower than 100 The pref parameter is unimportant as there is no other record with order 90 The flag s indicates performing the SRV query next TCP will be used targeted to a host determined by an SRV query of _sip _tcp matrix_ippbx com If the flag of the NAPTR record returned is empty the IP phone will perform NAPTR query again according to the previous NAPTR query result SRV Service Location Record The IP phone performs an SRV query on the record returned from the NAPTR for the host name and the port number Example of SRV records Priority Weight Port Target IN SRV 0 1 5060 server1 matrix_ippbx com IN SRV 0 2 5060 server2 matrix_ippbx com Parameters are explained in the following table Parameter Description SHBtit Specify preferential treatment for the specific host entry Lower
121. other kinds of network traffic IP phones support the DiffServ model of QoS Voice QoS In order to make VoIP transmissions intelligible to receivers voice packets should not be dropped excessively delayed or made to suffer varying delay DiffServ model can guarantee high quality voice transmission when the voice packets are configured to a higher DSCP value Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 271 SIP QoS SIP protocol is used for creating modifying and terminating two party or multi party sessions To ensure good voice quality SIP packets emanated from IP phones should be configured with a high transmission priority DSCPs for voice and SIP packets can be specified respectively Procedure QoS can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the DSCPs for voice packets and SIP packets Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the DSCPs for voice packets and SIP packets Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p network adv amp q load To configure DSCPs for voice packets and SIP packets via web user interface e Click on Network gt Advanced e Enter the desired value in the Voice QoS 0 63 field 272 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Enter the desired value in the SIP QoS 0 63 field SAAND Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Dir noe LLP A
122. paging call on the phone If enabled the phone will ignore incoming multicast paging calls with lower priorities otherwise the phone will answer incoming multicast paging calls automatically and place the previous multicast paging call on hold If disabled the phone will automatically ignore all incoming multicast paging calls Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 211 Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure the listening multicast address Configure Paging Barge and Paging Priority Active features For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Web User Interface Configure the listening multicast address Configure Paging Barge and Paging Priority Active features Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p contacts multicastIP amp q load To configure multicast listening addresses via web user interface Click on Directory gt MulticastIP Select the desired value from the Paging Barge list Select the desired value from the Paging Priority Active list Enter the multicast IP address es and port number for example 224 5 6 20 10008 which the phone listens for incoming RTP multicast in the Listening Address field The valid multicast IP addresses range from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 Enter the label in the Label field 212 Matrix SPARS
123. phonelPAddress gt serviet p account adv amp q load amp acc 0 Local Web User Interface Configure the internal ringer text and internal ringer file Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p settings ring amp q load To configure distinctive ring tones via web user interface e Click on Account gt Advanced sa MATRIX SPESIE Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Dire Register Keep Alive Type Default A Keep Alive Interval Seconds 30 Local SIP Port 5060 Th Coder ad RPort Disabled Advanceqy SIP Session Timer T1 0 5 10s 0 5 Q SIP Session Timer T2 2 40s 4 oo SIP Session Timer T4 2 5 60s 5 Subscribe Period Seconds 1800 Q 244 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Select the desired value from the Distinctive Ring Tones list eee v ACD Subscrip Period 120 3600s 3600 7 Early Media Disabled SIP Server Type Default gt Music Server URI Q Directed Call Pickup Code Q Group Call Pickup Code Distinctive Ring Tones Q Unregister When Reboot mso Q Cancel e Click Confirm to save the change To configure the internal ringer text and internal ringer file via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Ring n MATRIX iil Status Account Network DSSKey Settings PEON 1 Internal Ringer Text NC Time amp Date Internal Ringer File Ring1 wav gt 3 2 Internal Ringer Text Q Upgrade Inte
124. pickup code followed by the specific phone number Usage Press the programmable key on your phone when the specific phone number receives an incoming call The call is answered on your phone Group Pickup You can use this key feature to answer incoming calls in a group that is associated with their own group Dependencies Type Group Pickup Value the group pickup feature code Usage Press the programmable key on your phone when a phone number in the group receives an incoming call The call is answered on your phone Prefix You can use this key feature to add a specified prefix number before the dialed number Dependencies Type Prefix Value the prefix number Usage Press the programmable key when the phone is idle then the phone will enter into the dialing screen and display the prefix number which you specified in the Value field You can enter other digits and then dial out 108 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Local Directory You can use this key feature to access the local directory quickly For more information refer Local Directory Dependencies Type Local Directory Usage Press the programmable key to access the local directory quickly Local Group You can use this key feature to access the group in the local directory quickly For more information refer Local Directory Dependencies Type Local Group Line the group you want to access Usage Press the programmable key to access the
125. places a call on hold UnHold When the IP phone retrieves a hold call Mute When the IP phone mutes a call Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 249 UnMute When the IP phone un mutes a call Missed Call When the IP phone misses a call IP Changed When the IP address of the IP phone changes Forward Incoming Call When the IP phone forwards an incoming call Reject Incoming Call When the IP phone rejects an incoming call Answer New In Call When the IP phone answers a new call Transfer Finished When the IP phone completes to transfer a call Transfer Failed When the IP phone fails to transfer a call Idle To Busy When the state of the IP phone changes from idle to busy Busy To Idle When the state of phone changes from busy to idle An HTTP or HTTPS GET request may contain variable name and variable value separated by Each variable value starts with in the query part of the URL The valid URL format is http s IP address of server help xml variable name variable Variable name can be customized by users while the variable value is pre defined For example a URL http 192 168 1 10 help xmI mac mac is specified for the event Mute mac will be dynamically replaced with the MAC address of the IP phone when the IP phone mutes a call The following table lists pre defined variable values Variable Value Description Smac The MAC address of the IP phon
126. remote phonebook Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p contacts remote amp q load Specify whether to query the entry name from the remote phone book Local Web User Interface eG A for outgoing incoming calls Specify how often the IP phone refreshes the local cache of the remote phonebook Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p contacts remote amp q load To configure an access URL for remote phone book via web user interface e Click on Directory gt Remote Phone Book Enter the access URL in the Remote URL field Enter the name in the Display Name field n MATRIX ini Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Local Directory 1 192 168 101 100 Main Directory Remote Phone Book 2 Phone Call Info MulticastIP Setting Search Remote Phonebook Name Disabled gt Search Flash Time Seconds 21600 Q Cog e Click Confirm to save the change KA An access URL for remote phone book is configurable via web user interface only 96 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To access your corporate directory via phone user interface Press Menu gt Dir gt Remote Phone Book If Remote Phone Book is added to the directory press Dir gt Remote Phone Book to enter remote phone book 1 Sales Dep 2 Financial Dep 3 Product Dep Update Search Enter e Press or to select the desired remote group and then press
127. request from the SNMP server The following table lists the basic object identifiers OIDs supported by IP phones OID Description The textual identification of the contact person for the IP phone together with 1 3 6 1 2 1 37459 2 1 1 0 the contact information For example Sysadmin root localhost An administratively assigned name for the IP phone If the name is unknown the value is a zero length string For example IPPHONE 1 3 6 1 2 1 37459 2 1 2 0 The physical location of the IP phone 1 3 6 1 2 1 37459 2 1 3 0 For example Server Room The time in milliseconds since the network management portion of the 1 3 6 1 2 1 37459 2 1 4 0 pa die system was last re initialized 1 3 6 1 2 1 37459 2 1 5 0 The firmware version of the IP phone 1 3 6 1 2 1 37459 2 1 6 0 The hardware version of the IP phone 1 3 6 1 2 1 37459 2 1 7 0 The IP phone s model 1 3 6 1 2 1 37459 2 1 8 0 The MAC address of the IP phone 1 3 6 1 2 1 37459 2 1 9 0 The IP address of the IP phone The target version to which the current version is automatically updated Format 1 3 6 1 2 1 37459 2 1 10 0 MacVersion ComVersion For example MacVersion 0 0 0 1 ComVersion 0 0 0 1 Procedure SNMP can be configured using the configuration files or locally Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 313 Enable or disable the SNMP feature Configure the SNMP port Configure IP address es or domain n
128. retry to send requests to the primary server after failing over to the current working server when the parameter account X sip_serverY failback_mode is set to 3 duration Description If you set the parameter to 0 the IP phone will not send requests to the primary server until a failover event occurs with the current working server Xis 1 Y ranges from 1 to 2 Format Integer Default Value 3600 Range 0 60 to 65535 428 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Example account 1 sip_server 1 failback_timeout 3600 Parameter Configuration File account X sip_servery register_on_enabl lt MAC gt cfg e Enables or disables the IP phone to register to the secondary server before sending requests to the Description secondary server in the failover mode Xis 1 Y ranges from 1 to 2 Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example account 1 sip_server 1 register_on_enable 0 SIP Server Domain Name Resolution Parameter account X transport Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures the transport type for account X If the parameter is set to 3 DNS NAPTR and no server port is given the IP phone performs the DNS NAPTR and SRV queries for the service type and port Note If the outbound proxy server is required and the transport is set to DNS NAPTR you must set the port of outbound proxy server to
129. seconds of MWI subscription for account The default value is 3600 Range 0 to 84600 account 1 subscribe mwi expires 3600 enables or disables the phone to subscribe to the voice mail number for the message waiting indicator for account This method is not supported by Matrix PBX Here the SUBSCRIBE for VM sent to Voice mail retrieval number 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1 subscribe mwi to vm 0 configures the voice mail number for account Voice Mail Retrieval Number The default value is blank String within 99 characters voice mail number 1 3931 configures the source caller identity for presentation when receiving an incoming call for account O FROM Default 1 PAI 2 PAI FROM 3 PRID PAI FROM 4 PAI RPID FROM 5 RPID FROM account 1 cid_ source 1 enables or disables the session timer for account 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1 session timer enable 0 configures the interval in seconds for refreshing the SIP session for account The default value is 1800 Range The default value is 1800 account 1 session timer expires 1800 configures the refresher of the session timer for account 0 UAC Default 1 UAS account 1 session timer refresher 0 enables or disables the user phone carried in the INVITE message for account 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1 enable_ user equal phone 1 480 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User
130. server address is one possibility For more information refer to http www ietf org rfc rfc3925 txt number 3925 Procedure DHCP can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure DHCP on the IP phone Configure static DNS address when Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg DHCP is used For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure DHCP on the IP phone Configure static DNS address when DHCP is used Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p network amp q load Local Phone User Interface Configure DHCP on the IP phone Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 45 To configure DHCP via web user interface e Click on Network gt Basic e In the IPv4 Config block click DHCP n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Features Settings Basic Internet Port NO Mode IPv4 IPv6 IPv4 gt PC Port IPv4 Config Th 2 be Advanced DH Static IP Address IP Address fi92 168 1 252 DN Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 192 168 1 254 Static DNS on off u Primary DNS Secondary DNS e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone To configure static DNS address when DHCP is used via web user interface Click on Network gt Basic e In the IPv4 Config block click DHCP e Click Static DNS 4
131. specify the access URL of the template file in the configuration files When editing a local contact template learn the following lt root_contact gt indicates the start of a contact list and lt root_contact gt indicates the end of a contact list lt root_group gt indicates the start of a group list and lt root_group gt indicates the end of a group list When specifying a ring tone for a contact or a group the format of the value must be Auto the first registered line Resource RingN wav system ringtone integer N ranges from 1 to 5 or Custom Name wav custom ringtone When specifying a desired line for a contact the valid values are 0 and line ID 0 stands for the first available account Multiple line IDs are separated by commas At most 5 groups can be added to the IP phone At most 1000 local contacts can be added to the IP phone Procedure Use the following procedures to customize a local contact template file To customize a local contact file Open the template file using an ASCII editor For each group that you want to add add the following string to the file Each starts on a separate line lt group display_name ring gt Where display_name specifies the name of the group ring specifies the desired ring tone for this group For each contact that you want to add add the following string to the file Each starts on a separate line Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 333 ww ww ring
132. the Enter soft key The phone connects to load the corporate directory and then the corporate contact list appears on the LCD screen e Press the Back soft key to back to the previous interface To search for a contact in the corporate directory e Press Menu gt Dir gt Remote Phone Book If Remote Phone Book is added to the directory press Dir gt Remote Phone Book to enter remote phone book e Select the desired remote group and then press the Enter soft key to load the corporate directory e Press the Search soft key e Enter a few continuous characters of the contact name or number using the keypad The contacts whose name or number matches the characters entered will appear on the LCD screen You can dial from the result list Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 97 To place a call from the corporate directory Press Menu gt Dir gt Remote Phone Book If Remote Phone Book is added to the directory press Dir gt Remote Phone Book to enter remote phone book Press or to select the desired remote group and then press the Enter soft key to load the corporate directory Select the desired contact in the corporate directory Press the Send soft key In addition you can enable the phone to present the caller identity stored in the corporate directory when receiving a call To enable the presentation of caller identity stored in remote phone book via web user interface Click on Directory gt Remote Pho
133. the fixed delay time for jitter buffer Description Note It works only if the parameter voice jib adaptive is set to O Fixed Format Integer Default Value 120 Range 0 to 400 Example voice jib mormal 120 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Security Feature Parameters TLS Parameter account X transport Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the transport type for account X If it is set to 2 TLS the SIP message of this account security trust_certificates Description will be encrypted after the successful TLS negotiation X is 1 Format Integer Default Value O UDP Valid values are 0 UDP Range 1 TCP 2 TLS 3 DNS NAPTR Example account 1 transport 2 Parameter Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to authenticate the connecting server based on the trusted Description certificates list Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example security trust_certificates 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 449 Parameter security ca_cert Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the type of certificates the IP phone used to authenticate the connecting server Description f Note If you change this parameter the IP ph
134. the international number the prefix is 00 O Disabled 1 Enabled default forward international enable 1 FE AE aE aE aT AE E a aE aE aE AE E aE E AE AE E FE Ea AE AE E AE aaa aaa aaa aaa 482 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide tata a at DND Ht FE aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE aE aE AE AE aE aE a ae aa aaa AE E AE aaa aaa aaa aaa ata a at enables or disables the phone to receive incoming calls from authorized numbers when DND feature is enabled 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled features dnd emergency enable 0 configures the numbers the phone will receive incoming calls from when DND feature is enabled Multiple numbers are separated by commas The default value is blank String within 511 characters features dnd emergency authorized number 511 512 It enables or disables DND feature 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled features dnd enable 0 configures the DND on code when the DND mode is configured as Phone The default value is Blank String within 32 characters features dnd on code 188 configures the DND off code when the DND mode is configured as Phone The default value is Blank String within 32 characters features dnd off code 189 E aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE ae aE AE AE aE aE aE aE aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa Audio FE aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE aE aE AE E aE aE a ea aaa aaa aaa enables or disables the phone to play the
135. the phone via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Upgrade e Click Reboot to reboot the phone y Any reboot of the phone may take a few minutes How to export PCAP trace We may need you to provide a PCAP trace to help analyze your problem To export a PCAP trace via web user interface refer Capturing Packets Packet Capture How to export system log We may need you to provide debug log information to help analyze problem By default you can export the debug system log information to local PC To export the system log to local PC via web user interface refer Viewing Log Files Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 341 How to export import phone configurations We may need you to provide the phone configurations to help analyze your problem In some instance you may need to import configurations to the phone To export the phone configurations via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Configuration e Click Export to open file download window and then save the file to your local system To import the phone configurations via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Configuration e Click Browse to locate a configuration file from your local system e Click Import to import the configuration file WW The file format of configuration file must be bin How to upgrade firmware To upgrade firmware via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Upgrade e Click Browse to locate the fir
136. to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p network adv amp q load To configure the transmission methods of Ethernet ports via web user interface e Click on Network gt Advanced e Select the desired value from the WAN Port Link list e Select the desired value from the PC Port Link list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account DSSKey Features Settings WDP PC Port Advanced WAN Port PC Port DHCP VLAN Voice QoS Active Enabled y Packet Interval 1 3600s 60 Active Disabled v VID 1 4094 1 PRIORITY 0 v Active Disabled VID 1 4094 1 PRIORITY 0 bg Active Enabled bd Option 132 WAN Port Link Auto Negotiate v PC Port Link Auto Negotiate Auto Negotiate Full Duplex 10Mbp voce aos owss foun 0b Half Duplex 100Mbps SIP Qos 0 63 54 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Click Confirm to save the change Configuring PC Port Mode The PC port on the back of the IP phone is used to connect a PC which can be configured in the following mode Bridge The IP phone functions as a bridge and the connected PC appears on the network as a stand alone device with its own IP address Procedure PC port mode can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the PC port mode z 7 Disable the PC port Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the PC po
137. to Encrypt Decrypt the Configuration Files lt MAC gt cfg Vv Unzip the AES encryption tool that you have downloaded Keep the unzipped AES encryption tool named as EncryptUtilityWindows exe in your local drive for example in the D drive Also keep the lt MAC gt cfg file of Matrix SPARSH VP110 for example 001d29002794 cfg in your local drive Open the Command Prompt window and run the following commands To encrypt the lt MAC gt cfg file type D gt EncryptUtilityWindows exe lt space gt lt AES Key gt lt space gt E lt space gt lt Destination File Path of MAC cfg gt lt space gt lt Source File Path of MAC cfg gt Or To decrypt the lt MAC gt cfg file type D gt EncryptUtilityWindows exe lt space gt lt AES Key gt lt space gt D lt space gt lt Destination File Path of MAC cfg gt lt space gt lt Source File Path of MAC cfg gt Where lt AES Key gt It should be a 16 character key Supported characters are 0 9 A Z a z E Used to Encrypt D Used to Decrypt lt space gt Blank space Make sure that the exe file is accessible from the path D gt EncryptUtilityWindows exe If it is kept at a different location then specify the exact path in the Command Prompt window for successful encryption decryption of the lt MAC gt cfq file Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 305 Example Case For example if you have kept the EncryptUtilityWindows exe in your D drive an
138. under no circumstance liable to consequences or legal issues caused by such changes Please refer to the relevant laws and statutes while using the device Legal rights of others should be respected as well Environmental Requirements Place the device at a well ventilated place Do not expose the device under direct sunlight Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 13 Keep the device dry and free of dusts Place the device on a stable and level platform Please place no heavy objects on the device in case of damage and deformation caused by the heavy load Keep at least 10 centimeters distance between the device and the closest object for heat dissipation Do not place the device on or near any inflammable or fire vulnerable object such as rubber made materials Keep the device away from any heat source or bare fire such as a candle or an electric heater Keep the device away from any household appliance with strong magnetic field or electromagnetic field such as a microwave oven or a refrigerator Operating Requirements Do not let a child operate the device without guidance Do not let a child play with the device or any accessory in case of accidental swallowing Please use the accessories provided or authorized by the manufacturer only The power supply of the device shall meet the requirements of the input voltage of the device Please use the provided surge protection power socket only Before plugging or
139. unplugging any cable make sure that your hands are completely dry Do not spill liquid of any kind on the product or use the equipment near water for example near a bathtub washbowIl kitchen sink wet basement or near a swimming pool Do not tread on pull or over bend any cable in case of malfunction of the device During a thunderstorm stop using the device and disconnect it from the power supply Unplug the power plug and the Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line ADSL twisted pair the radio frequency cable to avoid lightning strike 14 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e If the device is left unused for a rather long time disconnect it from the power supply and unplug the power plug e When there is smoke emitted from the device or some abnormal noise or smell disconnect the device from the power supply and unplug the power plug immediately Contact the specified maintenance center for repair e Do not insert any object into equipment slots that is not part of the product or auxiliary product e Before connecting a cable connect the grounding cable of the device first Do not disconnect the grounding cable until you disconnect all other cables Cleaning Requirements e Before cleaning the device stop using it and disconnect it from the power supply e Use apiece of soft dry and anti static cloth to clean the device Keep the power plug clean and dry Using a dirty or wet power plug may lead to electric sho
140. values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example call_waiting enable 1 Parameter Configuration File call_waiting tone lt MAC gt cfg Description Enables or disables the playing of a call waiting tone when the IP phone receives an incoming call during a call If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will perform an audible indicator when receiving a new incoming call during acall Note It works only if the parameter call_waiting enable is set to 1 Enabled 386 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example call_waiting tone 1 Parameter Configuration File call_waiting on_code lt MAC gt cfg Configures the call waiting on code to activate the Description P server side call waiting feature Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example call_waiting on_code 72 Parameter Configuration File call_waiting off_code lt MAC gt cfg Configures the call waiting off code to deactivate the Description P server side call waiting feature Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example call_waiting off_code 73 Auto Redial Parameter auto_redial enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to automatically redial the called
141. when the working server has no response to a REGISTER request e The phone sends a REGISTER request to the working server e The phone retries REGISTER requests to the working server three times by default e After no response from the working server the phone sends a REGISTER request to the fallback server e The fallback server responds with 200 OK to the REGISTER request The phone sends REGISTER requests to the working server to detect whether the server is available at intervals defined by the account 1 fallback timeout parameter after failing over to the fallback server When the working server recovers the phone has ability to fail back next REGISTER request to the working server The following introduces an INVITE fallback scenario The SIP server 1 working server and SIP server 2 fallback server are configured with the IP address respectively for account 1 The parameter account 1 fallback redundancy_type is configured as 0 Concurrent Registration INVITE Fallback The phone has ability to fail over to a fallback server when the working server has no response to an INVITE request Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 257 e Phone A places a call to Phone B Phone B answers the call The following SIP messages appear e Phone A sends an INVITE request to the working server e Phone A retries INVITE requests to the working server three times by default e After no response from the working server the phone send
142. with a remote extension Procedure Intercom key can be configured using the configuration files or locally Assign an intercom key Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Assign an intercom key Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p dsskey amp q load amp model 0 To configure an intercom key via web user interface e Click on DSS Key gt Programmable Key e Inthe desired DSS key field select Intercom from the Type list 206 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Enter the remote extension number in the Value field a MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Features Settings Dir T Line Value Label Extension Programable Key Key Mi E SoftKey 1 History D Local History v N A SoftKey 2 Speed Dial N A Directed Pickup _ E SoftKey 3 Group Pickup N A In N A Sankey Prefix Local Group i U Local History v XML Group E sh Down XML Browser F N A fu History Left Menu N A Forward En Right DND N A iti Call Return OK SMS N A to New SMS thi MUTE XML Directory N A Status a i TRAN Multicast Paging N A Local Directory e Click Confirm to save the change Incoming Intercom Calls The IP phone supports automatically to answer an incoming intercom call by default The phone automatically p
143. working server is available by sending the registration request after Description the fallback server takes over call control It is only applicable to successive registration mode Xis 1 Format Integer Default Value 120 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 427 Range 10 to 2147483647 Example account 1 fallback timeout 120 Failover Mode Parameter account X sip_servery failback_mode Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the mode for the IP phone to retry the primary server in failover mode Description X is 1 Y ranges from 1 to 2 Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Valid values are 0 newRequests all requests are sent to the primary server first regardless of the last used server 1 DNSTTL the IP phone retries to send requests to the primary server after the time out equal to the DNSTTL configured for the server that the IP phone is registered to 2 registration the IP phone retries to send REGISTER requests to the primary server when registration renewal 3 duration the IP phone retries to send requests to the primary server after the time out defined by the account X sip_serverY failback_timeout parameter Example account 1 sip_server 1 failback_mode 0 Parameter account X sip_serverY failback_timeout Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the time out in seconds for the IP phone to
144. 0 00 Australia Sydney Melbourne Canberra 10 00 Australia Brisbane 10 00 Australia Hobart 10 00 Russia Vladivostok 10 30 Australia Lord Howe Islands 11 00 New Caledonia Noumea 12 00 New Zealand Wellington Auckland 12 45 New Zealand Chatham Islands 13 00 Tonga Nukualofa 352 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Appendix B Glossary e 802 1x An IEEE Standard for port based Network Access Control PNAC It is a part of the IEEE 802 1group of networking protocols It provides an authentication mechanism to devices wishing to attach to a LAN or WLAN e ACS Auto Configuration Server It is responsible for auto configuration of the Central Processing Element CPE e Cryptographic Key It is a piece of variable data that is fed as input into a cryptographic algorithm to perform operations such as encryption and decryption or signing and verification e DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol It is built on a client server model where designated DHCP server hosts allocate network addresses and deliver configuration parameters to dynamically configured hosts e DHCP Option It can be configured for specific values and enabled for assignment and distribution to DHCP clients based on server scope class or client specific levels e DNS Domain Name System It is a hierarchical distributed naming system for computers services or any resource connected to the Internet or a private network e EAP MD5 Extensible Authent
145. 0 for NAPTR SRV and A queries Xis 1 Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Valid values are 0 UDP 1 TCP 2 TLS 3 DNS NAPTR Example account 1 transport 3 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 429 Parameter Configuration File account X naptr_build lt MAC gt cfg Configures UDP SRV query or TCP TLS SRV query for the IP phone to be performed when no result is Description returned from NAPTR query Xis 1 Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 UDP 1 TCP or TLS Example account 1 naptr_build 0 Allow IP call for Peer to Peer P2P calling Parameter Configuration File features direct_ip_call_enable lt MAC gt cfg Description It enables or disables the phone to make an IP call directly Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features direct_ip_call_enable 1 LLDP 430 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide VLAN Parameter network I Idp enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables LLDP feature on the IP phone Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example network IIdp enable 1 Parameter Configuration File network IIdp packet_interval
146. 00 Denmark Copenhagen 01 00 France Paris 01 00 Germany Berlin Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 351 01 00 Hungary Budapest 01 00 Italy Rome 01 00 Luxembourg Luxembourg 01 00 Macedonia Skopje 01 00 Netherlands Amsterdam 01 00 Namibia Windhoek 02 00 Estonia Tallinn 02 00 Finland Helsinki 02 00 Gaza Strip Gaza 02 00 Greece Athens 02 00 Israel Tel Aviv 02 00 Jordan Amman 02 00 Latvia Riga 02 00 Lebanon Beirut 02 00 Moldova Kishinev 02 00 Russia Kaliningrad 02 00 Romania Bucharest 02 00 Syria Damascus 02 00 Turkey Ankara 02 00 Ukraine Kyiv Odessa 03 00 East Africa Time 03 00 lraq Baghdad 03 00 Russia Moscow 03 30 lran Teheran 04 00 Armenia Yerevan 04 00 Azerbaijan Baku 04 00 Georgia Tbilisi 04 00 Kazakhstan Aktau 04 00 Russia Samara 04 30 Afghanistan 05 00 Kazakhstan Aqtobe 05 00 Kyrgyzstan Bishkek 05 00 Pakistan Islamabad 05 00 Russia Chelyabinsk 05 30 India Calcutta 06 00 Kazakhstan Astana Almaty 06 00 Russia Novosibirsk Omsk 07 00 Russia Krasnoyarsk 07 00 Thailand Bangkok 08 00 China Beijing 08 00 Singapore Singapore 08 00 Australia Perth 09 00 Korea Seoul 09 00 Japan Tokyo 09 30 Australia Adelaide 09 30 Australia Darwin 1
147. 110 User Guide 423 Action URL Parameter action_url setup_completed action_url registered action_url unregistered action_url register_failed action_url off_hook action_url on_hook action_url incoming_call action_url outgoing_call action_url call_established action_url dnd_on action_url dnd_off action_url always_fwd_on action_url always_fwd_off action_url busy_fwd_on action_url busy_fwd_off action_url no_answer_fwd_on action_url no_answer_fwd_off action_url transfer_call action_url blind_transfer_call action_url attended_transfer_call action_url hold action_url unhold action_url mute action_url unmute action_url missed_call action_url call_terminated action_url busy_to_idle action_url idle_to_busy action_url ip_change action_url forward_incoming_call action_url reject_incoming_call action_url answer_new_incoming_call action_url transfer_finished action_url transfer_failed Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg 424 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Configures the URL for the predefined event The value format is http s IP address of server help xml variable name variable value Valid variable values are e Smac e Sip e Smodel e Sfirmware Description e Sactive_url e Sactive_user e Sactive_host e Slocal e Sremote e Sdisplay_local e Sdisplay_remote e Scall_id Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters action_url mute http 192 168
148. 3 e INBAND DTMF digits are transmitted in the voice band e SIP INFO DTMF digits are transmitted by SIP INFO messages RFC 2833 DTMF digits are transmitted using the RTP Event packets that are sent along with the voice path These packets use RFC 2833 format and must have a payload type that matches what the other end is listening for The payload type for RTP Event packets is configurable IP phones default to 101 for the payload type which use the definition to negotiate with the other end during call establishment The RTP Event packet contains 4 bytes The 4 bytes are distributed over several fields denoted as Event End bit R bit Volume and Duration If the End bit is set to 1 the packet contains the end of the DTMF event You can configure the sending times of the end RTP Event packet INBAND DTMF digits are transmitted within the audio of the IP phone conversation It uses the same codec as your voice and is audible to conversation partners SIP INFO DTMF digits are transmitted by the SIP INFO messages when the voice stream is established after a successful SIP 200 OK ACK message sequence The SIP INFO message is sent along the signaling path of the call The SIP INFO message can support transmitting DTMF digits in three ways DTMF DTMF Relay and Telephone Event 198 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Configuration File
149. 34 using the keypad the phone will dial out 1234 automatically without pressing any key Y Dial now rule is configurable via web user interface only To configure the delay time for dial now rule via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information 116 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Enter the time within 0 14 in seconds in the Time Out for Dial Now Rule field n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Forward amp DND General Information Call Waiting Enabled X General a Information Call Waiting On Code Q Call Waiting Off Code Audio Auto Redial Disabled Intercom Auto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 Call Pickup Key As Send Y Reserve in User Name Enabled gt Remote Control Hotline Number Q Phone lock Hotline Delay 0 10s 4 Qe ACD Busy Tone Delay Seconds 0 gt SMS Return Code When Refuse a Busy Here gt Return Code When DND 480 Temporarily Not Av Action URL Call Completion Disabled gt Power LED Time Out for Dial Now Rule N Qe RFC 2543 Hold Disabled e Click Confirm to save the change WW Delay time for dial now rule is configurable via web user interface only Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 117 Area Code Area codes are also known as Numbering Plan Areas NPAs They usually indicate geographical areas in a country This feature is n
150. 5 2630555 E mail Support MatrixComSec com www MatrixTeleSol com Version 2 March 2015
151. 5060 account 1 outbound port 5060 configures the local SIP port for account The default value is 5060 Range from 1024 to 65535 account 1 sip listen port 8060 configures the transport type for account 0 UDP 1 TCP 2 TLS 3 DNS NAPTR The default value is 0 account 1 transport 0 Configures UDP SRV query or TCP TLS SRV query for the IP phone to be performed when no result is returned from NAPTR query 0O UDP Default 1 TCP or TLS account 1 naptr build 0 enables or disables the NAT traversal for account 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1 nat nat_traversal 1 configures the IP address or domain name of the STUN server for account Default Blank String within 99 characters account 1 nat stun_ server stun voipbuster com configures the port of the STUN server for account The default value is 3478 Range 1024 to 65000 account 1 nat stun_ port 3478 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 475 HHH Failback Server Redundancy Configures the registration mode for the IP phone in fallback mode 0 Concurrent registration Default 1 Successive registration account 1 fallback redundancy type 0 Configures the time interval in seconds for the IP phone to detect whether th working server is available by sending the registration request after the fallback server takes over call control It is only applicable to successive registration mode Range 10 to 2147483647 Default 120 a
152. 52895 All Contacts Seeger 7 Ryan 7894564568 All Contacts Select the cont Setting 8 delete in the g 9 press the butto confirm 10 eee Directory Group Office the button mo Contact Blaklist Name Ring Auto Office Number Laag Edit Delete Delete All Import Mobile Number Browse the file e Click Add to add the group 82 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To add a group to the local directory via phone user interface e Press the Dir soft key The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory in the directory by default 1 All Contacts 3 Family Search Enter If Local Directory is removed from the directory press Menu gt Dir gt Local Directory to enter the local directory e Press the AddGrp soft key e Enter the desired group name in the Name field e Press to select the Ring Tones field and then press or to select the desired group ring tone If Auto is selected this group will use the ring tone assigned to the account For more information on ringtone for an account refer Ring Tones e Press the Add soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel Editing Groups To edit a group in the local directory via phone user interface e Press the Dir soft key The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory in the directory by default 1 All Contacts 2 Company 3 Family AddGrp Search E
153. 6 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Enter the desired values in the Primary DNS and Secondary DNS fields a MATRIX SEEEN Status Account DSSKey Features Settings Basic Internet Port Mode IPv4 IPv6 IPv4 gt PC Port IPv4 Config Advanced wHo Static IP Addres IP Address 192 168 1 252 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 192 168 1 254 Static DNS on Off Primary DNS 192 168 100 5 N Secondary DNS e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone To configure DHCP via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings password 1234 gt Network gt WAN Port and press the Enter soft key e Press to select IPv4 and press the Enter soft key e Press or to highlight the DHCP IP Client field e Press the Save soft key to save the change e Reboot the IP phone to apply the changes Configuring Network Parameters Manually If DHCP is disabled or IP phones cannot obtain network parameters from the DHCP server you need to configure them manually The following parameters should be configured for IP phones to establish network connectivity IP Address e Subnet Mask Default Gateway e Primary DNS Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 47 e Secondary DNS Procedure Network parameters can be configured manually using the configuration files or locally Confi
154. 6 WAN Type DHCP VLAN Status Disable Switch e Press the Next soft key after finishing network setting Configure the provisioning server address authentication user name optional and password optional in the Auto Provision screen An example of screen shot is shown as below User Name Password Getting Information from Status Indicators Status indicators may consist of the Power LED and the on screen icon s The following shows two examples of obtaining the phone information from status indicators e Ifa LINK failure of the IP phone is detected a prompting message Network Unavailable and the Ld icon will appear on the LCD screen e Ifa voice mail is received the Power LED illuminates For more information on the icons refer Icon Instructions Analyzing Configuration File Wrong configurations may have an impact on your phone use You can export configuration file to check the current configuration of the IP phone and troubleshoot if necessary To export configuration file via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Configuration Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 325 e Inthe Export or Import Configuration block click Export to open the file download window and then save the file to your local system n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Pref rende Export or Import Configuration No file selected Time amp Date eo Upgrade
155. 8 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Example remote_phonebook data 1 url http 192 168 1 20 phonebook xml Parameter remote_phonebook data X name Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the display name of the remote phone book remote_phonebook display_name Description item Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 99 characters Example remote_phonebook data 1 name yl01 Parameter Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the display name of the remote phone book features remote_phonebook enable Description If you leave it blank Remote Phone Book is displayed on the LCD screen at the path Menu gt Directory Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 99 characters remote_phonebook display_name Remote Example Phone Book Parameter Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to perform a Description remote phone book search for outgoing incoming calls Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features remote_phonebook enable 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 419 Parameter features remote_phonebook flash_time Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures how often to refresh the local cache of the remote phonebook Description If it is set to 3600
156. AE AE FE AE FE AE AE E FE AE FE AE AE E FE AE TE AE AE E FE AE TE AE AE AE FE AE FE AE AE AE FE AE TE AE AE AE FE F H Basic Account Settings H t Enables or disables the account The 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1l enable 1 Enable the Account registration to the Programmed server 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default account 1 register enable 0 configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for account The default value is blank String within 99 characters account 1 label Ranger configures the display name for account The default value is blank String within 474 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 99 characters account 1 display name Awsome configures the user name for register authentication for account The default value is blank String within 99 characters account 1 auth_ name 3301 configures the register user name for account The default value is blank String within 32 characters account 1l user name 3301 configures the password for register authentication for account The default value is blank String within 99 characters account 1l password 12345 Enables the Outbound Proxy for the Account 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1 outbound_proxy enable 1 Configures the Outbound server address account 1 outbound host voipmaster matrix com Configures the Outbound server address Range 0 to 65535 Default
157. Add to add the replace rule When you enter the number 1 using the keypad and then press the Send soft key the phone will dial out 1234 instead To edit a replace rule via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Dial Plan gt Replace Rule Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 113 e Select the desired replace rule by checking the check box n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Time amp Date Index Prefix Replace o 1 i 1234 Upgrade 3 ar Auto Provision 3 4 Configuration 5 Dial Plan 6 Voice 7 8 g 9 Tones 10 vl Softkey Layout TR069 Prefix 1 Replace 1234 e e Edit the values in the Prefix and Replace fields e Click Edit to save the change To delete one or more replace rules via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Dial Plan gt Replace Rule Select one or more replace rules by checking the check box es e Click Del to delete the replace rule s WW Replace rule is configurable via web user interface only 114 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Dial now When the dialed out number matches the dial now string the number will be dialed out automatically For example a dial now rule is configured as 2xx then any entered three digit string beginning with 2 will be dialed out automatically on the phone IP phones support up to 100 dial now rules which can be created either one by one or in batch using a dial now rule template For more in
158. Auto negotiate Range 1 Full duplex 1OMbps 2 Full duplex 100Mbps 3 Half duplex 10Mbps 4 Half duplex 100OMbps Example network internet_port speed_duplex 0 PC Port Transmission Method Parameter Configuration File network pc_port speed_duplex lt MAC gt cfg Configures the transmission method of PC port Note We recommend that you do not change this Description i parameter If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer 360 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Default Value 0 Valid values are 0 Auto negotiate 1 Full duplex 1OMbps Range 2 Full duplex 100Mbps 3 Half duplex 10Mbps 4 Half duplex 100Mbps Example network pc_port speed_duplex 0 PC Port Mode Parameter network PC_port enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the PC port Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Auto Negotiation Example network PC_port enable 1 Upgrading Firmware Parameter Configuration File firmware url lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of firmware Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format URL Default V
159. B The IP phone can authenticate the server certificate based on the trusted certificates list The trusted certificates list and the server certificates list contain the default and custom certificates You can specify the type of certificates the IP phone accepts default certificates custom certificates or all certificates Common Name Validation feature enables the IP phone to mandatorily validate the common name of the certificate sent by the connecting server WW In TLS feature we use the terms trusted and server certificate These are also known as CA and device certificates e Resetting the IP phone to factory defaults will delete custom certificates by default But this feature is configurable using the configuration files For more information on the configuration parameter refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 297 lt MAC gt cfg Configure TLS For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure trusted certificates feature Configure server certificates feature For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Upload the trusted certificates Upload the server certificates For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local
160. Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example voice vad 1 Comfort Noise Generation Parameter Configuration File voice cng lt MAC gt cfg Description Enables or disables CNG feature on the IP phone Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example voice cng 1 Jitter Buffer Parameter voice jib adaptive Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures the type of jitter buffer Format Integer Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Fixed 1 Adaptive Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 447 Example voice jib adaptive 1 Parameter voice jib min Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the minimum delay time for jitter buffer Description Note It works only if the parameter voice jib adaptive is set to 1 Adaptive Format Integer Default Value 60 Range 0 to 400 Example voice jib min 60 Parameter voice jib max Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the maximum delay time for jitter buffer Description Note It works only if the parameter voice jib adaptive is set to 1 Adaptive Format Integer Default Value 240 Range 0 to 400 Example voice jib max 300 Parameter voice jib normal Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures
161. Description will reboot to make the change take effect It is only applicable to EAP TLS PEAP MSCHAPv2 and EAP TTLS EAP MSCHAPV2 protocols The format of the certificate must be pem crt cer or der Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters network 802_1x root_cert_url http Example 192 168 1 10 ca pem Parameter Configuration File network 802_1x client_cert_url lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the device certificate used for authentication Note If you change this parameter the IP phone Description will reboot to make the change take effect It is only applicable to the EAP TLS protocol The format of the certificate must be pem or cer Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters network 802_1x client_cert_url http Example 192 168 1 10 client pem Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide TR 069 Parameter managementserver enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Description Enables or disables TR 069 feature on the IP phone Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example managementserver enable 1 Parameter Configuration File managementserver username lt MAC gt cfg Configures the username to authenticate with the Description ACS This string is set to the empty string if no authentica
162. E aE AE aaa aaa Phone Ring Ht FE aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE aE aE AE AE HE aE A a aE AE E aaa aaa aaa aaa configures the ring tone for the phone The default value is Ringl wav Ringl wav Ring2 wav Ring3 wav Ring4 wav Ring5 wav phone setting ring type Ringl wav configures the access URL of the custom ring tone file The default value is blank URL within 511 characters ringtone url http 192 168 153 27 8081 Ringtone9 wav deletes all custom ring tone files The valid value is http localhost all The default value is blank ringtone delete NULL E AE aE aE AE AE aE a aE aE aE AE AE FE aE Ea aE aa aaa aaa aaa aaa Time Settings t HEHE HEE HE HE HE HE HE HEE FE FE FE FE FE FE HE E FE E FE HE EE HE FE HE HE HE HE TE EE HE HE HE EEE EEE HE HEE EE E HE HH Configure the time zone and time zone name The time zone ranges from 11 to 12 the default value is 8 The default time zone name is India Calcutta Refer to User Guide for more available time zones and time zone names local _time time zone 5 30 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 493 local_ time time zone name India Calcutta local _time time zone name India Calcutta Configure the domain name or the IP address of the NTP server The default value is cn pool ntp org local time ntp serverl NULL local time ntp server2
163. FE FE FE FE FE EE E FE E HE EE HE FE HE HE FE HE TE EEE HE TE FE TE EE FE TE FE TE FE EEE HEE EE E HE HH enables or disables the phone to display the DPickup soft key when the phone is in the pre dialing screen 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled features pickup direct pickup enable 0 configures the directed call pickup code The default value is blank String within 32 characters features pickup direct pickup code 12 enables or disables the phone to display the GPickup soft key when the phone is in the pre dialing screen 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled features pickup group pickup enable 0 configures the group call pickup code The default value is blank String within 32 characters features pickup group pickup code 4 E aE aE aE AE AE E a aE ae AE AE AE FE aE ae aE aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa Remote Control E AE aE aE AE AE E a ae aE aE AE AE aE aE a ae AE AE E aaa aaa aaa Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 485 configures the IP address of the push XML server The default value is blank IP address push xml server 192 168 153 16 enables or disables the phone to use the push XML via SIP NOTIFY message 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled push xml sip notify 0 enables or disables the phone to block displaying the push XML screen when in calling status 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled
164. Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example account 1 missed_calllog 1 Live Dialpad Parameter Configuration File phone_setting predial_autodial lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables live dialpad feature If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will automatically Description dial out the entered phone number without having to press any key Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example phone_setting predial_autodial 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 385 Parameter phone_setting inter_digit_time Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the time in seconds for the phone to automatically dial out the entered digits without Description pressing any other key Note It works only if the parameter ohone_setting predial_autodial is set to 1 Enabled Format Integer Default Value 4 Range 1to 14 Example phone_setting inter_digit_time 4 Call Waiting Parameter call_waiting enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables call waiting feature If it is set to O Disabled a new incoming call is automatically rejected by the IP phone with a busy Description message while during a call If it is set to 1 Enabled the LCD screen will present a new incoming call while during a call Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid
165. H VP110 User Guide Label will appear on the LCD screen when receiving the RTP multicast n MATRIX VP110 i sida Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Local Directory Paging Barge 10 N X Q kanot Phont Paging Priority Active Enabled gt te it at ad Phone Call Info 1 IP Address 1 MulticastIP ZR AO 2 3 IP Address 3 4 IP Address 4 5 IP Address 5 6 IP Address 6 7 IP Address T 8 IP Address 8 9 IP Address 9 10 IP Address 10 e Click Confirm to save the change W e The priorities of listening addresses are predefined 1 with the highest priority 10 with the lowest e The phone plays a warning tone when receiving incoming multicast paging calls The phone will not receive a new incoming multicast paging call when there are two calls on the phone e Multicast listening addresses is configurable via web user interface only Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 213 Music on Hold Music on hold MoH is the business practice of playing recorded music to fill the silence that would be heard by the party placed on hold To use this feature you should specify a SIP URI pointing to a MoH server account When a call is placed on hold the phone will send a SIP INVITE message to the MoH server account The MoH server account automatically answers to the SIP INVITE messages and immediately plays audio from some source located anywhere LAN Internet to the held party iW To learn about p
166. Intercom Mute is enabled the microphone is muted for intercom calls If Intercom Mute is disabled the microphone works for intercom calls Intercom Tone Warning Tone You can enable or disable the phone to play a warning tone when receiving an intercom call If Intercom Tone is enabled the phone plays a warning tone before answering the intercom call If Intercom Tone is disabled the phone automatically answers the intercom call without warning Intercom Barge You can enable or disable the phone to automatically answer an incoming intercom call while there is already an active call on the phone If Intercom Barge is enabled the phone automatically answers the intercom call and places the active call on hold If Intercom Barge is disabled the phone handles an incoming intercom call like a waiting call Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 209 Multicast Paging Multicast paging allows IP phones to send receive Real time Transport Protocol RTP streams to from the pre configured multicast address es without involving SIP signaling Up to 10 listening multicast addresses can be specified on the IP phone Sending RTP Stream Users can send an RTP stream without involving SIP signaling by pressing a configured multicast paging key A multicast address IP Port should be assigned to the multicast paging key which is defined to transmit RTP stream to a group of designated IP phones When the IP phone sends the RTP stream to a pre configure
167. Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide IP phones can encrypt SIP with TLS which is called SIPS When TLS is enabled for an account the SIP message of this account will be encrypted and a lock icon appears on the LCD screen after the successful TLS negotiation Certificates The IP phone can serve as a TLS client or a TLS server The TLS requires the following security certificates to perform the TLS handshake Trusted Certificate When the IP phone requests a TLS connection with a server the IP phone should verify the certificate sent by the server to decide whether it is trusted based on the trusted certificates list The IP phone has 30 built in trusted certificates You can upload 10 custom certificates at most The k format of the trusted certificate files must be pem cer crt and der and the maximum file size is 5MB For more information on 30 trusted certificates refer Appendix C Trusted Certificates Server Certificate When clients request a TLS connection with the IP phone the IP phone sends the server certificate to the clients for authentication The IP phone has two types of built in server certificates a unique server certificate and a generic server certificate You can only upload one server certificate to the IP phone The old server certificate will be overridden by the new one The format of the server certificate files must be pem and cer and the maximum file size is 5M
168. Number Q Hotine Delay 0 10s 4 2 ACD Busy Tone Delay Seconds 0 X Q SMS Return Code When Refuse 486 Busy Here v Q Return Code When DND 480 Temporarily Not Av E Action URL l 404 Not Found Call Completion 480 Temporarily Not RD Power LED Time Out for Dial Now Rule 250 Huny Here REC 2542 Hald Ricahlad a e Click Confirm to save the change To activate DND via phone user interface e Press the DND soft key when the phone is idle The icon on the idle screen indicates that DND is enabled Incoming calls will be rejected automatically and n New Missed Call s n indicates the number of the missed calls will appear on the LCD screen 1003 wv 18 43 12 1 New Missed Call s Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 161 Y e The prompt message displays only if Missed Call Log for the line is enabled Missed Call Log is configurable via web user interface at the path Account gt Basic e Do Not Disturb is local to the phone and may be overridden by the server settings For more information contact your ITSP To configure the DND authorized numbers via web user interface e Click on Features gt Forward amp DND e Select Enabled from the DND Emergency list Enter the numbers in the DND Authorized Numbers field For multiple numbers enter a comma between every two numbers SPARSH VP110 Forward amp DND General Information Audio Intercom Transfer Call Pickup Remote Control
169. O Disabled the IP phone is not allowed to display a logo If it is set to 1 System logo the LCD screen will display Key as Send Description the system logo If it is set to 2 Custom logo the LCD screen will display the custom logo you need to upload a custom logo file to the phone Format Integer Default Value 1 Valid values are 0 Disabled Range 1 System logo 2 Custom logo Example phone_setting Icd_logo mode 1 Parameter Configuration File Icd_logo url lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures the access URL of custom logo file Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters The following example uses HTTP to download the custom logo file logo dob from the provisioning server Example 192 168 10 25 Icd_logo url http 192 168 10 25 logo dob Parameter Configuration File features key_as_send lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures the or key as the send key If it is set to O Disabled neither nor can be used as a send key If it is set to 1 key the pound key is used as the send key If it is set to 2 key the asterisk key is used as the send key Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 379 Format Integer Default Value 1 Valid values are 0 Disabled Range 1 key 2 key Example features key_as_send 1 Parameter Configuration File features key_tone lt MAC gt cf
170. Parameters Local Web User Interface Configure NTP by DHCP priority feature Configure the NTP server time zone and DST Configure the time and date manually Configure the time and date formats Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p settings datetime amp q load Phone User Interface Configure the NTP server and time zone Configure the time and date manually Configure the time and date formats To configure NTP by DHCP priority feature via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Time amp Date Select the desired value from the NTP By DHCP Priority list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Preference Time amp Date Upgrade Auto Provision Configuration Dial Plan Voice Ring Tones Softkey Layout Time amp Date DHCP Time Time Zone NTP By DHCP Priority Primary Server Secondary Server Synchronism 15 86400s Daylight Saving Time Fixed Type Start Date End Date Offset minutes Manual Time e Click Confirm to save the change Disabled 5 30 India Calcutta X cn pool ntp org 1000 Automatic M DST By Date DST By Week Month C Day a Hour a Month Day A Hour p Disabled 62 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To configure the NTP server time zone and DST via web user interface Click on Settings gt Time amp Date Select Disabled from the Manual T
171. Pcap Feature Start e Export g Export System Log locl OsSever seaman Dial Plan System Log Level 3 rae 326 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide CHAPTER 12 Resource Files When configuring particular features you may need to upload resource files e g local contact directory remote phone book to IP phones The resources files can be local contact directory remote phone book and so on Ask Matrix field application engineer for resource file templates To enable the desired phone to use the resource file s the resource file access URL should be programmed in the lt MAC gt cfg file This chapter provides the detailed information on how to customize the following resource files and specify the access URL e Replace Rule Template e Dial now Template e Softkey Layout Template e Directory Template e Super Search Template e Local Contact File e Remote XML Phone Book e Specifying the Access URL of Resource Files Replace Rule Template The replace rule template helps with the creation of multiple replace rules After setup place the replace rule template to the provisioning server and specify the access URL in the configuration files When editing a replace rule template learn the following e lt DialRule gt indicates the start of a template and lt DialRule gt indicates the end of a template e Create replace rules between lt DialRule gt and lt DialRule gt e At most 100 replace rules can be a
172. Play feature O Disabled 1 Enabled default This parameter needs to be 0 when the Phone is used with matrix PBX auto provision pnp enable 0 Configure the interval in minutes for the phone to check new configuration files It ranges from 1 to 43200 the default value is 1440 It is only applicable to Repeatedly and Power on Repeatedly modes auto provision repeat minutes 1800 Configure the start time of the day for the phone to check new configuration files The default value is 00 00 It is only applicable to Weekly and Power on Weekly modes 466 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide If the desired start time of the day is seven forty five a m the value format is 07 45 auto provision schedule time from 01 00 Configure the end time of the day for the phone to check new configuration files The default time is 00 00 It is only applicable to Weekly and Power on Weekly modes If the desired end time of the day is seven forty five p m the value format is 19 45 auto provision schedule time to 23 00 Configure the day of week for the phone to check new configuration files The default value is 0123456 0 Sunday 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 3 Wednesday 4 Thursday 5 Friday 6 Saturday It is only applicable to Weekly and Power on Weekly modes If the desired week is Monday Tuesday and Wednesday the value format is 012 auto provisio
173. Prior 284 Hot Desking 192 Hotline 122 How to Read this User Guide 3 Icon Instructions 9 Idle Screen 43 Importing Exporting Contact Lists 92 Information for Your Safety and Comfort 13 Cleaning Requirements 15 Environmental Requirements 13 General Requirements 13 Operating Requirements 14 Intended Audience 2 Intercom 206 Incoming Intercom Calls 207 Outgoing Intercom Calls 206 Introduction 1 IPv6 Support 280 K Key as Send 71 Keypad Lock 73 Know Your SPARSH VP110 7 L Language 58 LED Instructions 10 Power Indicator LED 10 Live Dialpad 121 LLDP 264 Local Directory 81 Logo Customization 105 Logon Wizard 194 Maintenance 309 Messages 216 Message Waiting Indicator MWI 220 Short Message Service SMS 216 Voice Mail 219 Missed Call Log 103 Multicast Paging 210 Receiving RTP Stream 211 Sending RTP Stream 210 Music on Hold 214 N Network Address Translation NAT 274 o OFF Hook 4 ON Hook 4 Organization of this Document 2 P Packaging Contents 17 Ethernet Cable 18 Handset amp Handset Cord 18 Matrix SPARSH VP110 IP Phone 17 Phone Stand 18 Power Adapter Optional 18 Quick Installation Guide amp User Card 19 Packet Capture 322 Phone Initialization 23 Phone Installation 20 Phone User Interface 25 Placing Calls 135 Placing Calls to Contacts 88 Power Indicator LED 8 67 PPPoE 50 Programmable Keys 106 Q Quality of Service QoS 271 R Reading Icons 24 Recent Call In Dialing 140 Redialin
174. RSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Directory Security Auto Provision DHCP Open valve mrsa O Serer URL Configuration User Name o Dial Plan oa ee Pesswore badniatatacted Voice Common AES Key eveeeces 5 Ring MAC Orientes AES Key nee Q Zero Ace Orezbies Tones z Walt TimeO 100s s Softkey Layout pease TOEF TR069 Reestecly aO Intervel Mintex 2440 weesy oa o e Tm 00 00 00 00 IY ssncey V meca V ruescay Deyo wex IT wecnescay V mrsssy LV Fricay V sanrcar a e Click Confirm to accept the change Repeatedly The phone performs the auto provisioning process at regular intervals You can configure the interval for the Repeatedly mode The default interval is 1440 minutes To activate the Repeatedly mode via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Auto Provision Select the On check box in the Repeatedly field 36 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Enter the interval time in minutes in the Interval Minutes field h MATRIX _ SPARSH VP110 Account Network DSSKey Features i Directory Security Auto Provision DHC Option Value MerixSPARSH O Server URL Configuration User Name Dial Plan Passworc eeeeeeee o Ring MAC Oriemtes AES Key seeeeees Zero ame Crasbies Tones walt Time O 100s s Softkey Layout Power On a O 2 TRO6S Repeatecty Dano 2 IntervelMinates
175. RSH VP110 User Guide 25 Admin Mode This mode allows you to configure all the parameters applicable to the IP phone after logging into with your administrator privileges To obtain the IP address press the OK key on the phone Enter the IP address e g http 192 168 1 181 in the address bar of a web browser on your PC The default administrator username is admin case sensitive and password is 1234 IP phones support both HTTP and HTTPS protocols for accessing the web user interface For more information refer Web Server Type The options you can use to customize the IP phone via phone user interface and or via web user interface are listed in the following table Options Phone User Interface Web User Interface Status IP Address MAC Firmware v v Network Phone Account Basic Phone Settings Contrast Language Time amp Date Administrator Password Key as Send Keypad Lock Volume Ring Tones Contact Management Directory Local Directory Blacklist vV Remote Phone Book Call History Management vV Logo Customization Headset Prior Programmable Keys Account Registration vV Dial Plan Emergency Number Live Dialpad Hotline vV lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt
176. Revision Hardware revision of the IP phone Inventory Firmware Revision Firmware revision of the IP phone Inventory Software Revision Software revision of the IP phone Inventory Serial Number Serial number of the IP phone Inventory Manufacturer Name Manufacturer name of the IP phone Inventory Model Name Model name of the IP phone Asset ID Assertion identifier of the IP phone The default value is asset Procedure LLDP can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure LLDP For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters 266 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Configure LLDP Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p network adv amp q load Local Web User Interface To configure LLDP via web user interface e Click on Network gt Advanced Inthe LLDP block select the desired value from the Active list e Enter the desired time interval in the Packet Interval 1 3600s field n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account DSSKey Features i LLDP Basic Active Enabled N ee Enabled y Packet Interval 1 3600s Disabled 2 Advanced VLAN ti WAN Port Active Disabled VID 1 4094 1 PRIORITY 0 7 i in ae Activa Nita e Click Confirm to save the change
177. S You can use this key feature to quick access the new short message service For more information refer Short Message Service SMSY Dependencies Type New SMS Usage Press the programmable key when the phone is idle to access the New Message screen You can enter the text message and then send it Zero Touch You can use this key feature to configure auto provision and network parameters quickly Dependencies Type Zero Touch Usage e Press the programmable key to access the zero touch screen e Press the OK soft key in a few seconds e Configure the network parameters in the corresponding fields e Press the Next soft key e Configure the auto provision parameters in the corresponding fields e Press the OK soft key e The phone will reboot to update configurations Keypad Lock You can use this key feature to immediately lock the keypad of your phone instead of long pressing For more information refer Keypad Lock Dependencies Type Keypad Lock Usage Press the programmable key to immediately lock the keypad of your phone instead of long pressing Intercom You can use this key to make outgoing intercom calls 110 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Dependencies Type Intercom Value the remote extension number Usage Press the programmable key to place an outgoing intercom call to the configured remote extension number Multicast Paging You can use this key to make outgoing multic
178. SPARSH VP110 User Guide TELECOM SOLUTIONS 33 MATRIX TELECOM SOLUTIONS SPARSH VP110 The Business IP Phone User Guide Documentation Disclaimer Information in this documentation may change from time to time Matrix ComSec reserves the right to revise information in this publication for any reason without prior notice Matrix ComSec makes no warranties with respect to this documentation and disclaims any implied warranties While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document Matrix ComSec assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained herein Copyright All rights reserved No part of this document may be copied or reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior written consent of Matrix ComSec Version 2 Release date March 20 2015 Contents IATROGUCTIONS 2 E A fees Soe A E nth tence tas cvauestcde fu Boavads occa detwaavetenscds dears caauicacbavactetearcdeadsdeedruateastats 1 WOIGOIMG cciscisice tte se see ee ae es ce a Oe i aS Sa oe ed tbody 1 About this User ED To FAA te eit chad trie th tate A E EE Nadas ciel Mba a Ba tl eet ta stint Ben 1 How to Read this US6r E DT o EAA ee ee ede AE ee EA a ee Nese ee 3 Know Your SPARSH VP110 ccccccssssesesssseceneseeeeneeeeeaueuecuseeseeueeeuauseeeneueeeaueseenaueueneuseeeuuesanauseaneseeseneusesageees 7 Hardware Component I
179. SoftKey 1 History z Local History v Intercom a Softkey 2 prefix N A Th Local Group SoftKey 3 XML Group N A In XML Browser ro a N A v SoftKey 4 History Menu Hist K u Local Hist z Forward said sh Down DND N A fu Call Return Left SMS N A v In New SMS En Right XML Directory N A v ti Status en OK Multicast Paging N A v to Local Directory th MUTE N A Zero Touch Se i TRAN Keypad Lock N A v Directory Reset to default SSS a e Click Confirm to save the change W A hot desking key is configurable via web user interface only To use hot desking e Press the hot desking key when the phone is idle The LCD screen prompts Clear all account config 1009 TST f arning Clear all account config e Press the OK soft key registration configurations e g display name register name user name and password of the account will be cleared immediately Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 193 The login wizard will be shown as below e Enter the desired values in the User Name and Password fields respectively e Press the Save soft key to login or Cancel soft key to cancel Y You can use the Logon Wizard to configure the SIP account information of the IP phone from the phone user interface Enabling the Logon Wizard from the web interface Features gt General Information wi
180. Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Dir4 Register Register Status Registered Line Active Enabled gt paa Register Enabled gt Codec Label 3301 Qe Advanced Display Name 3301 Q Register Name 3301 g User Name 3301 Qe Password ITTI 2 Enable Outbound Proxy Server Disabled Outbound Proxy Server Port 5060 Q Transport UDP v NAT Disabled STUN Server Port 3478 Q SIP Server1 Server Host 192 168 1 138 Port 5060 2 Server Expires 3600 Q Server Retry Counts 3 Q SIP Server2 e Configure registration parameters of the selected account in the corresponding fields Select the desired value from the Transport list e Configure parameters of SIP Server 1 and SIP Server 2 in the corresponding fields e Click Confirm to save the change To configure server redundancy for failover purpose via web user interface e Click on Account gt Register e Configure registration parameters of the selected account in the corresponding fields e Select DNS NAPTR from the Transport list e Configure parameters of the SIP Server 1 or SIP Server 2 in the corresponding fields You must set the port of SIP server to 0 for NAPTR SRV and A queries e Click Confirm to save the change 260 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Y If the outbound proxy server is required and the transport is set to DNS NAPTR you must set the port of outbound proxy server to 0 for NAPTR SRV and A queries SIP Server Domain Name Resolution If a doma
181. To Live Seconds until data unit expires End of LLDPDU Marks end of LLDPDU 264 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Optional TLVs System Name Name assigned to the IP phone System Description Description of the IP phone System Capabilities The supported and enabled capabilities of the IP phone The supported capabilities are Bridge and Telephone The enabled capabilities are Bridge and Telephone by default Port Description Description of port that sends data unit The default value is WAN PORT IEEE Std 802 3 Organizationally Specific TLV MAC PHY Configuration Status Duplex and bit rate settings of the IP phone The Auto Negotiation is supported and enabled by default The advertised capabilities of PMD Auto Negotiation is LOOBASE TX full duplex mode 100BASE TX half duplex mode 10BASE T full duplex mode or 10BASE T half duplex mode Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 265 TIA Organizationally Specific TLVs Media Capabilities The MED device type of the IP phone and the supported LLDP MED TLV type can be encapsulated in LLDPDU The supported LLDP MED TLV types are LLDP MED Capabilities Network Policy Extended Power via MDI PD and Inventory Network Policy Port VLAN ID application type L2 priority and DSCP value Extended Power via MDI Power type source priority and value Inventory Hardware
182. To configure the presentation of the caller identity via web user interface e Click on Account gt Advanced e Select the desired value from the Caller ID Source list Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 195 ia Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Dir Keep Alive Type Keep Alive Interval Seconds Local SIP Port RPort Advanced SIP Session Timer T1 0 5 10s 0 5 SIP Session Timer T2 2 40s 4 SIP Session Timer T4 2 5 60s 5 Subscribe Period Seconds 1800 DTMF Type RFC2833 DTMF Info Type DTMF Relay DTMF Payload Type 96 127 101 Retransmission Subscribe for MWI MWI Subscription Period Seconds Subscribe MWI To Voice Mail Voice Mail Caller ID Source Session Timer e Click Confirm to save the change 196 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Connected Line Identification Presentation COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation COLP allows IP phones to display the identity of the connected party specified for outgoing calls IP phones can display the Dialed Digits or the identity in a SIP header Remote Party ID or P Asserted Identity received or the identity in the From header carried in the UPDATE message sent by the Callee as described in RFC 4916 Connected line identification presentation is also known as Called line identification presentation In some cases the remote party will be different from the called line identification presentation due to c
183. Type DTMF Info Type RFC2833 DTMF Payload Type 96 127 Retransmission i Subscribe for MWI Enabled Q MWI Subscription Period Seconds 3600 D e Click Confirm to save the change To configure the number of times to send the end RTP Event packet via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Dire Forward amp DND General Information Call Waiting Enabled gt General e InforiYtion Call Waiting On Code Call Waiting Off Code Audio o Auto Redial Disabled ree Auto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 Reserve in User Name Enabled Remote Control E Hotline Number Q Phone Lock Hotline DelaviOw1Os 4 200 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Select the desired value 1 3 from the DTMF Repetition list Logon Wizard Disabled PswPrefix 2 PswLength 2 PswDial Disabled Save Call Log Enabled Suppress DTMF Display Disabled Suppress DTMF Display Delay Disabled Play Local DTMF Tone Enabled v DTMF Repetition 3h ly Play Hold Tone 5 Play Hold Tone Delay Q Allow Mute Enabled Auto AnswerDelav teads ommi e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 201 Suppress DTMF Display Suppress DTMF display allows IP phones to
184. Valid values are Range 0 By Date 1 By Week Example local_time dst_time_type 0 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 373 Parameter Configuration File local_time start_time lt MAC gt cfg Configures the time to start DST If local_time dst_time_type is set to 0 By Date use the mapping MM 1 Jan 2 Feb 12 Dec DD 1 the first day in a month 31 the last day ina month HH 0 1am 1 2am 23 12pm If local_time dst_time_type is set to 1 By Week use Description the mapping Month 1 Jan 2 Feb 12 Dec Week of Month 1 the first week in a month 5 the last week in a month Day of Week 1 Mon 2 Tues 7 Sun Hour of Day 0 1am 1 2am 23 12pm Note It works only if the parameter local_time summer_time is set to 1 Enabled The value formats are e MM DD HH For By Date Format e Month Day of week last in Month Day of Week Hour of Day for By Week Default Value 1 1 0 k 1to 12 1 to 31 0 to 23 for By Date anes 1 to 12 1 to 5 1 to 70 to 23 for By Week Example local_time start_time 1 1 0 374 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Parameter local_time end_time Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the time to end DST If local_time dst_time_type is set to 0 By Date use the mapping MM 1 Jan 2 Feb 12 Dec DD 1 the first day in a month 31 the last day ina month HH 0 1am 1 2am 23
185. XML Browser m n JA SoftKey 4 History Ni J Up Menu Local History v Programable Key Forward j Down DND N A fur Call Return Left SMS N A Int m g New SMS Right XML Directory N A it if Status el OK Multicast Pacing N A to Local Directo MUTE Hot Desking N A Zero Touch gt TRAN Keypad Lock _ N A Directory Y e Click Confirm to save the change Receiving RTP Stream IP phones can receive an RTP stream from the pre configured multicast address es without involving SIP signaling and can handle the incoming multicast paging calls differently depending on the configurations of Paging Barge and Paging Priority Active Paging Barge Paging barge parameter defines the priority of the voice call in progress If the priority of an incoming multicast paging call is lower than that of the active call it will be ignored automatically If Disabled is selected from the Paging Barge list the voice call in progress takes precedence over all incoming multicast paging calls Valid values in the Paging Barge list e 1to10 Define the priority of an active call 1 with the highest priority 10 with the lowest e Disabled The voice call in progress shall take precedence over all incoming paging calls Paging Priority Active Paging priority active parameter decides how the phone handles the incoming multicast paging calls when there is already a multicast
186. _e_ lt MAC gt cfg nable ea Enables or disables the power indicator LED to be Description turned on Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled power indicator LED is off 1 Enabled power indicator LED is solid green Example phone_setting common_power_led_enable 1 Parameter Configuration File phone_setting ring_power_led_flash_e lt MAC gt cfg nable Enables or disables the power indicator LED to flash when the phone receives an incoming call Description If it is set to 0 the status of the power indicator LED is determined by the value of the parameter ohone_setting common_power_led_enable Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are 0 Disabled power indicator LED does not flash Range 1 Enabled power indicator LED fast flashes 300ms green Example phone_setting ring_power_led_flash_enable 1 364 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Parameter Configuration File phone_setting mail_power_led_flash_e lt MAC gt cfg nable Enables or disables the power indicator LED to flash when the phone receives a voice mail or a text message Description ss eek If it is set to 0 the status of the power indicator LED is determined by the value of the parameter ohone_setting common_power_led_enable Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are 0 Disabled power indicator LED does not flash
187. a aaa enables or disables call waiting call _waiting enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default configures the call waiting on code The default value is blank String within 32 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 487 characters call waiting on_ code 333 configures the call waiting off code The default value is blank String within 32 characters call _waiting off code 334 enables or disables the phone to automatically redial the called number when the called party is temporarily unavailable 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled auto redial enable 0 configures the interval in seconds for the phone to wait before redial The default value is 10 Integer from 1 to 300 auto redial interval 10 configures the auto redial times when the called party is temporarily unavailable The default value is 10 Integer from 1 to 300 auto redial times 10 configures the or key as a send key 0 Disabled 1 key Default 2 key features key as_send 1 enables or disables the phone to reserve the pound sign when dialing out 0 Disabled convert the pound sign into 23 1 Enabled Default Web UI Path Features gt General Information gt Reserve in User Name sip use 23 as pound 1 configures the hotline number The default value is blank String within 32 characters features hotline number 1212 configures the de
188. a esheets et ee bel E E edge eee E 135 Answering Calls 2 22 23 nigh eee eee ee ade ee ee 137 Ending CallS 1 2t i steele E E eal elidel EE 138 Redialing NUMD lS rrii oant npn ea veaa eO ANEA P AEEA AAEE OTEA EDASI A AI AE A RAUA DATAE NANAS UNa aS 139 Recent Call In Dialing i c2 siccta4 pisiet oes eee seep ated dees en beck eke gu eebe ie ni ardei aeiia dtsia bd iaaieo ab Ers 140 AUO ANSWCM ies an a aa t aa a e aae a a a A a aaa RAE A Ta aae E a TEA 142 Auto ReOlal AAE E E E E E EEE E T 145 Call COM pletion MEE EEA E A eed AE E A E E EE E 148 Gall Return EEE E ee eae a 151 Cal Mute i sec sascoecs atest ante a tesa a canst se Se a Peact na Atet tte a hts Mattos Atct0 a ct 153 Call Hold and ROSUIMG s sni aa ea aa a eaa a aa apera aa eaaa Spaa Eaa aaae aae naaa aaa Eiana 154 IBORA 01E DIRINA EEEE E T E A E 158 Gall FOrWard EEE EE E T 163 GCall7FIanSler soe p E a E E T E E E E O 169 Gall Weattinig E E E saab categideccedhanee ee 172 GONTCTEN CO as 2s ote saties oa tes a ah sae teas tI eaten te ioe lo es a hoa cs Ree oboe ce 175 Call PICKUP s 22 0 2532c50 0s3ce cescichbatucdeop astchesh astaee tb aatcageeseddess ssicagsua eee siseeesh dteskt eels Susdegeet aerate eases ace 179 ANONYMOUS Call sze cto ts better a Posse e sedate E E E a a tes soda ae ie dene boda ae eden te recat 185 Anonymous Call Rejection ccccccccceeseceeeneeeeecneeeetenneeeeeetenaeecesanaeeescaaeesaaeseescaaeeeseaeeseseneeeseesanesesenaeestseseseetens 188 Accessing A
189. adding a group via web user interface except that here the group gets deleted from the local directory For more information you may refer Adding Groups Adding Contacts To add a contact to the local directory via web user interface e Click on Directory gt Local Directory Inthe Directory block enter the name and the office mobile or other numbers in the corresponding fields e Select the desired ring tone from the Ring Tone list 84 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Select the desired group from the Group list SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Local Directory 1 Alice 23353562 9898989863 All Contacts Remote Phone 2 Bob 25623658 8787545874 23356598 All Contacts ao Raen Book 3 DKP ais 3019 All Contacts al ser hoin 4 2001 New1 a name blank Enone SaaS 5 John Doe 2001 All Contacts I MulticastIP 6 Parikshit 2335352895 All Contacts CE ann Contan a Ryan 7894564568 All Contacts a Select the contac Setting 8 i delete in the grid 9 press the button confirm 10 lt Move Co Group Setting Choose the conta lt to move in the g meno o w eman mae Contact Blaklist Name Bryan Ring Auto si Office Number Edit Delete Import Mobile Number 9898989589 Browse the fie in Other Numb 0778954562562 DAR a er Number No file selected Export Ring Tone Auto X butto moore xu Export xm pape Group All Contacts v ea to export aay
190. ake effect Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are 0 DHCP Range 1 PPPoE 2 Static IP Address Example network internet_port type 0 Parameter Configuration File network static_dns_enable lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the phone to use manually configured static IPv4 DNS when the parameter Description network internet_port type is set to 0 DHCP Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example network static_dns_enable 0 356 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Static Network Settings Parameter network internet_port type Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the Internet port type Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are 0 DHCP Range 1 PPPoE 2 Static IP Address Example network internet_port type 2 Parameter Configuration File network ip_address_mode lt MAC gt cfg Configures the IP address mode IP phones support using the IPv4 address only the IPv6 Description address only or both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0
191. all diversion If the Callee is present in the local directory the local contact name assigned to the Callee should be preferentially displayed Procedure COLP can be configured only using the configuration files Configure the presentation of the callee s identity Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 197 DTMF DTMF Dual Tone Multi frequency better known as touch tone is used for telecommunication signaling over analog telephone lines in the voice frequency band DTMF is the signal sent from the IP phone to the network which is generated when pressing the IP phone s keypad during a call Each key pressed on the IP phone generates one sinusoidal tone of two frequencies One is generated from a high frequency group and the other from a low frequency group The DTMF keypad is laid out in a 4 x 4 matrix with each row representing a low frequency and each column representing a high frequency Pressing a digit key such as 1 will generate a sinusoidal tone for each of two frequencies 697 and 1209 hertz Hz DTMF Keypad Frequencies 1209 Hz 1336 Hz 1447 Hz 1633 Hz 697 Hz 1 2 3 A 770 Hz 4 5 6 B 852 Hz 7 8 9 C 941 Hz 0 D Three methods of transmitting DTMF digits on SIP calls e RFC 2833 DTMF digits are transmitted by RTP Events compliant to RFC283
192. alpad HEHE EE HE FE HE FE HE HE HE HEE FE FE FE FE FE FE HE E FE E FE HE EE HE FE HE HE HE EE EEE TE FE TE EE HE E FE E HE HEE EE E HE HH enables or disables the phone to automatically dial out the entered digits in the pre dialing screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default phone setting predial autodial 1 configures the time in seconds for the phone to automatically dial out the entered digits without pressing a send key The default value is 5 Integer from 1 to 14 phone setting inter digit time 5 E aE aE aE AE AE aE a aE ae aE AE AE aE aE aE AE AE aaa AE aaa aaa aaa aaa LCD parameter Ht Hae a a ae HH EE HE EE aE EH a EE aH aE a aE aE aE EE EE EE EE EE EE EEE configures the contrast of the LCD screen Integer from 1 to 10 The default value is 6 phone _setting contrast 6 E aE aE aE aT AE AE FE aE aE aE AE E aE aE E AE AE E FE Ea Pa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa 492 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide EH Watchdog HEHE HE FE HE HE FE HE FE HE HE TE HE TE HE EEE HH FE FE FE E FE E FE E FE E FE HE FE E HE FE EE FE HE EE TE EE TE EE TE EE TE EE TE FE HE TE FE TE FE E AE HE E E E HE E E E HEH enables or disables Watch Dog feature If it is enabled the phone will reboot automatically when the system is broken down 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default watch dog enable 1 FE aE aE aE AE AE E a aE ae AE AE AE aE a
193. alplan replace replace 1 1 Parameter Configuration File dialplan dialnow rule X lt MAC gt cfg Configures the string used to match the numbers entered by the user When entered numbers match the predefined dial now Description rule the IP phone will automatically dial out the numbers without pressing the send key X ranges from 1 to 100 Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters Example dialplan dialnow rule 1 123 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 381 Parameter phone_setting dialnow_delay Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the delay time in seconds for the dial now rule Area Code Description When entered numbers match the predefined dial now rule the IP phone will automatically dial out the entered number after the specified delay time Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 1to 14 Example phone_setting dialnow_delay 1 Parameter Configuration File dialplan area_code code lt MAC gt cfg Configures the area code to add before the entered Description P numbers Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 16 characters Example dialplan area_code code 010 Parameter Configuration File dialplan area_code min_len lt MAC gt cfg Configures the minimum length of the entered Description P numbers Format Integer Default Value 1 R
194. alue 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example auto_provision aes_key_in_file 0 452 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Parameter auto_provision aes_key_16 mac Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the plaintext AES key which is used to decrypt the lt MAC gt cfg file Description Note It works only if the parameter auto_provision aes_key_in_file is set to O Disabled Format String Default Value Blank 16 characters and the supported characters Range contain 0 9 A Z a z auto_provision aes_key_16 mac Example i 0123456789abmins Parameter Configuration File auto_provision update_file_mode lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to update Description encrypted configuration settings only during auto provisioning Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example auto_provision update_file_mode 0 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 453 Resource Files Access URL of Replace Rule Template Parameter dialplan_replace_rule url Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the replace rule Description template Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters dialplan_replace_rule url http 192 168 10 25 Example dialplan xml Access URL of Dial now Template Parameter dialplan_dialnow url Con
195. alue Blank Range String within 511 characters Example firmware url http 192 168 1 20 2 72 0 1 rom Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 361 Parameter auto_provision power_on Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to perform an auto Description eae provisioning process when powered on Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example auto_provision power_on 1 Parameter Configuration File auto_provision repeat enable lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to check new Description P configuration repeatedly Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example auto_provision repeat enable 0 Parameter Configuration File auto_provision repeat minutes lt MAC gt cfg Configures the interval in minutes for the IP phone to check new configuration Description Note It works only if the parameter auto_provision repeat enable is set to 1 Enabled Format Integer Default Value 1440 Range 1 to 43200 Example auto_provision repeat minutes 1000 Parameter Configuration File auto_provision weekly enable lt MAC gt cfg Description Enables or disables the IP phone to check new configuration weekly 362 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Format Boolean Default Value 0
196. ame of the trusted SNMP server Multiple IP addresses should be Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg separated by space For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure SNMP feature Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p network adv amp q load Local Web User Interface To configure SNMP feature via web user interface e Click on Network gt Advanced n MATRIX SPARSHIVETO Status Account DSSKey Features Settings m LLDP Active Enabled X iii Packet Interval 1 3600s 60 Advancd VLAN WAN Port Active Disabled r VID 1 4094 1 PRIORITY 0 X Inthe SNMP block select Enabled from the Active list Enter the SNMP port in the Port 1 65535 field Enter the IP address or domain name of the SNMP server in the Trusted Address field 314 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Multiple IP addresses should be separated by space sumP Active Enabled Disabled Port 1 65535 Enabled Tursted Address e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 315 TR 069 Device Management TR 069 is a technical specification defined by the Broadband Forum which defines a mechanism that encompasses secure auto configuration of a CPE Customer Premises Equipment and incorporates other CPE management fu
197. ameters Configure call completion Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt Local serviet p features general amp q load Phone User Interface Configure call completion To configure call completion via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information e Select the desired value from the Call Completion list 148 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Forward amp DND General Information Audio Intercom Transfer Call Pickup Remote Control Phone Lock ACD SMS Action URL Power LED r REC 2543 Hold Account Network DSSKey e Click Confirm to save the change To configure call completion via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Features gt Call Completion General Information Call Waiting Enabled X Call Waiting On Code Call Waiting Off Code Auto Redial Disabled ba Auto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 Key As Send X Reserve in User Name Enabled ba Hotline Number Hotline Delay 0 10s 4 Busy Tone Delay Seconds 0 v Return Code When Refuse 486 Busy Here X Return Code When DND 480 Temporarily Not Av v Call Completion Disabled x Disabled Time Out for Dial Now Rule Enabled US Disabled x l POOTOOCHOOOSVOOOCOOSO Settings e Press or or the Switch soft key to select Enable from the Call Completion field 1 Call Completion e Press the Save soft k
198. ange 1to 15 Example dialplan area_code min_len 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Parameter dialplan area_code max_len Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the maximum length of the entered numbers Description Note The value must be larger than the minimum length Format Integer Default Value 15 Range 1to15 Example dialplan area_code max_len 15 Block Out Parameter Configuration File Hotline dialplan block_out number X lt MAC gt cfg Configures the block out numbers Description X ranges from 1 to 10 Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example dialplan block_out number 1 1234 Parameter Configuration File features hotline_number lt MAC gt cfg Configures the hotline number It configures a number that the IP phone automatically Description dials out when lifting the handset pressing the speakerphone key Leaving it blank disables hotline feature Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 383 Example features hotline_number 3601 Parameter features hotline_delay Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the waiting time in seconds the IP phone automatically dials out the hotline number If it is set to O Os the IP phone will immed
199. ange is 15 to 2147483647 account 1 nat udp update time 60 enables or disables NAT Rport feature for account 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1l nat rport 1 configures the session timer Tl in seconds for account The default value is 0 5 Float from 0 5 10s account 1l advanced timer t1 0 5 configures the session timer T2 in seconds for account The default value is 4 Float from 2 40s account 1 advanced timer t2 4 configures the session timer T4 in seconds for account The default value is 5 Float from 2 5 60s account 1 advanced timer t2 5 configures the DTMF type for account 0 INBAND 1 RFC2833 Default 2 SIP INFO 3 AUTO or SIP INFO account 1 dtmf type 1 configures the RFC2833 payload for account The default value is 101 From 96 to fe account 1 dtmf dtmf payload 101 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 479 configures the DTMF info type when the DTMF type is configured as SIPINFO AUTO or SIP INFO for account O Disabled Default 1 DTMF Relay 2 DTMF 3 Telephone Event account 1 dtmf info type 0 Enables the PRACK for the account enables or disables 100 reliable retransmission feature for account 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1 100rel enable 0 enables or disables the phone to subscribe the message waiting indicator for account 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1 subscribe mwi 1 configures the interval in
200. arameters of the SIP Server 1 in the corresponding fields sa MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Advanced E Network DSSKey Features Settings Register Status Disabled Line Active Enabled Register Label 7 Display Name 2 Register Name User Name 3301 Password eecccece Q Enable Outbound Proxy Server Disabled gt Outbound Proxy Server Port 5060 Transport UDP gt NAT Disabled STUN Server Port 3478 Q SIP Server1 Server Host 192 168 1 138 Port 5060 Server Expires 3600 Server Retry Counts 3 e Click Confirm to save the change Making Peer to Peer P2P calls e When you dial out any number which is not an IP address using the phone dial pad the number will be dialed out as per the SIP Server 1 address configured This way outgoing call without registration may be achieved e Ifyou dial out an IP address using the phone dial pad the IP address will be dialed out along with the destination port as 5060 irrespective of the Port Programmed for the SIP Server 1 parameter Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 133 To configure auto answer for incoming Peer to Peer P2P calls via web user interface es e LAI SPARSH VP110 Click on Features gt General Information MATRIX Status Forward amp DND General Inforn tion Audio Intercom Transfer Call Pickup Account Network General Information Call Waiting Call Wa
201. arty and then press OK V or the Send soft key e When the new party answers the call press the Conf soft key to add the new party to the conference e Repeat the preceding three steps until you have added all intended parties The procedures to set up a network conference call for specific servers may be different from introduced above Transfer on Conference Hang Up For a conference call all parties drop the call when the conference initiator drops the conference call For local conference transfer on conference hang up allows the other two parties to remain connected when the conference initiator drops the conference call Procedure Transfer on conference hang up can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the transfer on conference hang up Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the transfer on conference hang up Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features transfer amp q load To configure Transfer on Conference Hang up via web user interface e Click on Features gt Transfer Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 177 Select the desired value from the Transfer on Conference Hang up list SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Dir Forward amp DND Ni Semi Attend Transfer Enabled gt General T Informat
202. ast paging calls Dependencies Type Multicast Paging Value the multicast IP address and port number Usage Press the programmable key to place an outgoing multicast paging call to the pre configured multicast address each IP phone pre configured to listen to the multicast address can receive the RTP stream Dial Plan Regular expression often called a pattern is an expression that specifies a set of strings A regular expression provides a concise and flexible means to match specify and recognize strings of text such as particular characters words or patterns of characters Regular expression is used by many text editors utilities and programming languages to search and manipulate text based on patterns Regular expression can be used to define IP phone dial plan Dial plan is a string of characters that governs the way for IP phones to process the inputs received from the IP phone s keypads IP phones support the following dial plan features e Replace Rule Dial now e Area Code e Block Out The basic expression syntax you need to know The dot can be used as a placeholder or multiple placeholders for any string Example 12 would match 123 1234 12345 12abc etc The x can be used as a placeholder for any character Example 12x would match 121 122 123 12a etc Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 111 The dash
203. at with a lower priority Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example multicast receive_priority enable 1 422 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Parameter multicast receive_priority priority Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the priority of multicast paging calls 1 is the highest priority 10 is the lowest priority multicast listen_address X label Description If it is set to 0 all incoming multicast paging calls will be automatically ignored Format Integer Default Value 10 Range 0 to10 Example multicast receive_priority priority 10 Parameter Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the label to be displayed on the LCD multicast listen_address X ip_address Description screen when receiving the RTP multicast X ranges from 1 to 10 Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 99 characters Example multicast listen_address 1 label Paging1 Parameter Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the multicast address and port number that the IP phone listens to Description X ranges from 1 to 10 Note The valid multicast IP addresses range from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 Format String Default Value Blank Range Not Applicable Example multicast listen_address 1 ip_address 224 5 6 20 10008 Matrix SPARSH VP
204. ate from Time Zone Description the NTP server at regular intervals in seconds Format Integer Default Value 1000 Range 15 to 86400 Example local_time interval 1000 Parameter Configuration File local_time time_zone lt MAC gt cfg Configures the time zone Description For more available time zones refer Appendix A Time Zone Format String Default Value 5 30 Range 11 to 13 Example local_time time_zone 8 Parameter Configuration File local_time time_zone_name lt MAC gt cfg Configures the desired time zone name Description For more available time zones refer Appendix A Time Zone Format String Default Value India Calcutta Range String within 32 characters Example local_time time_zone_name India Calcutta Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide DST Parameter local_time summer_time Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Description Enables or disables Daylight Saving Time DST feature Format Integer Default Value 2 Valid values are 0 Disabled Range 1 Enabled 2 Automatic Example local_time summer_time 2 Parameter Configuration File local_time dst_time_type lt MAC gt cfg Configures the DST type Description Note It works only if the parameter local_time summer_time is set to 1 Enabled Format Integer Default Value 0
205. ate mode requires server support Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 39 The following figure shows the message flow Notify Event check syne reboot ture 200 OK 40 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Viewing the Phone Status You can view phone status via phone user interface or web user interface Available information of phone status includes e Network status for example IPv4 status IPv6 status IP mode and MAC address e Phone status for example device model hardware version firmware version product ID MAC address and device certificate status e Account status for example the register status of SIP account Y You can view device certificate status via phone user interface only To view the phone status via phone user interface e Press OK or press Menu gt Status e Press or to scroll through the list and view the specific information 2 MAC 00 15 65 4e 20 b8 3 Firmware 31 72 0 1 To view the phone status via web user interface e Open the web browser of your computer e Enter the IP address in the browser s address bar and then press Enter e Enter the Username admin and Password default 1234 in the login page Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 41 Login SPARSH VP110 Username admin Password eeee e Click Confirm to login The phone status is displayed on the first page of the web user interface n MATRIX P VP11 ia Accou
206. atically through a central provisioning server If a central provisioning server is not available the manual method will allow changes to most features The following section describes how to configure SPARSH VP110 using each of the mentioned methods Phone User Interface e Web User Interface e Auto Provisioning Phone User Interface An administrator or a user can configure and use IP phones via phone user interface You can customize your phone by pressing the Menu soft key to access the phone user interface Access to specific features is restricted to the administrator The default password is 1234 All features are not accessible from the phone user interface For more information on customizing your phone with the available options from the phone user interface refer Customizing Your Phone Web User Interface In addition to the phone user interface you can also customize your phone via web user interface In order to access the web user interface you need to know the IP address of your phone You can configure the IP phone via web user interface by logging into either of the following two modes having different sets of configuration privileges Admin Mode User Mode Browser Compatibility We have tested the phone web interface with following browsers and versions e Mozilla Firefox Version 32 0 3 e Internet Explorer Version 11 0 9600 16428IS e Google Chrome Version 38 0 2125 104 Matrix SPA
207. atrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Directed Call Pickup Phone Basis Parameter features pickup direct_pickup_enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to display the features pickup direct_pickup_code Description R DPickup soft key when the IP phone is off hook Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features pickup direct_pickup_enable 1 Parameter Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the directed call pickup code on a phone Description F basis Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example features pickup direct_pickup_code 97 Group Call Pickup Phone Basis Parameter features pickup group_pickup_enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to display the Descripti tat GPickup soft key when the IP phone is off hook Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features pickup group_pickup_enable 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 407 Parameter Configuration File features pickup group_pickup_code lt MAC gt cfg Confi th Il pick d h D scription onfigures the group call pickup code on a phone basis Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example features pickup gr
208. atrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide CHAPTER 9 Configuring Audio Features This chapter provides information for making configuration changes for the following audio features Headset Use e Headset Mode Activation De activation Headset Prior e Audio Codecs e Acoustic Clarity Technology Headset Use Physically connect your headset and activate the headset mode for use For more information on physically connecting a headset refer Phone Installation Headset Mode Activation De activation To activate the headset mode e Press on the phone The headset icon on the idle screen indicates that the headset mode is activated Press the Answer soft key to answer a call The call will connect to your headset automatically Enter the desired number and press the Send soft key then the phone will place a call using the headset automatically For more information on using the headset to place a call refer Placing Calls To deactivate the headset mode e Press again on the phone The headset icon disappears from the idle screen indicates the headset mode is deactivated Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 283 Headset Prior Headset prior allows users to use headset preferentially if a headset is physically connected to the IP phone This feature is especially useful for permanent or full time headset users Procedure Headset prior can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure
209. ave been mentioned above You can pick up a call by pressing the directed pickup key directly Group Call Pickup Group call pickup is used for picking up incoming calls within a pre defined group If the group receives many incoming calls at once the user will pick up the first incoming call This feature depends on support from a SIP server For many SIP servers group call pickup requires a group pickup code which can be configured on a phone Procedure using a group pickup key or the GPickup soft key Group call pickup can be configured using the configuration files or locally lt MAC gt cfg Configuration File Configure group call pickup feature on a phone basis For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters lt MAC gt cfg Assign a group call pickup key For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Web User Interface Assign a group call pickup key Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p dsskey amp q load amp model 0 Configure group call pickup feature on a phone basis Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p features callpickup amp q load To configure a group call pickup key via web user interface e Click on DSS Key gt Programmable Key e Inthe desired DSS key field select Group Pickup from the Type list e Enter the group call pickup code in the Value field e Click Confirm
210. ble to the client 6 7 Time Offset Domain Name Server Specify a list of domain name servers available to the client Log Server Specify a list of MIT LCS UDP servers available to the client Host Name 12 Specify the name of the client Specify the domain name that client should use when resolving host names via DNS Broadcast Address 28 Specify the broadcast address in use on the client s subnet Network Time Protocol Domain Server 15 42 Specify a list of NTP servers available to the client by IP address Servers Vendor Specifi as PE i 43 Identify the vendor specific information Information Vendor Class Identifier 60 Identify the vendor type Identify a TFTP server when the sname field in the DHCP header TFTP Server Name 66 has been used for DHCP options Identify a boot file when the file field in the DHCP header has Boot file Name 67 been used for DHCP options For more information on DHCP options refer to http www ietf org rfc rfc2 131 txt number 2131 or http www ietf org ric rfc2132 txt number 2132 44 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide If you do not have the ability to configure the DHCP options for discovering the provisioning server on the DHCP server an alternate method of automatically discovering the provisioning server address is required Connecting to the secondary DHCP server that responds to DHCP INFORM queries with a requested provisioning
211. cal directory e Select the desired group and then press the Enter soft key e Press or to select the desired contact e Press the Option soft key and then select Detail from the prompt list e Press or to scroll through the contact information and then edit e Press the Save soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel Deleting Contacts To delete a contact from the local directory e Press the Dir soft key The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory in the directory by default If Local Directory is removed from the directory press Menu gt Dir gt Local Directory to enter the local directory e Select the desired group and then press the Enter soft key Press or to select the desired contact e Press the Option soft key and then select Delete from the prompt list The LCD screen prompts Delete selected item e Press the OK soft key to confirm the deletion or the Cancel soft key to cancel Placing Calls to Contacts To place a call to a contact from the local directory e Press the Dir soft key 88 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory in the directory by default 1 All Contacts 2 Company 3 Family AddGrp Search Enter If Local Directory is removed from the directory press Menu gt Dir gt Local Directory to enter the local directory e Se
212. ccount 1 fallback timeout 120 Configures the IP address or domain name of the SIP server 1 for account Default Blank String within 256 characters account 1 sip server l address matrix pbx com Configures the port of the SIP server 1 for account 0 to 65535 Default 5060 account 1 sip server 1 port 5060 Configures the registration expires in seconds of the SIP server 1 for account Default 3600 Range 30 to 2147483647 account 1 sip server 1l expires 2500 Configures the retry times for the IP phone to resend requests when the SIP server 1 does not respond correctly for account Range 0 to 20 Default 3 account 1 sip server 1 retry counts 4 configures the mode for the phone to retry the primary server in failover mode for account 0 newRequests all requests are forwarded to the primary server first regardless of the last used server 1 DNSTTL the phone retries to use the primary server after the timeout of the DNSTTL configured for the SIP server 2 Registration the phone retries to use the primary server when the SIP server s registration requires renewal 3 duration the phone retries to use the primary server after the timeout defined by the parameter account 1 failback timeout The default value is 0 account 1 sip server 1 failback mode 0 configures the timeout in seconds for the phone to retry to use the primary server after failing over to the cur
213. cer or der format Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters trusted_certificates url http 192 168 1 20 Example tc crt Parameter Configuration File server_certificates url lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the certificate the IP phone sends for authentication Description is i Note The certificate you want to upload must be in pem or cer format Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters server_certificates url http 192 168 1 20 Example ca pem Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 451 SRTP Parameter account X srtp_encryption Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures whether to use voice encryption service If it is set to 1 Optional the IP phone will negotiate with the other IP phone what type of Description encryption to utilize for the session If it is set to 2 Compulsory the IP phone is forced to use SRTP during a call X is 1 Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are Value 0 Disabled 1 Optional 2 Compulsory Example account 1 srtp_encryption 0 Configuring Decryption Method Parameter auto_provision aes_key_in_file Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to decrypt D ipti Soy oe configuration files using the encrypted AES keys Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are V
214. ch the stand 20 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 2 Connect the handset and optional headset Y A headset is not included in the packaging contents Contact your re seller vendor for more information 3 Connect the network and power You have two options for power and network connections Your network administrator will advise you for which one to use e AC power e Power over Ethernet PoE AC Power To connect the AC power e Connect the DC plug on the power adapter to the DC5V port on the phone and connect the other end of the power adapter into an electrical power outlet e Connect the included or a standard Ethernet cable between the Internet port on the phone and the one on the wall or switch hub device port PC Connection Optional Power Adapter DC 5V Internet PC alale AC Power Option Power over Ethernet PoE With the included or a regular Ethernet cable the IP phone can be powered from a PoE compliant switch or hub To connect the PoE for the IP phone Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 21 e Connect the Ethernet cable between the Internet port on the phone and an available port on the in line power switch hub a Internet PoE Power over seas Ethernet Option y If in line power switch hub is provided you do
215. chnical Specifications Audio Features e Full duplex Hands free Speakerphone with AEC e Codecs G 711 A u G 722 G 723 G729 G 726 iLBC e DTMF In band Out of band RFC 2833 and SIP INFO e VAD CNG AEC PLC AJB AGC Phone Book e Local Phone book up to 1000 entries Black List e XML Remote Phone book e Intelligent Search Method e Phone book Search Import Export e Call History Dialed Received Missed Forwarded Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 347 Phone Features Single VoIP Account Call Hold Mute DND One touch Speed Dial Hotline Redial Call Return Auto Answer Call Forward Call Waiting Call Transfer Local 3 way Conference Direct IP Call without SIP Proxy Ringtone Selection Import Delete Keypad Lock Emergency Call Set Date amp Time Manually or Automatically Dial Plan XML Browser Action URL URI Instant Messaging Web UI and Phone Call Management Anonymous Call CLIR Anonymous Call Rejection Message Waiting Indicator MWI Voicemail Call Pickup Intercom Music on Hold Call Completion Hot desking Dial out Number from Web UI Display 132x64 pixel Graphical LCD LED for Indicating Incoming calls Voice Text Messages Mute Call Hold Held On call Intuitive User Interface with Icons and Soft keys Multiple Language Options Caller ID with Name Number Networking and Security SIP v1 RFC2543 v2 RFC3261 IPv6 NAT Transverse STUN Mode Proxy Mode and Peer to Peer SIP Link Mode IP
216. ck or other perils Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 15 16 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide CHAPTER 4 Getting Started This chapter provides basic installation instructions and information for obtaining the best performance with the IP phone If you require additional information or assistance with your new phone contact your re seller vendor Packaging Contents The following components are included in your IP phone package Matrix SPARSH VP110 IP Phone GAD KO 5 GOI Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 17 Phone Stand Power Adapter Optional KA 5 Sy Tyree Ethernet Cable Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Quick Installation Guide amp User Card Check the list before installation If you find anything missing contact your reseller vendor Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 19 Phone Installation If your phone is already installed proceed to Phone Initialization This section introduces how to install the phone 1 Attach and detach the stand 2 Connect the handset and optional headset 3 Connect the network and power Refer following details for instructions 1 Attach the stand and detach the stand Attach the stand Ab LLELE LLALA ALA Desk Mount Method RS N WAN X X N NN a o AA Ss N o a S XN N AN X N N S I awl A Wall Mount Method Deta
217. configure the contrast via phone user interface Press Menu gt Settings gt Basic Settings gt Contrast e Press gt or Qor the Switch soft key to increase or decrease the intensity of contrast The default contrast level is 6 e Press the Save soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel Language The default language of the phone user interface is English The phone will detect and use the same language as which of your web browser for the web user interface If the language of your web browser is not supported by the phone the web user interface will use English You can change the language for the phone user interface and the web user interface respectively 58 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide The following table lists languages supported by the phone user interface and the web user interface respectively Phone User Interface Web User Interface English Chinese Simplified French English Deutsch German Deutsch German Spanish Italian Portuguese Polish Italian Turkish Polish Turkish Chinese Simplified Chinese Traditional Specifying the Language to Use The default language used on the phone user interface is English The default language used on the web user interface depends on the language preferences in the browser if the language is not supported by the IP phone the web user interface uses English You can specify the la
218. contact list via web user interface e Click on Directory gt Local Directory e Click Export XML or Export CSV PANEER Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Directory 1 23353562 9898989863 All Contacts Remote Phone 2 25623658 8787545874 23356598 All Contacts Sps ee Book 3 DKP Test 3019 All Contacts A eel Phone Call Info ae 2335352895 Al Con ea 5 Ryan 7894564568 All Contacts MulticastIP 2 Delete Contact 7 Select the conta Setting 8 delete in the grid 9 press the button confirm Move to Contac Group Setting Choose the con to move in the gi Directory Group the button mov Contact Blaklist t Name Ring Auto v Offce number cat beet Sa Mobile Number Browse the file in a Import Local Directory File er Nui er No file selected Export Ring Tone Auto X Click Export butt import xmL_ Export XML fle with whose n Group All Contacts v REE to export Ada Edit import csv _ _Export fev El Show Title e Click Save to save the contact list to your local system Y Importing exporting contact lists are configurable via web user interface only Blacklist The built in phone directory can store names and numbers for a blacklist You can store up to 30 contacts in your phone s blacklist add edit delete or search for a contact in the blacklist even dial a contact number from the blacklist but any incoming cal
219. ct an incoming INVITE message by responding with a 302 Moved Temporarily message which contains a Contact header with a new URI that should be tried The server side call forward settings disable the local call forward settings If the server side call forward feature is enabled on any of the phone s registrations the other registrations are not affected DND activated on the IP phone disables the local no answer forward settings The call forward on code and call forward off code configured on IP phones are used to activate deactivate the server side call forward feature They may vary on different servers IP phones support the redirected call information sent by the SIP server with Diversion header per draft levy sip diversion 08 or History info header per RFC 4244 The Diversion History info header is used to inform the phone of a call s history For example when a phone has been set to enable call forward the Diversion History info header allows the receiving phone to indicate who the call was from and from which phone number it was forwarded Forward International Forward international allows users to forward an incoming call to an international telephone number This feature is enabled by default Procedure Call forward can be configured using the configuration files or locally Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 163 Configure call forward in phone mode Configure diversion history info i 7 feature Configura
220. ct the desired list and use or to select the entry Directory should be configured in advance Refer Directory for more information e Press the Dir soft key and then select Remote Phone Book Select the desired group and search for the contact Directory and remote phone book should be configured in advance Refer Directory and Remote Phone Book for more information Press OK or to dial out e After the party answers the call press 4 or the Tran soft key to complete call transfer If you are using a handset call transfer can be completed by hanging up the handset You can cancel call transfer before the call is connected by pressing the Cancel soft key Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 171 Call Waiting You can enable or disable call waiting on the phone If call waiting is enabled you can receive another call when there is an active call on the phone Otherwise another incoming call is automatically rejected by the phone with a busy message when there is an active call on the phone You can also enable or disable the phone to play a warning tone when receiving another call Procedure Call waiting and call waiting tone can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure call waiting and call waiting tone Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure call waiting Navigate to http
221. cted to the number to which you are transferring To perform a semi attended transfer e Press f or the Tran soft key during a call e Do one of the following e Enter the number you want to transfer the call to e Press the Dir soft key and then select Local Directory Select the desired group and search for the contact Directory should be configured in advance Refer Directory for more information e Press the Dir soft key and then select History Select the desired list and use AO to select the entry Directory should be configured in advance Refer Directory for more information 170 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Press the Dir soft key and then select Remote Phone Book Select the desired group and search for the contact Directory and remote phone book should be configured in advance Refer Directory and Remote Phone Book for more information e Press ok or to dial out e Press or the Tran soft key to complete call transfer when receiving the ring back To perform an attended transfer e Press or the Tran soft key during a call e Do one of the following Enter the number you want to transfer the call to e Press the Dir soft key and then select Local Directory Select the desired group and search for the contact Directory should be configured in advance Refer Directory for more information e Press the Dir soft key and then select History Sele
222. ctive Enabled v PC Port Packet Interval 1 3600s 60 Advanced VLAN WAN Port Active Disabled bad VID 1 4094 i PRIORITY 0 bd PC Port Active Disabled X VID 1 4094 1 PRIORITY 0 X DHCP VLAN Active Enabled X Option 132 WAN Port Link Auto Negotiate X PC Port Link Auto Negotiate z Voie QoS Voice QoS 0 63 EN SIP Qos 0 63 26 e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 273 Network Address Translation NAT Network Address Translation NAT is essentially a translation table that maps public IP address and port combinations to private ones This reduces the need for a large number of public IP addresses NAT ensures security since each outgoing or incoming request must first go through a translation process But in the VoIP environment NAT breaks end to end connectivity NAT Traversal NAT traversal is a general term for techniques that establish and maintain IP connections traversing NAT gateways typically required for client to client networking applications especially for VoIP deployments STUN is one of the NAT traversal techniques supported by IP phones STUN Simple Traversal of UDP over NATs STUN is a network protocol used in NAT traversal for applications of real time voice video messaging and other interactive IP communications The STUN protocol allows applications to
223. d 464 Peed dqoodoods e Press or 0 or the Switch soft key to select Enable from the Auto Redial field Enter the desired time in the Interval field The default time interval is 10s Enter the desired times in the Times field The default times are 10 e Press the Save soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel 146 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To use auto redial When the called party is busy the following prompt will appear on the LCD screen of the phone I0 Hang Up Auto Redial Cancel OK e Press the OK soft key to activate auto redial The following prompt will appear on the LCD screen of the phone iQ Hang Up 1 1 Redialing 1007 7s e Wait for a period of time or press the OK soft key to redial the phone number The phone will retry as many times as configured until the called party is idle Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 147 Call Completion Call completion allows users to monitor the busy party and establish a call when the busy party becomes available to receive a call Two factors commonly prevent a call from connecting successfully e Callee does not answer e Callee actively rejects the incoming call before answering Procedure Call completion can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure call completion Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Par
224. d multicast address each IP phone pre configured to listen to the multicast address can receive the RTP stream When the originator stops sending the RTP stream the subscribers stop receiving it Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Assign a multicast paging key For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Specify a multicast codec for the IP phone to use for multicast RTP For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Assign a multicast paging key Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p dsskey amp q load amp model 0 WW You can specify a multicast codec for the IP phone to use for multicast RTP using the Configuration File To configure a multicast paging key via web user interface e Click on DSS Key gt Programmable Key e Inthe desired DSS key field select Multicast Paging from the Type list e Enter the multicast IP address and port number in the Value field 210 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide The valid multicast IP addresses range from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 MATRIX SPARSH VP110 gt Status Account Network Features Settings Key Type Line Value Label Extension SoftKey 1 History E Local History v Intercom a SoftKey 2 prafix N A Local Group a A So SoftKey 3 XML Group N A Int
225. d by a comma For example voice tone dial 100 200 200 150 300 400 500 1200 1000 0 1200 500 900 800 5000 2000 3000 6000 0 1500 3600 1800 voice tone dial 1 voice tone ring 1 voice tone busy 1 voice tone congestion 1 498 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide voice tone callwaiting 1 voice tone dialrecall 1 voice tone info 1 voice tone stutter 1 voice tone message 1 voice tone autoanswer 1 FE AE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE aE aE AE AE aE aE aE AE aaa aaa aaa aaa Volume Settings t HHH EE HE HE HE HH HE HE FE TE FE EH EHH EE E FE E FE HE EE HEE HE HE EE EH HEE EE FE E FE E FE E HE HEE EE E E E E Configures the Ringer Volume Integer from 1 to 15 voice ring vol 15 E AE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE ae aE AE AE aE aE Ea FE AE E aaa aaa aaa Remote Phonebook Related Parameters E aE aE aE AE AE aE aE aE aE AE E aE aE A AE aE aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa enables or disables the phone to perform a remote phone book search when receiving an incoming call 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled features remote phonebook enable 0 configures the interval in seconds for the phone to update the data of the remote phone book from the remote phone book server Integer from 3600 to 2592000 The default value is 21600 features remote phonebook flash time 21610 The following parameter required to name the remote
226. d the 001d29002794 cfg file lt MAC gt cfg in your F drive then To encrypt run the following command D gt EncryptUtilityW indows exe 1234567890123456 E F 001d29002794 cfg en F 001d29002794 cfg On executing the above command encrypted file 001d29002794 cfg en is created in the F drive To decrypt run the following command D gt EncryptUtilityW indows exe 1234567890123456 D F 001d29002794 cfg de F 001d29002794 cfg en On executing the above command decrypted file 001d29002794 cfg de is created in the F drive x Make sure to remove the en suffix from the encrypted file before placing it on the provisioning server This suffix is added just to identify that it is an encrypted file and distinguish it from the original lt MAC gt cfg file For security reasons you should upload the encrypted configuration file s lt MAC gt cfg file after removing the en suffix to the root directory of the provisioning server During auto provisioning the IP phone takes care of resolving the configuration files and updates configuration settings onto the system Procedure Decryption method can be configured using the configuration files Configure the decryption method Configure AES keys Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure AES keys Navigate to Local Web User Interface E http lt phonelPAddress gt servle
227. d using the configuration files or locally Both the Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure auto redial feature For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Web User Interface Configure auto redial feature Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p features general amp q load Phone User Interface Configure auto redial feature To configure auto redial via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information e Select the desired value from the Auto Redial list e Enter the waiting time in the Auto Redial Interval 1 300s field The default waiting time is 10s e Enter the desired times in the Auto Redial Times 1 300 field Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 145 The default value is 10 n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Account Network DSSKey Settings Forward amp DND General Information Audio Intercom Transfer Call Pickup Remote Control Phone Lock AP General Information Call Waiting Call Waiting On Code Call Waiting Off Code Auto Redial Auto Redial Interval 1 300s Auto Redial Times 1 300 Key As Send Reserve in User Name Hotline Number Hotline Delay O 10s Rusu Tana Nelav Secands e Click Confirm to save the change To configure auto redial via phone user interface Press Menu gt Features gt Auto Redial Enabled Enabled N 10 10 Enable
228. date message When the RFC 4916 is enabled on the IP phone the caller sends the SIP request message which contains the from change tag in the Supported header The caller then receives an UPDATE message from the callee and displays the identity in the From header X is 1 Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Oto2 Example account 1 cp_source 0 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 409 Parameter account X dtmf type Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the DTMF type for account X If it is set to O INBAND DTMF digits are transmitted in the voice band If it is set to 1 RFC 2833 DTMF digits are transmitted by RTP Events compliant to RFC 2833 Description If it is set to 2 SIP INFO DTMF digits are transmitted by the SIP INFO messages If it is set to 3 AUTO or SIP INFO the IP phone negotiates with the other end to use INBAND or RFC 2833 if there is no negotiation using SIP INFO by default X is 1 Format Integer Default Value 1 Valid values are 0 INBAND Range 1 RFC 2833 2 SIP INFO 3 AUTO or SIP INFO Example account 1 dtmf type 1 Parameter Configuration File account X dtmf dtmf_payload lt MAC gt cfg Configures the RFC 2833 payload type Description Xis 1 Format Integer Default Value 101 Range 96 to 127 Example account 1 dtmf dtmf_payload 101 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Parameter account X
229. dd e Click Confirm to save the change 234 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Use Outbound Proxy in Dialog An outbound proxy server can receive all initiating request messages and route them to the designated destination If the IP phone is configured to use an outbound proxy server within a dialog all SIP request messages from the IP phone will be sent to the outbound proxy server forcefully iW To use this feature make sure the outbound server has been correctly configured on the IP phone Procedure Use outbound proxy in dialog can be configured using the configuration files or locally Specify whether to use outbound proxy in a dialog Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Specify whether to use outbound proxy in a dialog Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features general amp q load To specify whether to use outbound proxy server in a dialog via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 235 e Select the desired value from the Use Outbound Proxy In Dialog list s MATRIX V ENANTO Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Dire Forward amp DND General Information NC Call Waiting Enabled gt General Ca Information Call Waiting On Code Q fs Call Waiting Off Code Audio Auto Redial Disabled Se A
230. dded to the IP phone e The expression syntax in the replace rule template is the same as that introduced in the section Dial Plan Procedure Use the following procedures to customize a replace rule template Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 327 To customize a replace rule template e Open the template file using an ASCII editor e Add the following string to the template each starting on a separate line lt Data Prefix Replace LinelD gt Where Prefix specifies the numbers to be replaced Replace specifies the alternate string instead of what the user enters LinelD specifies the desired line s for this rule Leave it blank or enter 0 to apply this replace rule to all lines e Specify the values within double quotes e Place this file to the provisioning server The following shows an example of a replace rule template lt DialRule gt lt Data Prefix 1 Replace 05928665234 LinelD gt lt Data Prefix 2 xx Replace 002 1 LinelD 0 gt lt Data Prefix 5 6 9 Replace 3 2 LinelD 0 gt lt Data Prefix 0 Replace 9 1 LinelD 0 gt lt Data Prefix 1009 Replace 05921009 LinelID 0 gt lt DialRule gt Dial now Template The dial now template helps with the creation of multiple dial now rules After setup place the dial now template to the provisioning server and specify the access URL in the configuration files When editing a dial now template lear
231. dentity used for authenticating the IP phone String within 32 characters network 802 1x identity admin Configures the password used for authenticating the IP phone The default value is blank String within 32 characters network 802 1x md5 password admin1l23 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 473 configures the access URL of the CA certificate when the 802 1x mode is configured as EAP TLS PEAP MSCHAPV2 or EAP TTLS EAP MSCHAPV2 The default value is blank URL within 511 characters network 802 1x root_ cert url http 192 168 1 10 ca pem configures the access URL of the device certificate when the 802 1x mode is configured as EAP TLS The default value is blank URL within 511 characters network 802 1x client_cert_url http 192 168 1 10 client pem Hitt span to pc Port Mirroring ttt enables or disables the phone to span data packets received in the WAN port to the PC port If it is enabled all packets from WAN port can be received by PC port 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled network span to pc port 1 i ti Reg Surge Previt itit configures the maximum duration in seconds for account register after startup The default value is 0 Integer from 0 to 60 sip reg surge prevention 20 E aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE ae aE AE AE aE aE aE aE aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa SIP Account Settings E AE aE TE AE AE E FE FE AE AE AE E FE FE AE FE AE AE AE E FE FE AE FE AE E FE FE AE AE AE
232. diting Configuration Files Administrator needs to edit and customize the configuration file for each user as per requirement For more information regarding the Configuration File Format refer Appendix E Sample Configuration File When modifying parameters learn the following e Parameters in configuration files override those stored in the IP Phone s flash memory by default e The cfg extension of configuration files must be in lower case e Each line in a configuration file must use the following format and adhere to the following rules e variable name value e Associate only one value with one variable e Separate each variable name and value with an equal sign e Set only one variable per line Put the variable and value on the same line and do not break the line e Comment the variable on a separate line Use the pound delimiter to distinguish the comments Encrypting Configuration Files To protect against unauthorized access and tampering of sensitive information e g login password registration information you can encrypt configuration files using Configuration Encryption Tool AES keys must be 16 characters and the supported characters contain 0 9 A Z a z For more details refer Encrypting Configuration Files 28 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Location for Configuration Files The MAC Oriented Configuration files needs to be kept in the FTP TFTP HTTP HTTPS Servers root directo
233. dvanced Feat reSi niin eoria ienaa aaaea aa danean aaa men e a ahaaa aa na iadaaa aa aaa EAEan 191 HOCD SKINO ar a a a aa a a a a a a a a N 192 Calling Line Identification Presentation CLIP 2 ccccccccecessccceeeneeetenseeeeseneeeeeseseeeeteaeeseseneesetenseeeesesseeeesenaes 195 Connected Line Identification Presentation COLP 0 ccccccsccceeesseeeteneeeeeeeeeeceenaeeeetenaseceseeeeeesenseeesensetsenees 197 DIME san Mascotte ees ern eS de te a a a aa a 198 Suppress DTMF Display 2 issc8e easiest keh eid aes poet he nee ee aie eee 202 Transter via DIME vias 2 kee bie ae esehede eAal Ee dane nien eee eaten ae 204 ITCI COM aseenaan se Ste aia he tities Sisk ate Sica te Gt lara Sota a inca e a nee Sigh aos Soa ary ths Sit ee cesianastn Sige E ay 206 MulliCast Paging vissscasrss cons nra T A aay naa A eats aces 210 IMUSICON OIG sentir Seles ites as it tala Aes ek dt Car eed Ae ead ate tat tees ae cade a Es 214 WLI le oE N ENE EET ED tutes AE tat cuts Bede deg ts ae Da een beg eee eas aed gaa eects PEE asta es Pad ote aaa 216 WED SORVOr TVPG EEEE E EE RE Pat os eS Seed Sea eas Mead eae Site EE EEE E Refined eee eee 224 Softkey Layout Mea ktaca tte cad aa cay hi ea a tease eters aaa tend ach a con nest Auten tik Ble ca Mba agatha ty 226 BUSY FONG DGlay nrin Oei ena a Mist Niated a Sint ees Sib ee Mace A sled a eesies eed 229 Return Code When Refuse ccccccscccesensceeeeeeeeesenneeeesenaeeensaaeeeeseaaeeeeseaaeeeesaeeee
234. e The default value is blank String within 32 characters account 1 anonymous_call_oncode 182 configures the code for deactivating the server side anonymous call feature for account when the parameter account 1 send_ anonymous code is set to 0 Off Code The default value is blank String within 32 characters account 1 anonymous_call offcode 185 enables or disables anonymous call rejection feature for account 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 477 account 1 reject_ anonymous call 1 configures the code for activating the server side anonymous call rejection feature for account The default value is blank String within 32 characters account 1 anonymous_ reject oncode 74 configures the code for deactivating the server side anonymous call rejection feature for account The default value is blank String within 32 characters account 1l anonymous reject offcode 75 enables or disables the phone to record the missed call of account 0 Disabled 0 Disabled Default account 1 missed_calllog 1 enables or disables auto answer feature for account 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1 auto_ answer 0 CODEC Settings ttHTE HEHE Different values of Y according to the CODEC 1 PCMU 2 PCMA 3 G723 53 4 G723 63 5 G729 6 G722 7 1LBC 8 G726 32 Enables or disables the IP phone to use the specific codec
235. e Sip The IP address of the IP phone Smodel The IP phone model Sfirmware The firmware version of the IP phone Sacti The SIP URI of the current account when the IP phone places a call active_ur z receives an incoming call or establishes a call The user part of the SIP URI for the current account when the IP phone Sactive_user places a call receives an incoming call or establishes a call The host part of the SIP URI for the current account when the IP phone Sactive_host places a call receives an incoming call or establishes a call The SIP URI of the caller when the IP phone places a call Slocal The SIP URI of the callee when the IP phone receives an incoming call 250 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide The SIP URI of the callee when the IP phone places a call Sremote The SIP URI of the caller when the IP phone receives an incoming call The display name of the caller when the IP phone places a call display_local The display name of the callee when the IP phone receives an incoming call Sdisplay_remote The display name of the callee when the IP phone places a call The display name of the caller when the IP phone receives an incoming call Scall_id The call id of the active call Procedure Action URL can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File Configure action URL lt MAC gt cfg For
236. e IP phones support using the IPv4 address only the IPv6 address only or both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses O IPv4 Default 1 IPv6 2 IPv4 IPv6 network ip address mode 0 Configures the IP address when the Internet port type is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 amp IPv6 network internet port ip 192 168 153 57 Configures the subnet mask when the Internet port type is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 amp IPv6 network internet_ port mask 255 255 255 0 Configures the default gateway when the Internet port type is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 amp IPv6 network internet port gateway 192 168 153 1 Configures the primary DNS server when the Internet port type is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 amp IPv6 network primary dns 8 8 8 8 Configures the secondary DNS server when the Internet port type is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 amp IPv6 network secondary dns 4 2 2 2 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 469 PPPoE for IPv4 HH H HH HHH Configures the PPPoE user name when the Internet port type is configured as PPPoE and the IP address mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 amp IPv6 network pppoe user test
237. e Menu Key The Menu soft key is locked You cannot access the menu of the phone until unlocked Function Keys The function keys are locked You cannot use the Message Mute RD Transfer V navigation keys and soft keys until unlocked All Keys All keys are locked except the Volume key You are only allowed to dial emergency numbers answer incoming calls by lifting the handset pressing the Speakerphone key the Headset key or the V key place an active call on hold by pressing the Hold soft key resume the held call by pressing the Resume soft key and end the call by hanging up the handset or pressing the Speakerphone key iW The emergency number setting if desired must be made before lock activation For more information refer Emergency Number The IP phone will not be locked immediately after the phone lock type is configured One of the following steps is also needed e Long press the pound key when the IP phone is idle e Press the keypad lock key if configured when the IP phone is idle In addition to the above steps you can configure the IP phone to automatically lock the keypad after a period of time Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 73 Procedure Phone lock can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure the type of phone lock Change the unlock PIN Configure the IP phone to automatically lock the keypad after a time interval
238. e Text Mail Power Light Flash Voice Text Mail Power Light Flash allows the power indicator LED to flash when the IP phone receives a voice mail or a text message If this option is disabled the status of the power indicator LED is determined by the option Common Power Light On Mute Power Light Flash Mute Power Light Flash allows the power indicator LED to flash when a call is mute If this option is disabled the status of the power indicator LED is determined by the option Common Power Light On Hold Held Power Light Flash Hold Held Power Light Flash allows the power indicator LED to flash when a call is placed on hold or is held If this option is disabled the status of the power indicator LED is determined by the option Common Power Light On Talk Dial Power Light On Talk Dial Power Light On allows the power indicator LED to be turned on when the IP phone is busy If this option is disabled the status of the power indicator LED is determined by the option Common Power Light On Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 67 Procedure Power indicator LED can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the power indicator LED For more information refer Appendix Configuration File lt MAC gt cfi E D Configuration Parameters Configure the power indicator LED Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt Local Web User Interface 5 p lt p serviet p features powerled amp q load
239. e can establish a connection with the remote server and download the phone book and then display the remote phone book entries on the phone user interface You can access your corporate directory through your phone You can add local contacts search for a contact or simply dial a contact number from the corporate directory You can configure your new phone to access up to 5 corporate directories The phone supports up to 2000 corporate directory entries Remote phone book can be customized For more information how to customize a remote phone book refer Remote XML Phone Book Search Remote Phone book Name allows IP phones to search the entry names from the remote phone book for incoming outgoing calls Search Flash Time specifies how often IP phones refresh the local cache of the remote phone book Procedure Remote phone book can be configured using the configuration files or locally Specify the access URL of the remote phonebook Specify whether to query the entry name from the remote phone book for outgoing incoming calls Specify how often the IP phone refreshes the local cache of the Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg remote phonebook Specify whether to refresh the local cache of the remote phone book at a time when accessing the remote phone book For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 95 Specify the access URL of the
240. e for MWI C parameter must be Enabled and Subscribe MWI To Voice Mail parameter must be Disabled e Also the feature access code Voice Mail Retrieval Number must be programmed in the Voice Mail box here it is shown as 9999 WW MWI subscription is configurable via web user interface only Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 223 Web Server Type Web server type determines access protocol of the IP phone s web user interface IP phones support both HTTP and HTTPS protocols for accessing the web user interface HTTP is an application protocol that runs on top of the TCP IP suite of protocols HTTPS is a web protocol that encrypts and decrypts user page requests as well as pages returned by the web server Both HTTP and HTTPS port numbers are configurable Procedure Web server type can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the web access type HTTP port and HTTPS port Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the web access type HTTP port and HTTPS port Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt Local servlet p network adv amp q load Configure the web access type HTTP Ph Interf one User Interface port and HTTPS port To configure web server type via web user interface e Click on Network gt Advanced n MATRIX P VP11 SPARSA o Status Account DSSKey Features Setting
241. e is busy Congestion When the network is congested Call Waiting Call waiting tone Dial Recall When receiving a call back Info When receiving a special message Stutter When receiving a voice mail Message When receiving a text message Auto Answer When automatically answering a call Procedure Tones can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the tones for the IP phone Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the tones for the IP phone Navigate to Local Web User Interface E http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p settings tones amp q load To configure tones via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Tones e Select the desired type from the Select Country list Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 247 If you select Custom you can customize a tone for each condition of the IP phone a MATRIX 11 SERRESEEV EA Status Account Network DSSKey Features e Click Confirm to save the change 248 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Action URL Action URL allows IP phones to interact with web server applications by sending an HTTP or HTTPS GET request You can specify a URL that triggers a GET request when a specified event occurs Action URL can only be triggered by the pre defined events e g log on The valid URL format is http s IP address of the server help xml The
242. e missed calls on the destination party s phone LCD screen Procedure Call transfer can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Specify whether to complete the transfer through on hook Configure semi attended transfer feature For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Web User Interface Specify whether to complete the transfer through on hook Configure semi attended transfer feature Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features transfer amp q load To configure call transfer via web user interface e Click on Features gt Transfer Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 169 MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Forward amp DND a Semi Attend Transfer Enabled gt General Information Blind Transfer On Hook Enabled gt Semi Attend Transfer On Hook Enabled Audio Transfer on Conference Hang up Disabled v Q Intercom Transf Call Pickup Remote Control Phone Lock e Select the desired values from the Semi Attended Transfer Blind Transfer On Hook and Semi Attended Transfer On Hook lists e Click Confirm to save the change To perform a blind transfer e Press f or the Tran soft key during a call Enter the number you want to transfer the call to e Press or the Tran soft key to complete call transfer Then the call is conne
243. e specific numbers from being dialed on your phone When you dial a block out number on your phone the dialing will fail and the LCD screen will prompt Forbidden Number You can add 10 block out rules at most on your phone Procedure Block out rule can be created using the configuration files or locally Create the block out rule for the IP phone Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Create the block out rule for the desired line Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p settings blackout amp q load Local Web User Interface To add a block out number via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Dial Plan gt Block Out Enter the desired values in the BlockOut Number fields n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 cera Cee Network DSSKey Features peec ERA a ARES Time amp Date BlockOut Number1 N Upgrade BlockOut Number2 A BlockOut Number3 Auto Provision BlockOut Number4 Configuration BlockOut Number5 Dial Plan BlockOut Number6 BlockOut Number7 Voice BlockOut Number8 Ring BlockOut Number9 BlockOut Number10 Tones confirm cancel e Click Confirm to add the block out number Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 119 W Block out number is configurable via web user interface only Emergency Number Public telephone networks in countries around the world have a single emergency telephone number e
244. e when placing a call The callee s phone LCD screen presents anonymous instead of the caller s identity Xis 1 Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example account 1 anonymous_call 1 Parameter Configuration File account X send_anonymous_code lt MAC gt cfg Configures the phone to send anonymous on off code to activate deactivate the server side anonymous call feature for account X If it is set to O Off Code the IP phone will send anonymous off code to deactivate the server side Description anonymous call feature If it is set to 1 On Code the IP phone will send anonymous on code to activate the server side anonymous call feature Xis 1 Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Off Code 1 On Code Example account 1 send_anonymous_code 0 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Parameter account X anonymous_call_oncode Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the anonymous call on code to activate the server side anonymous call feature for account X Xis 1 Description Note It works only if the parameter account X send_anonymous_code is set to 1 Enabled Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example account 1 anonymous_call_oncode 72 Parameter Configuration File account X anonymous_call_offcode lt MAC gt cfg
245. ec 1 priority 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 445 Ptime Parameter account X codec rtpmap Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the rtpmap Description Xis 1 Y ranges from 1 to 8 Format Integer Default Value When Y 1 the default value is 0 When Y 2 the default value is 8 When Y 3 the default value is 4 When Y 4 the default value is 4 When Y 5 the default value is 18 When Y 6 the default value is 9 When Y 7 the default value is 106 When Y 8 the default value is 102 Range O to 127 Example account 1 codec 1 rtpmap 0 Parameter Configuration File account X ptime lt MAC gt cfg Configures the ptime in milliseconds for the codec Description Xis 1 Format Integer Default Value 20 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 10 20 30 40 50 60 Example account 1 ptime 20 Acoustic Echo Cancellation Parameter Configuration File voice echo_cancellation lt MAC gt cfg Description Enables or disables AEC feature on the IP phone Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 446 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Example voice echo_cancellation 1 Voice Activity Detection Parameter Configuration File voice vad lt MAC gt cfg Description Enables or disables VAD feature on the IP phone Format
246. ecessary only when dialing the number outside the code area For example area code is configured as Code 0592 Min Length 4 Max Length 11 then when you dial out the number 56789 which has the digits between 4 to 11 the phone will add the area code and dial out the number 059256789 You can only configure one area code rule on your phone Procedure Area code rule can be configured using the configuration files or locally Create the area code rule and specify the maximum and minimum lengths of entered numbers Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Create the area code rule and specify the maximum and minimum lengths of entered numbers Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p settings areacode amp q load To configure the area code via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Dial Plan gt Area Code e Enter the desired values in the Code Min Length 1 15 and Max Length 1 15 fields sa MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features peere RARER Dito res otek a E Time amp Date a Code N Upgrade Min Length 1 15 1 Anis Des Max Length 1 15 15 Gab Dial Plan Voice lt r e Click Confirm to save the change 118 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Y Area code is configurable via web user interface only Block Out You can block som
247. egistration mode for the account in fallback mode 0 Concurrent registration 1 Successive registration The default value is 0 NA account 1 fallback tim eout Integer from 10 to 2147483647 It configures the time interval in seconds for the phone to detect whether the working server is available by sending the registration request for the account It is only applicable to successive registration mode The default value is 120 NA Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 127 Failover Mode Parameter Valid Values Descriptions Web Interface Path It configures the mode for the phone to retry the primary server in failover mode for the account 0 newRequests all requests are forwarded to the primary server first regardless of the last used server account 1 sip_server 1 DNSTTL the phone retries to use the Y failback_mode primary server after the timeout of the 0 1 2 or 3 DNSTTL configured for the SIP server we Y ranges from 1 to 2 2 Registration the phone retries to use the primary server when the SIP server s registration requires renewal 3 duration the phone retries to use the primary server after the timeout defined by the parameter account 1 failback_timeout The default value is 0 It configures the timeout in seconds for the phone to retry to use the primary server after failing over to the current working server for account 1 sip_server
248. en displays No Service when no SIP account is registered successfully Why doesn t the phone display time and date correctly Check if you have configured the phone to obtain the time and date from the SNTP server automatically If the phone fails to connect the SNTP server configure the time and date manually How do I find the basic information of the phone Press the KY Key when the phone is idle to check the basic information of the phone such as the IP address and firmware version For more information refer the Viewing the Phone Status How to obtain the MAC address of a phone when the phone is not powered on Three ways you can obtain the MAC address of a phone e You can ask your supplier for shipping information sheet which includes MAC addresses according to the corresponding PO Purchase Order Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 339 e You can find the MAC address in the label of carton box You can find the MAC address from the phone s bar code on the back of the phone Why can t I get a dial tone e Check for any loose connections and that the phone has been installed properly For the installation instructions refer Phone Installation e Switch between the Handset Headset if present and Hands Free Speakerphone to check whether the dial tone is present for one of the audio modes e Ifthe dial tone exists on another audio mode connect a different handset or headset to isolate the prob
249. eneral Information n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Forward amp DND General Information E Call Waiting Enabled gt i General Informatil Call Waiting On Code phi Call Waiting Off Code i Audio al Auto Redial Disabled gt Auto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 j Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 ees Key As Send gt Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 99 e Select the desired value from the Save Call Log list Reserve in User Name Enabled gt Remote Control Hotline Number Q Phone Lock Hotline Delay 0 10s 4 Q ACD Busy Tone Delay Seconds 0 X 2 SMS Return Code When Refuse 486 Busy Here gt Return Code When DND 480 Temporarily Not Av Action URL Call Completion Disabled Power LED Time Out for Dial Now Rule 1 7 RFC 2543 Hold Disabled Use Outbound Proxy In Dialog Enabled gt 180 Ring Workaround Enabled X 2 Logon Wizard Disabled gt PswPrefix Q PswLength Q PswDial Disabled Save Call Log Enabled ix 2 Disabled Suppress DTMF Display Enabled N 2 Suppress DTMF Display Delay Disabled gt Play Local DTMF Tone Enabled gt DIMF Repetition 3 z A e Click Confirm to save the change To enable history record via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Features gt History Setting e Press Q or or the Switch soft key to select Enable from the History Record field Switch e Press the Save soft key to save the
250. ep 28 09 00 34 2036 GMT Trusted Certificates 2 Trusted Certificates 2 cl The trusted certificates list Server Certificates 3 4 5 6 z 8 i 9 10 ia Only Accept Trusted Certificates Disabled gt Common Name Validation Disabled gt CA Certificates All Certificates 2 Default Certificates Import Trusted Certificates Custom Certificates Load trusted certificates file No file selected e Click Confirm to save the change To upload a trusted certificate via web user interface e Click on Security gt Trusted Certificates e Click Browse to select the certificate pem crt cer or der from your local system e Click Upload to upload the certificate To configure the server certificates via web user interface e Click on Security gt Server Certificates 300 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Select the desired value from the Device Certificates list n MATRIX iii Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Password Sued do Een Trusted Certificates PEE Server Certificates Import Server Certificates Default seit ie Load server cer file No file selected _ confirm _ _ _ e Click Confirm to save the change To upload a server certificate via web user interface e Click on Security gt Server Certificates e Click Browse to select the certificate pem and cer from your local system e Click Upload to upload the certificate A dialog box pop
251. es alert info 6 text distinctive ring tones alert info 6 ringer distinctive ring tones alert info 7 text distinctive ring tones alert info 7 ringer Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 497 distinctive ring tones alert info 8 text distinctive ring tones alert info 8 ringer distinctive ring tones alert info 9 text distinctive ring tones alert info 9 ringer distinctive ring tones alert info 10 text distinctive ring tones alert info 10 ringer FE AE aE aE AE AE aE Pe ae aE AE E HE aE AE AE AE AE E aaa aaa Ea aaa aaa aaa Tones E AE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE aE AE AE E aE aE FE AE AE aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa Define the voice tone the valid values can be Custom default or voice tone of different countries For example United States France Germany and so on voice tone country Custom Customize the tone when the voice tone country is configured as Custom The value format Frequency Duration Frequency ranges from 200 to 7000 When 0 is used to define the frequency it means a pause between tones A tone can be composited at most four different frequencies the value format is FI F2 F3 F4 Duration is the time duration in milliseconds of ringing the tone It ranges from 0 to 30000ms At most eight tones can be configured for dial ring busy and so on each tone is separate
252. es choose common transmission parameters e g speed and duplex mode to transmit voice or data over Ethernet This process entails devices first sharing transmission capabilities and then selecting the highest performance transmission mode supported by both You can configure the Internet port and PC port on the IP phone to automatically negotiate during the transmission Half duplex Half duplex transmission refers to transmitting voice or data in both directions but in one direction at a time this means one device can send data on the line but not receive data simultaneously You can configure the half duplex transmission on both Internet port and PC port for the IP phone to transmit in 10Mbps or 100Mbps Full duplex Full duplex transmission refers to transmitting voice or data in both directions at the same time this means one device can send data on the line while receiving data You can configure the full duplex transmission on both Internet port and PC port for the IP phone to transmit in 10Mbps or 100Mbps Procedure The transmission methods of Ethernet ports can be configured using the configuration files or locally Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 53 Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure the transmission methods of Ethernet ports For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Web User Interface Configure the transmission methods of Ethernet ports Navigate
253. es ring times N to wait before forwarding incoming calls Description p Incoming calls will be forwarded when not answered after N 6 seconds Format Integer Default Value 2 Range 0 to 20 Example forward no_answer timeout 2 Parameter Configuration File forward no_answer on_code lt MAC gt cfg Configures the no answer forward on code to activate Description R the server side no answer forward feature Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example forward no_answer on_code 76 Parameter Configuration File forward no_answer off_code lt MAC gt cfg Configures the no answer forward off code to Description deactivate the server side no answer forward feature Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 403 Example forward no_answer off_code 77 Diversion Parameter features fwd_diversion_enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to present the Description diversion information when the call is forwarded to your IP phone Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features fwd_diversion_enable 1 Fwd International Parameter forward international enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enable
254. ess Default Value Blank Range Not Applicable Example network internet_port gateway 192 168 1 254 Parameter Configuration File network primary_dns lt MAC gt cfg Configures the primary DNS server when the Internet port type is configured as Static IP Address and the IP Description address mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format IPv4 Address Default Value Blank Range Not Applicable Example network primary_dns 202 101 103 55 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide PPPoE Parameter network secondary_dns Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the secondary DNS server when the Internet port type is configured as Static IP Address and the IP Description address mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format IPv4 Address Default Value Blank Range Not Applicable Example network secondary_dns 202 101 103 54 Parameter Configuration File network internet_port type lt MAC gt cfg Configures the Internet port type Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are 0 DHCP Range 1 PPPoE 2 Static IP Address
255. et on hook press _ to obtain a dial tone Enter the desired number using the keypad Press OK V or the Send soft key e With the handset on hook enter the desired number using the keypad Press _ oK or the Send soft key 136 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To place a call using the headset e With the optional headset connected press to activate the headset mode Enter the desired number using the keypad e Press ox or the Send soft key iW To permanently enable your headset refer Headset Prior l To place multiple calls You can have more than one call on your IP phone To place a new call during an active call e Press the Hold soft key to place the original call on hold e Press the NewCall soft key e Enter the desired number using the keypad e Press ok or the Send soft key You can press or to switch between the calls and then press the Resume soft key to retrieve the desired call Answering Calls When you are not in another call you can answer a call in three ways e Using the handset e Using the speakerphone e Using the headset e You can ignore incoming calls by pressing the Reject soft key or the Silence soft key You can also activate Do Not Disturb mode to ignore all incoming calls without ring on your phone For more information refer Do Not Disturb e You can forward incoming calls to someone else by pressing the Fwd soft key
256. etect the Option 66 and Option 43 The Option 66 is used to identify the TFTP server To obtain the Provisioning Server Address by a custom DHCP option make sure the DHCP option is set properly x SPARSH VP110 identifies the protocol of Provisioning Server as per the details configured in the DHCP option For example in DHCP Option 66 e If only URL is configured then SPARSH VP110 will generate TFTP query If ftp URL is configured then SPARSH VP110 will generate FTP query e If http URL is configured then SPARSH VP110 will generate HTTP query e If https URL is configured then SPARSH VP110 will generate HTTPS query 32 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide x In any of the above methods Authentication User name amp Password can be send in below format http username password URL Here we have taken http case as an example The custom DHCP option must be in accordance with the one defined in the DHCP server To configure the DHCP option via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Auto Provision e Select the On check box in the DHCP Active field e Enter the desired value in the Custom Option 128 254 field e Enter the desired value in the DHCP Option Value field The default value is Matrix SPARSH VP110 i MATRIX didini SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features i Directory Security Auto Provision DHC Osten Value mrss Ve Server URL o Configu
257. ets The default DSCP value for SIP packets is 26 Description Assured Forwarding Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 26 Range 0 to 63 Example network qos signaltos 26 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 435 Network Address Translation Parameter account X nat nat_traversal Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the NAT traversal for account X Description Xis 1 Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example account 1 nat nat_traversal 0 Parameter Configuration File account X nat stun_server lt MAC gt cfg Configures the IP address or the domain name of Description the STUN server for account X Xis 1 Format IP Address or Domain Name Default Value Blank Range String within 99 characters Example account 1 nat stun_server 218 107 220 201 Parameter Configuration File account X nat stun_port lt MAC gt cfg Configures the port of the STUN server Description Xis 1 Format Integer Default Value 3478 Range 1024 to 65000 Example account 1 nat stun_port 3478 436 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 802 1X Parameter network 802_1x mode Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the types of the 802 1X authentication to use on
258. ey gt Programmable Key e Select the desired programmable key e Select Call Return from the Type list n MATRIX P VP1 eee nero Account Network Features Key Type Line Value Label SoftKey 1 History LocalHistory v N A SoftKey 2 Speed Dial ma N A Directed Picku gt SoftKey 3 Group Pickup p N A Intercom p E SoftKey 4 prefix N A Programable Key up Local Group toalHstoy CP Left Menu N A 7 a es a XML Group Down XML Browser History m Forward Right DND N A OK SMS X N A v New SMS iz MUTE XML Directory N A JI Status TRAN Multicast Paging N A Z Cancel Local Directory Settings e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 151 Y A call return key is configurable via web user interface only 152 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Call Mute You can mute the microphone of the active audio device during an active call and then the other party cannot hear you To mute a call e Press 4 during an active call The LCD screen indicates that the call is on mute 1 Talking To un mute a call e Press J again to un mute the call WW To mute an active call you must set the Allow Mute parameter as Enabled This parameter is accessible from the web user interface by clicking Features gt General Information Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 153 Call Hold and Resume Y
259. ey to resume the call before ending it 138 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Redialing Numbers To redial the last dialed number from your phone e Press twice A call to your last dialed number is attempted To redial a previously dialed number from your phone e Press when the phone is idle e Press or to select the desired entry and then press or the Send soft key Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 139 Recent Call In Dialing You can view the placed calls list when the phone is in the pre dialing screen To do this you should enable recent call in dialing in advance To enable recent call in dialing via web user interface e Click on Directory gt Setting e Select Enabled from the Recent Call In Dialing list i Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Security Local Directory NOTE Directory Remote Phone Disabled Enabled Directory The directi tersfor Book History Local Directory a aith a ae Remote Phone Boo Phone Call Info ma ma MulticastIP Setting Search Source List In Dialing Disabled Enabled Remote Phone Boo Local Directory History Recent CallIn Dialing Enabled N k o e Click Confirm to save the change iW This parameter is configurable via web user interface only To view placed calls list when the phone is in the pre dialing screen e Pickup the handset or press the spea
260. ey to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 149 To use call completion When the called party is busy the following prompt will appear on the LCD screen of the phone Wait for 1007 e Press the OK soft key the phone returns to the idle screen and call completion is activated When the called party becomes idle the following prompt appears on the LCD screen of the phone Dial 1007 e Press the OK soft key to redial the number WW Call completion is not available on all servers IP phones support call completion using the SUBSCRIBE l NOTIFY method which is specified in draft poetzl sipping call completion 00 to subscribe to the busy party and receive notifications of their status changes 150 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Call Return Call return also known as last call return allows users to place a call back to the last caller Call return is implemented on IP phones using a call return key Procedure Call return key can be configured using the configuration files or locally Assign a call return key For more information refer Appendix Configuration File lt MAC gt cf g 7 D Configuration Parameters Assign a call return key Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p dsskey amp q load amp model 0 To configure a call return key via web user interface e Click on DSSK
261. f Service field Each router on the network can provide QoS simply based on the DiffServ class The DSCP value ranges from 0 to 63 with each DSCP specifying a particular per hop behavior PHB applicable to a packet A PHB refers to the packet scheduling queuing policing or shaping behavior of a node on any given packet Four standard PHBs available to construct a DiffServ enabled network and achieve QoS e ClassSelector PHB backwards compatible with IP precedence Class Selector code points are of the form xxx000 The first three bits are the IP precedence bits These class selector PHBs retain almost the same forwarding behavior as nodes that implement IP precedence based classification and forwarding e Expedited Forwarding PHB the key ingredient in DiffServ model for providing a low loss low latency low jitter and assured bandwidth service e Assured Forwarding PHB defines a method by which BAs Bandwidth Allocations can be given different forwarding assurances e Default PHB specifies that a packet marked with a DSCP value of 000000 gets the traditional best effort service from a DS compliant node VoIP is extremely bandwidth and delay sensitive QoS is a major issue in VoIP implementations regarding how to guarantee that packet traffic not be delayed or dropped due to interference from other lower priority traffic VoIP can guarantee high quality QoS only if the voice and the SIP packets are given priority over
262. f line This mode of operation should be done using the DNS mechanism from the primary to the secondary server e Fallback In this mode a second less featured call server with SIP capability takes over call control to provide basic calling capability but without some advanced features offered by the working server for example MWI IP phones support configuration of two SIP servers per SIP registration for fallback purpose Phone Configuration for Redundancy Implementation To assist in explaining the redundancy behavior an illustrative example of how an IP phone may be configured is shown as below In the example server redundancy for fallback and failover purposes is deployed Two separate SIP servers a working server and a fallback server are configured for account line registration Working Server matrix_ippbx com SIP Server 2 M ti Fallback Server 192 168 1 15 e Working Server Server 1 is configured with the domain name of the working server For example matrix_ippbx com DNS mechanism is used such that the working server is resolved to multiple SIP servers for failover purpose The working server is deployed in redundant pairs designated as primary and secondary servers The primary server has the highest priority server in a cluster of servers resolved by 256 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide the DNS server The secondary server backs up a primary server when the primary ser
263. face e Click on Account gt Advanced SPARSH VP110 Register Basic Codec LETON Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Dire4 Keep Alive Type Default gt E Keep Alive Interval Seconds 30 Local SIP Port 5060 2 tre RPort Disabled gt a SIP Session Timer T1 0 5 10s 0 5 SIP Session Timer T2 2 40s 4 SIP Session Timer T4 2 5 60s 5 SuhecriheDerind Gecands 4 200 G _____ e Select Network Conference from the Conference Type list e Enter the conference URI e g conference example com in the Conference URI field BLA SUDSCription Period SIP Send MAC SIP Send Line SIP Registration Retry Timer 0 1800s Conference Type Conference URI ACD Subscrip Period 120 3600s Early Media CID Carver Tuna 3uu Ta Disabled Disabled 30 7 Network Conference conference exampe com 3600 R 7 Disabled Rafault m e Click Confirm to save the change 176 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To set up a network conference call e Place a call to the first party e Press the NewCall soft key to place a new call The active call is placed on hold Enter the number of the second party and press OK V or the Send soft key e When the second party answers the call press the Conf soft key to add the second party to the conference e Press the NewCall soft key to place a new call e The conference is placed on hold e Enter the number of the new p
264. ff Code Audio Auto Redial Disabled Intercom Auto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 se Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 7 o will Call Pickup Key As Send T Reserve in User Name Enabled Remote Control Hotline Number Phone Lock _Hotine Delav 0o10s 4 a e Select the desired value from the DTMF Replace Tran list 204 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Enter the specified DTMF digits in the Tran Send DTMF field Headset Prior Disabled gt DTMF Replace Tran Enabled gA Tran Send DTMF N Q Send Pound Key Disabled Fwd International Enabled gt Diversion History Info Enabled O Allow Trans Exist Call Enabled gt Auto Logout Time 1 1000min 1000 Q Call Number Filter Q Use Logo System logo gt Allow IP Call Enable gt IP Direct Auto Answer Disabled Call List Show Number Disabled gt Voice Mail Tone Enable DHCP Hostname Matrix SPARSH VP110 Q Reboot In Talking Disabled cones e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 205 Intercom Intercom allows establishing an audio conversation directly The IP phone can answer intercom calls automatically This feature depends on support from a SIP server Outgoing Intercom Calls Intercom is a useful feature in office environments to quickly connect with an operator or secretary Users can press an intercom key to automatically initiate an outgoing intercom call
265. fg Configures the intercom number Description For the programmable key x ranges from 1 to 14 Format String Range String within 99 characters Example programablekey 1 value 1008 Multicast Paging Key Parameter Configuration File programablekey X type lt MAC gt cfg Configures a DSS key as a multicast paging key on the IP Description phone The digit 24 stands for the key type Multicast Paging Format Integer Value 24 Example programablekey 1 type 24 Parameter Configuration File programablekey X value lt MAC gt cfg Configures the multicast IP address and port number Description Note The valid multicast IP addresses range from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 Format IP Address Range 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 Example programablekey 1 value 224 5 5 6 10008 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Appendix E Sample Configuration File This section provides the sample configuration file necessary to configure the IP phone Any line beginning with a pound sign is considered to be a comment unless the is contained within double quotes For the Boolean fields the meaning are as follows 0 Disabled 1 Enabled This file contains sample configurations for the lt MAC gt cfg file The parameters included here are examples only Not all possible parameters are shown in the sample configuration file You can configure or comment t
266. figuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the dial now Description template Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters dialplan_dialnow url http 192 168 10 25 Example dialnow xml Access URL of Softkey Layout Template Parameter custom_softkey_call_failed url Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the custom file for the Description softkey presented on the LCD screen when in the Call Failed state Format URL Default Value Blank 454 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Range String within 511 characters Example The following example uses HTTP to download the CallFailed state file from the XMLfiles directory on provisioning server 10 2 8 16 using 8080 port custom_softkey_call_failed url http 10 2 8 16 8080 XMLfiles CallFailed xml Parameter custom_softkey_call_in url Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the custom file for the Description softkey presented on the LCD screen when in the Callin state Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters The following example uses HTTP to download the Callln state file from the XMLfiles directory Example on provisioning server 10 2 8 16 using 8080 port custom_softkey_call_in url http 10 2 8 16 8080 XMLfiles Calll
267. file using an ASCII editor For each directory list that you want to configure edit the corresponding string in the file For example configure the local directory list edit the following strings lt item id_name local_directory_search display_name Local Directory priority 1 enable 1 gt Where id_name specifies the directory list local_directory_search for the local directory list Do not edit this field display_name specifies the display name of the directory list We do not recommend editing this field priority specifies the priority of search results enable enables or disables the directory list Specify the values within double quotes Place this file to the provisioning server 332 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide The following shows an example of a super search template lt root_super_search gt lt item id_name local_directory_search display_name Local Directory priority 1 enable 1 gt lt item id_name calllog_search display_name History priority 2 enable 1 gt lt item id_name remote_directory_search display_name Remote Phone Book priority 3 enable 0 gt lt root_super_search gt Local Contact File You can add contacts one by one on the IP phone directly You can also add multiple contacts at a time and or share contacts between IP phones using the local contact template file After setup place the template file to the provisioning server and
268. for account 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Y 1 2 5 6 are enabled by Default account 1 codec 1l enable 1 account 1 codec 2 enable 1 account 1 codec 3 enable 1 account 1 codec 4 enable 1 account 1 codec 5 enable 1 account 1 codec 6 enable 1 account 1 codec 7 enable 1 account 1 codec 8 enable 0 Configures the priority for the codec Range 0 to 7 0 Highest and 7 Lowest local priority account 1 codec 5 priority 0 account 1 codec 2 priority 1 account 1 codec 1l priority 2 account 1 codec 4 priority 3 account 1 codec 3 priority 4 478 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide account 1 codec 7 priority 5 account 1 codec 8 priority 5 account 1 codec 6 priority 7 FE aE aE aE aT AE aE a aE aE aE AE AE aE aE FE AE AE aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa SIP Account Advanced Settings FE AE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE aE AE AE AE aE aE AE AE aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa configures the type of keep alive packets sent by the phone to the NAT device to keep the communication port open so that NAT can continue to function for account O Dsiabled 1 Default the phone sends UDP packets to the server 2 Option the phone sends SIP OPTION packets to the server 3 Notify the phone sends SIP NOTIFY packets to the server account 1 nat udp update enable 0 configures the keep alive interval in seconds for account The default value is 30 R
269. formation from Status Indicators e Analyzing Configuration File Y For more information about common problems and how to resolve them refer Troubleshooting Viewing Log Files If your IP phone encounters some problems commonly the log files are needed You can export the log files to a syslog server or the local system You can also specify the severity level of the log to be reported to a log file The default system log level is 3 Changes to this parameter via web user interface requires a reboot In the configuration files you can use the following parameters to configure system log settings e syslog mode Specify the system log to be exported to a server or local system e syslog server Specify the IP address or domain name of the syslog server to which the log will be exported e syslog log_level Specify the system log level The following lists the log level of events you can log system is unusable action must be taken immediately critical condition error conditions warning conditions normal but significant condition ao a fF O N a O informational For more information on the system log setting parameters refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters To configure the level of the system log via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Configuration Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 319 Select the desired level from the System Log Level list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110
270. formation on how to customize a dial now template refer Dial now Template Delay Time for Dial now Rule You can configure the delay time for dial now rules That is you can configure your phone to dial out the phone number automatically which matches a dial now rule after the specified delay time Procedure Dial now rule can be created using the configuration files or locally Create the dial now rule for the IP phone Configure the delay time for the dial Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg now rule For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Create the dial now rule for the IP phone Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p settings dialnow amp q load Local Web User Interface Configure the delay time for the dial now rule Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features general amp q load To add a dial now rule via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Dial Plan gt Dial now Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 115 e Enter the desired value e g 1234 in the Rule field n MATRIX P VP1 iii Status Account Network DSSKey Features Preference Time amp Date Upgrade Auto Provision Configuration Dial Plan Voice O DI Nn aunt wn me Ring a o Tones Softkey Layout TR069 Rule 1234 tts ee Em e Click Add to add the dial now rule When you enter the number 12
271. g Enables or disables the IP phone to play a tone when a user presses a key Description WA If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will play a tone when a user presses a key Format Boolean Default Value 1 Range 0 Disabled E 1 Enabled Example features key_tone 1 Parameter Configuration File features send_key_tone lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to play a tone when a user presses a send key If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will play a tone Description when a user presses a send key Note It works only if the parameter features key_tone is set to 1 Enabled Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features send_key_tone 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Dial Plan Replace Rule Dial now Parameter dialplan replace prefix X Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the string you want to replace Description X ranges from 1 to 100 Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example dialplan replace prefix 1 123 Parameter Configuration File dialplan replace replace X lt MAC gt cfg Configures the alternate string instead of what the user Description enters X ranges from 1 to 100 Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example di
272. g Numbers 139 Reference Documentations 1 Registration 43 Remote end 5 Remote party 5 Remote Phone Book 95 Remote user 5 Replace Rule 112 Resource Files 327 Dial now Template 328 Remote XML Phone Book 334 Replace Rule Template 327 Softkey Layout Template 329 Specifying the Access URL of Resource Files 336 Return Code When Refuse 230 Ring Tones 77 S Search Source List in Dialing 90 Searching for Contacts 89 Server Redundancy 256 SIP Server Domain Name Resolution 261 Session Timer 239 Setting Parameters in Configuration Files 356 SIP Account Configuration 125 Configuration for Peer to Peer P2P Calling 131 Configuration for Proxy Calling 125 SIP Session Timer 237 SNMP 313 Softkey Layout 226 Specifying the Language to Use 59 SRTP 302 Suppress DTMF Display 202 Symbols Used 3 T Terminology 4 Time amp Date 60 TLS 295 Tones 246 TR 069 Device Management 316 Transfer via DTMF 204 Troubleshooting 339 U Upgrading Firmware 309 Upgrade Firmware from the Provisioning Server 310 Upgrade via Web User Interface 309 Use Outbound Proxy in Dialog 235 User 5 User Password 70 Vv Verifying Start up 24 Viewing Log Files 319 Viewing the Phone Status 41 VLAN 268 Volume 77 Ww WatchDog 323 Web Server Type 224 Web User Interface 25 Admin Mode 26 User Mode 28 Z Zero Touch 323 5 MATRIX TELECOM SOLUTIONS MATRIX COMSEC Head Office 394 GIDC Makarpura Vadodara 390010 India Ph 91 26
273. g as asterisks when the parameter features dtmf hide is set to 1 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled features dtmf hide delay 0 enables or disables the phone to play a local DTMF tone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default features play local dtmf tone enable 1 configures the repetition times for sending the DTMF packets The default value isi 3s Ibp 22 ior 3 features dtmf repetition 3 enables or disables the phone to play a warning tone when there is a call on hold 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default features play hold tone enable 1 configures the interval in seconds for playing a hold warning tone The default value is 30 Integer from 3 to 3600 features play hold tone delay 30 enables or disables the phone to mute an active call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default features allow mute 1 configures the delay time in seconds before the phone automatically answers an incomingcall The default value is 1 Integer from Integer from 1 to 4 features auto_answer_delay 1 enables or disables headset prior 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled features headset prior 0 enables or disables the phone to send DTMF sequences for transfer function when pressing the transfer soft key or the TRAN key 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled features dtmf replace tran 0 configures DTMF sequences for transfer key function to be sent It consists of 0 9 A D and The default value is bla
274. gister Enabled Codec Label 3301 2 Advanced Display Name 3301 Register Name 3301 Q User Name 3301 2 Password eoccccce Q Enable Outbound Proxy Server Disabled Outbound Proxy Server Port 5060 Q Transport UDP gt NAT STUN gt STUN Server a Port 3478 SIP Server 1 e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 275 802 1X Authentication IEEE802 1X authentication is an IEEE standard for Port based Network Access Control PNAC part of the IEEE 802 1group of networking protocols It offers an authentication mechanism for devices to connect link to a LAN or WLAN The 802 1X authentication involves three parties a supplicant an authenticator and an authentication server The supplicant is the IP phone that wishes to attach to the LAN or WLAN With 802 1X port based authentication the IP phone provides credentials such as username and password for the authenticator and then the authenticator forwards the credentials to the authentication server for verification If the authentication server determines the credentials are valid the IP phone is allowed to access resources located on the protected side of the network IP phones support protocols EAP MD5 EAP TLS PEAP MSCHAPv2 and EAP TTLS EAP MSCHAPv2 for 802 1X authentication Procedure 802 1X authentication can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the 802 1Xauthentication Configuration File lt MAC
275. gradation in functionality 5 If the product is operated outside the product s specifications or used without designated protections 6 If the completely filled warranty cards have not been received by Matrix within 15 days of the installation In no event will Matrix be liable for any damages including lost profits lost business lost savings downtime or delay labor repair or material cost injury to person property or other incidental or consequential damages arising out of use of or inability to use such product even if Matrix has been advised of the possibility of such damages or losses or for any claim by any other party Except for the obligations specifically set forth in this Warranty Policy Statement in no event shall Matrix be liable for any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages whether based on contract or any other legal theory and where advised of the possibility of such damages Neither Matrix nor any of its channel partners makes any other warranty of any kind whether expressed or implied with respect to Matrix products Matrix and its distributors dealers or sub dealers specifically disclaim the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose This warranty is not transferable and applies only to the original user of the Product All legal course of action subjected to Vadodara Gujarat India jurisdiction only Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 507 508 Matrix
276. gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the 802 1X authentication Navigate to Web User Interface http lt phonelPAddress gt Local serviet p network adv amp q load Phone User Interface Configure the 802 1X authentication 276 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To configure the 802 1Xauthentication via web user interface e Click on Network gt Advanced n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account DSSKey Features Settings Dir LLDP Basic Ni Active Enabled M i PC Port Packet Interval 1 3600s 60 A Advancefl VLAN ng WAN Port Active Disabled gt VID 1 4094 1 s PRIORITY 0 v k A errara zm m e Inthe 802 1x block select the desired protocol from the 802 1x Mode list e If you select EAP MD5 e Enter the username for authentication in the Identity field e Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field 802 1x 802 1x Mode Identity EAP MDS p EAP TLS aa PEAP MSCHAPV2 f EAP TTLS EAP MSCHAPv2 CA Certificates i Upload Browser Device Certificates Upload SpantoPC Span to PC Port Disabled Registration Random 0 60s 0 cee e If you select EAP TLS Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 277 e Enter the username for authentication in the Identity field e Leave the MD5 Password field blank Inthe CA Certificates field click Browse to select the desired CA certificate pem
277. guration amp Soft Key Layout TRO69 are not included in the sample configuration file This Configuration file was generated from the Provisioner net Library by Sprovisioner processor info Please don t copy sample configuration file from user manual as the updated copy of the same file is available at Matrix FTP Please contact Matrix Technical Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 465 Support for details Generated on 01 10 2014 FE aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE ae aE AE AE aE aE a ae aa aaa aaa aaa EEHEHE Matrix SPARSH VP110 Auto Config Sample File FE AE FE E AE AE E FE FE AE E AE E FE FE FE FE AE AE E FE AE E AE FE AE AE E FE FE FE AE AE E FE FE TE AE AE E FE FE AE AE AE E FE FE AE AE AE AE AE FE AE AE AE AE FE FE AE FE AE AE E FE AE TE AE AE E AE AE TE AEAEE H EEEE Auto Provisioning FE AE AE AE AE AE E FE FE AE E AE E E FE AE E AE E E FE AE FE AE AE AE AE FE FE FE FE AE AE E FE FE TE AE AE E FE FE E E AE AE AE FE AE AE AE E FE FE AE AE AE AE E FE AE AE AE AE E FE AE TE AE AE E FE AE TE AEAEE F tat Configure the auto provision mode O Disabled 1 Power on default 4 Repeatedly 5 Weekly 6 Power on Repeatedly 7 Power on Weekly auto provision mode 1 The above parameter can be separately configured by following parameters also auto_provision power on 1 auto provision repeat enable 1 auto provision weekly enable 1 Enable or disable the Plug and
278. guration files or locally Configure anonymous call rejection Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure anonymous call rejection Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p account Local basic amp q load amp acc 0 Phone User Interface Configure anonymous call rejection To configure anonymous call rejection via web user interface e Click on Account gt Basic 188 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Select the desired value from the Anonymous Call Rejection list sa MATRIX PARSH VP11 gt sliisiiaiia Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Dir Register Proxy Require Q E Local Anonymous off gt e Send Anonymous Code Off Code Codec On Code Qe adj Advanced Off Code 2 pn Anonymous Call Rejection off z Q d On code c o na Off Code Q Missed Call Log Enabled Auto Answer Disabled Ring Type Common e Optional Enter the anonymous call rejection on code in the On Code field e Optional Enter the anonymous call rejection off code in the Off Code field e Click Confirm to save the change To configure anonymous call rejection via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Features gt Anonymous Call e Press or to scroll to the Rejection field Press or 0 or the Switch soft key to select Enable from the Rejection field
279. gure network parameters of the IP phone manually Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure network parameters of the IP phone manually Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt Local servlet p network amp q load Configure network parameters of the IP Phone User Interface phone manually To configure the IP address mode via web user interface e Click on Network gt Basic Select desired value from the Mode IPv4 IPv6 list n MATRIX P Vi SPARSH VP110 Status Account Features Settings Basic Internet Port Mode IPv4 IPv6 PC Port IPv4 Config Advanced woe 5 Static IP Addres IP Address 192 168 1 252 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 192 168 1 254 e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone 48 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To configure a static IPv4 address via web user interface e Click on Network gt Basic e In the IPv4 Config block click Static IP Address Enter the desired values in the IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Primary DNS and Secondary DNS fields n MATRIX aici Status Account DSSKey Features Settings Di Basic Internet Port Mode IPv4 IPv6 IPv4 gt PC Port IPv4 Config Advanced DHCP X Stat
280. gures th ntered number to be replaced String within 32 characters X ranges from 1 to 100 String within 32 characters dialplan replace prefix X configures the alternate number to replace th ntered number The default value is blank String within 32 characters dialplan replace replace X configures the dial now rule The default value is blank X ranges from 1 to 100 String within 511 characters dialplan dialnow rule 1 5xx configures the delay time in seconds for the dial now rule The default value is 0 Integer from 1 to 14 phone setting dialnow delay 0 configures the area code The default value is blank String within 16 characters dialplan area_code code 91 configures the minimum length of the number prefixed with the area code Th default value is 1 Integer from 1 to 15 dialplan area_code min len 5 configures the Maximum length of the number prefixed with the area code Th default value is 1 Integer from 1 to 15 The value must be larger than the minimum length dialplan area_code mac_len 8 configures the block out string The default value is blank String within 32 characters dialplan block out number 1 5532 dialplan block out number 2 5858 dialplan block out number 3 dialplan block out number 4 dialplan block out number 5 dialplan block out number 6 dialplan block out number 7 dialplan block out number 8 dialplan block out number 9
281. h Conferenced Split Answer Cancel Reject Mute Y CC soft key is not applicable to the IP phone and it has no functional importance You can remove it from the Auto Provisioning configuration also Procedure Softkey layout can be configured using the configuration files or locally Specify the access URL of the softkey layout template Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the softkey layout Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p settings softkey amp q load To configure softkey layout via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Softkey Layout e Select the desired value from the Custom Softkey list Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 227 e Select the desired state from the Call States list e Select the desired soft key from the Unselected Softkeys column and then click The selected soft key appears in the Selected Softkeys column e Repeat the above step to add more soft keys to the Selected Softkeys column e To remove the soft key from the Selected Softkeys column select the desired soft key and then click To adjust the display order of soft keys select the desired soft key and then click LJ or Wd The LCD screen displays the soft keys in the adjusted order n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Accou
282. hat they have some experience in installing SIP phones they are familiar with the VoIP technology and its functions and they have basic knowledge of the various technical terms associated with it They must be capable of configuring all the parameters of SPARSH VP110 and troubleshoot the phone in case it is malfunctioning End Users that is persons organizations who will actually use SPARSH VP 110 They include residential consumers personnel of small and medium businesses large enterprises other commercial and public organizations institutions It is assumed that the End Users have some previous experience in operating key phones or mobile phones End Users are not expected to configure the phone or program its features since they may not have the required technical understanding but they must be capable to operate the phone However it is anticipated that some of them may have to or want to configure the elementary settings of the phone and or program the features Therefore this document provides instructions on installation and configuration of the phone in a very simple and lucid manner Organization of this Document This document contains following chapters Introduction This chapter provides an overview of this document its purpose intended audience organization terms and conventions used to present information and instructions Know your SPARSH VP110 It describes the phone hardware components and software User Inte
283. he MD5 Password field e If you select EAP TLS 278 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Enter the username for authentication in the Identity field e Leave the MD5 Password field blank e If you select PEAP MSCHAPv2 e Enter the username for authentication in the Identity field e Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field e If you select EAP TTLS EAP MSCHAPv2 Enter the username for authentication in the Identity field e Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field e Click Save to save the change The IP phone reboots automatically to make the settings effective after a period of time Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 279 IPv6 Support IPv6 is the next generation network layer protocol designed as a replacement for the current IPv4 protocol IPv6 is developed by the Internet Engineering Task Force IETF to deal with the long anticipated problem of IPv4 address exhaustion IPv6 uses a 128 bit address consisting of eight groups of four hexadecimal digits separated by colons VoIP network based on IPv6 can ensure QoS a set of service requirements to deliver performance guarantee while transporting traffic over the network IPv6 Address Assignment Method Supported IPv6 address assignment methods e Manual Assignment An IPv6 address and other configuration parameters e g DNS server for the IP phone can be statically configured by an administrator e Stateless Addres
284. he anonymous call off code in the Off Code field e Click Confirm to save the change To configure anonymous call via phone user interface Press Menu gt Features gt Anonymous Call 186 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Press or C to select Enable from the Send Anonymous field 1 Send Anonymous e Optional Press 9 or 0 to select the desired value from the Anonymous Code field Optional Enter the anonymous call on code in the Call On Code field e Optional Enter the anonymous call off code in the Call Off Code field e Press the Save soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel To place an anonymous call e Using the specific line on the phone to place a call to phone B The LCD screen of phone B prompts an incoming call from anonymity lt lt amp gt gt anonymous Silence Reject Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 187 Anonymous Call Rejection You can use anonymous call rejection to reject incoming calls from anonymous callers Anonymous call rejection automatically rejects incoming calls from callers who deliberately block their identities and numbers from showing up The anonymous call rejection on code and anonymous call rejection off code configured on IP phones are used to activate deactivate the server side anonymous call rejection feature They may vary on different servers Procedure Anonymous Call rejection can be configured using the confi
285. he values as required You can copy the contents of the following sample configuration file and paste on a Word Processor for example Notepad which is available by default with Windows OS or third party tools like Notepad and edit the contents as per your requirements y You must copy the contents of the Sample Configuration file which is available in the Matrix s l public FTP server instead of the following file The following Sample Configuration File is provided just for your reference and copying contents from it may result in erroneous formatting due to limitations of PDF files and thus the configuration file may not work properly To obtain a copy of the latest Sample Configuration File available in the Matrix s public FTP server please contact Matrix Technical Support Sample Configuration File version 1 0 0 1 File header version 1 0 0 1 can not be edited or deleted and must be placed in the first line If you want to reset the configuration of a parameter set the value of the parameter to NULL or SNULL For example local _time ntp serverl SNULL After the auto provisioning process is completed the NTP server 1 will be reset to cn pool ntp org It is recommended that the Parameter with SNULL or NULL value should not be changed while Auto Provisioning It may affect the functionality HEHEHE HEHE HEE HHH HEPROVISIONER NETHHPPEE EEE E HEE E HHH Action URL DSS Keys Confi
286. hen select Add to Contacts from the prompt list _ Fll Calls 1 5 Detail Add to Contacts Add to Blacklist Enter the contact name e Press the Save soft key to save the change The entry is successfully saved to the local directory Adding Contacts from Remote Phone Book To add a contact to the local directory from remote phone book e Press Menu gt Dir gt Remote Phone Book If Remote Phone Book is added to the directory press Dir gt Remote Phone Book to enter remote phone book e Press or to select the desired contact e Press the Option soft key and then select Add to Contacts from the prompt list e Press the Save soft key to save the contact in the local directory If the contact has already existed in the local directory the LCD screen will prompt Overwrite the original contact Press the OK soft key to overwrite the original contact in local directory or the Cancel soft key to cancel For more information on remote phone book operating refer to Remote Phone Book Editing Contacts To edit a contact in the local directory e Press the Dir soft key The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory in the directory by default Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 87 1 All Contacts 2 Company 3 Family AddGrp Search Enter If Local Directory is removed from the directory press Menu gt Dir gt Local Directory to enter the lo
287. hone gt 8887654321 lt Telephone gt lt Telephone gt 8887654322 lt Telephone gt lt DirectoryEntry gt lt DirectoryEntry gt lt Name gt Billing lt Name gt lt Telephone gt 8881231231 lt Telephone gt lt DirectoryEntry gt lt SoftKeyltem gt lt Name gt lt Name gt lt SoftKeyltem gt lt SoftKeyltem gt lt Name gt lt Name gt lt SoftKeyltem gt Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 335 lt xxxlPPhoneDirectory gt Specifying the Access URL of Resource Files Access URL of the resource file can be configured using the configuration files Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure the access URL of the replace rule template For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure the access URL of the dial now rule template For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure the access URL of the softkey layout template For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure the access URL of the local contact file For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure the access URL of the remote XML phonebook For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters
288. iately dial out the pre configured hotline number when you lift the handset or press the speakerphone key Call Log Description If it is set to a value greater than 0 the IP phone will wait the specified seconds before dialing out the predefined hotline number when you lift the handset or press the speakerphone key Format Integer Default Value 4 Range 0 to 10 Example features hotline_delay 4 Parameter Configuration File features save_call_history lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to save call log If it is set to O Disabled the IP phone cannot log the Description placed calls received calls missed calls and the forwarded calls in the call log lists Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features save_call_history 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Missed Call Log Parameter Configuration File account X missed_calllog lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables missed call log feature for account xX If it is set to 0 Disabled there is no indicator displaying on the LCD screen the IP phone does not log the missed call in the Missed Calls list Description If it is set to 1 Enabled a prompt message lt number gt New Missed Call s along with an indicator icon is displayed on the IP phone idle screen when the IP phone misses calls Xis 1
289. ic IP Addres cop aozo cis I IP Address 192 168 1 252 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 192 168 1 254 Static DNS On Off Primary DNS 192 168 100 5 Secondary DNS e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone To configure the IP address mode via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings password 1234 gt Network gt WAN Port Press or to select IPv4 IPv6 or IPv4 amp IPv6 from the IP Mode field 1 IP Mode IPw4 amp IPw6 e Press the Save soft key to save the change Reboot the IP phone to apply the changes Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 49 To configure a static IPv4 address via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings password 1234 gt Network gt WAN Port and press the Enter soft key e Press to select IPv4 and press the Enter soft key e Press to select Static IP Client and press the Enter soft key Enter the desired values in the IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Pri DNS and Sec DNS fields tatic IP Client 1 IP Address 192 168 0 11 Save e Press the Save soft key to save the changes e Reboot the IP phone to apply the changes iW If you are using an XDSL modem for IPv4 network connection you can connect your phone to the Internet via PPPoE mode Set the WAN port as a PPPoE po
290. ic IP Addres IP Address IPv6 Prefix 0 128 64 Gateway IPv6 Static DNS On off Primary DNS Secondary DNS cence Select the desired address mode IPv6 or IPv4 amp IPv6 from the Mode IPv4 IPv6 list If you click Static IP Address configure the IPv6 address and other configuration parameters in the Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 281 e Optional If you click DHCP you can configure the static DNS address in the corresponding fields IPv6 Config Y DHCP Static IP Address IP Address IPv6Prefx 0 128 ja t lt CSw Gateway E E IPv6 Static DNS On off Primary DNS Secondary DNS Confirm Cancel e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone To configure IPv6 address assignment method via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings password 1234 gt Network gt WAN Port e Press Q or 0 to select IPv4 amp IPv6 or IPv6 from the IP Mode field e Press or to highlight IPv6 and press the Enter soft key e Press or to select the desired IPv6 address assignment method e If you select the Static IPv6 Client configure the IPv6 address and other network parameters in the corresponding fields e Press the Save soft key to save the change The IP phone reboots automatically to make settings effective after a period of time 282 M
291. ication Protocol Message Digest Algorithm 5 It only provides authentication of the EAP peer to the EAP server but not mutual authentication e EAP TLS Extensible Authentication Protocol Transport Layer Security It provides for mutual authentication integrity protected cipher suite negotiation between two endpoints e PEAP MSCHAPv2 Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol Microsoft Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol version 2 It provides for mutual authentication but does not require a client certificate on the IP phone e FAC Feature Access Code These special patterns of characters that are dialed from a phone keypad to invoke particular features e HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol It is used to request and transmit data on the World Wide Web e HTTPS Hypertext Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer It is a widely used communications protocol for secure communication over a network IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers It is a non profit professional association headquartered in New York City that is dedicated to advancing technological innovation and excellence e LAN Local Area Network It is used to interconnect network devices in a limited area such as a home school computer laboratory or office building e MIB Management Information Base It is a virtual database used for managing the entities in a communications network e OID Object Identifier It is assigned to an individua
292. ientes AES Key seeeeree Ring Zero iare Cessbies Tones Wait Time O 100s Softkey Layout Eaa Oe TROG9 Repestecty on Oa o Innerel Mintes 1440 vee gt on Gor Tm eo o co srcoy V moca Y ruescay Cayce Week 1 v Wecrescey v Turscey Vl seica v Searcey _ amoprousion Now i e Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the Phone Flash via phone user interface e Go to the Phone User Interface gt Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings gt Enter the Phone Ul password gt Auto Provision gt URL Username Optional Password Optional 34 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Auto Provision User Name Password Back 2aB Delete OK Downloading the Configuration Files Once obtaining a provisioning server address in one of the ways introduced above the phone will connect to the provisioning server and download configuration files During the auto provisioning process the phone will try to download the MAC Oriented CFG file related to it from the provisioning server If resource files need to be updated and the access URLs have been specified in configuration files the phone will then try to download and update the resource files Resolving and Updating Configurations After downloading the phone resolves the configuration files downloads the resource files requested in the configuration files and then updates the configurations and resource files to the phone
293. iguration File forward busy on_code lt MAC gt cfg Configures the busy forward on code to activate the Description P server side busy forward feature Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example forward busy on_code 74 Configuration File Parameter lt MAC gt cfg forward busy off_code Configures the busy forward off code to deactivate Description p the server side busy forward feature Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example forward busy off_code 75 No Answer Forward Parameter forward no_answer enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables no answer forward feature Description If it is set to 1 Enabled incoming calls are forwarded to the destination number after a period of ring time Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 402 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Example forward no_answer enable 1 Parameter forward no_answer target Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the destination number of the no answer Description p forward Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example forward no_answer target 3603 Parameter Configuration File forward no_answer timeout lt MAC gt cfg Configur
294. ile account X music_server_uri lt MAC gt cfg Configures the Music on Hold server address Examples for valid values lt 10 1 3 165 gt 10 1 3 165 sip moh sip com etc Description Xis 1 Note The DNS query in this parameter only supports A query Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 256 characters Example account 1 music_server_uri lt 10 1 3 165 gt Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 399 Call Forward Call Forward Mode Parameter features fwd_mode Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the call forward mode for the IP phone Description It must be set to 0 Phone so that call forward feature is effective for the IP phone Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 Phone Example features fwd_mode 0 Always Forward Parameter forward always enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables always forward feature Description If it is set to 1 Enabled incoming calls are forwarded to the destination number immediately Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example forward always enable 1 Parameter Configuration File forward always target lt MAC gt cfg Configures the destination number of the always Description F forward Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 character
295. ill try the fallback server until it either succeeds in making a call or exhausts all servers at which point the call will fail At the start of a call server availability is determined by SIP signaling failure SIP signaling failure depends on the SIP protocol being used as described below e If TCP is used then the signaling fails if the connection or the send fails e If UDP is used then the signaling fails if ICMP is detected or if the signal times out If the signaling has been attempted through all servers in the list and this is the last server then the signaling fails after the complete UDP time out defined in RFC 3261 If it is not the last server in the list the maximum number of retries depends on the configured retry count Procedure Server redundancy can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the transport type on the IP phone Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the transport type on the IP phone Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p account register amp q load amp acc 0 Local Web User Interface Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 263 LLDP LLDP Linker Layer Discovery Protocol is a vendor neutral Link Layer protocol which allows IP phones to receive and or transmit device related information from to directly connected devices on the network that are also u
296. ime list Select the desired time zone from the Time Zone list Enter the domain names or IP addresses in the Primary Server and Secondary Server fields respectively Enter the desired time interval in the Synchronism 15 86400s field Select the desired value from the Daylight Saving Time list If you select Enabled do one of the following Click DST By Date in Fixed Type Enter the start time in the Start Date field Enter the end time in the End Date field n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Preference Jime DAE DHCP Time Disabled gt Time amp Date Time Zone 5 30 India Calcutta v Upgrade NTP By DHCP Priority High z Auto Provision Primary Server cn pool ntp org Q Secondary Server cn pool ntp ort Configuration x poe as p Synchronism 15 86400s 1000 2 Dial Plan r Daylight Saving Time Enabled gt Voice Fixed Type Y DST By Date DST By Week Ring Start Date Month Day Hour End Date Month Day Hour Tones Offset minutes Q Softkey Layout Manual Time Disabled gt TR069 Time Format Hour 24 gt Date Format WWW DD MMM X Click DST By Week in Fixed Type Select the desired values from the lists of DST Start Month DST Start Day of Week DST Start Day of Week Last in Month DST Stop Month DST Stop Day of Week and DST Stop Day of Week Last in Month Enter the desired time in the Start Hour of Day field Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 63 To configure the time a
297. in ieee ae andes 507 Table of Contents iii iv Table of Contents CHAPTER 1 Introduction Welcome Thank you for choosing the Matrix SPARSH VP110 You have now entered the exciting world of Internet Telephony We hope you will make optimum use of this intelligent feature packed SIP based IP phone Please read this document carefully before installing and using the SPARSH VP110 About this User Guide This User Guide provides detailed information and instructions on installation and operation of Matrix SPARSH VP 110 Reference Documentations The following table shows reference documentations available for the SPARSH VP110 IP phone customizations Name Contents Where found Language Quick Installation Guide Basic setup of the phone In the package English Basic call features and phone User Card p In the package English You can download the SPARSH VP110 User Guide from the Matrix Website http www matrixtelesol com technical documents html Access the Matrix FTP to download the following e SPARSH VP110 User Guide e SPARSH VP110 Quick Installation Guide SPARSH VP110 User Card e SPARSH VP110 Firmware e SPARSH VP110 AES Encryption Tool e SPARSH VP110 Software Release Note Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Intended Audience This document is aimed at System Engineers and System Administrators who will install maintain and support SPARSH VP110 It is assumed t
298. in name is configured for a SIP server the IP address es associated with that domain name will be resolved through DNS as specified by RFC 3263 The DNS query involves NAPTR SRV and A queries which allows the IP phone to adapt to various deployment environments The IP phone performs NAPTR query for the NAPTR pointer and transport protocol UDP TCP and TLS the SRV query on the record returned from the NAPTR for the target domain name and the port number and the A query for the IP addresses If an explicit port except 0 is specified and the transport type is set to DNS NAPTR A query will be performed only If a SIP server port is set to 0 and the transport type is set to DNS NAPTR NAPTR and SRV queries will be tried before falling to A query If no port is found through the DNS query 5060 will be used The following details the procedures of DNS query for the IP phone to resolve the domain name for example matrix_ippbx com of working server into the IP address port and transport protocol NAPTR Naming Authority Pointer First the IP phone sends NAPTR query to get the NAPTR pointer and transport protocol Example of NAPTR records order pref flags service regexp replacement INNAPTR 90 50 s SIP D2T ii _sip _tcp matrix_ippbx com INNAPTR 100 50 s SIP D2U me _sip _udp matrix_ippbx com Parameters are explained in the following table Parameter Description Specify preferential treatment for the specific record The
299. ing voice tone busy voice tone congestion voice tone callwaiting voice tone dialrecall voice tone info voice tone stutter voice tone message voice tone autoanswer Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the tone for each condition tonelist element element element Where element Freq1 Freq2 Freq3 Freq4 Duration Freq the frequency of the tone ranges from 200 to 7000 Hz If it is set to O 0 Hz it means the tone is not played A tone is comprised of at most four different frequencies Description Duration the time duration in milliseconds ranges from 0 to 30000ms of the ring tone You can configure at most eight different tones for one condition and separate tones by commas e g 250 200 0 1000 200 300 500 600 700 800 1000 2000 The exclamation point can be added optionally which means these tones are only played once Note It works only if the parameter yoice tone country is set to Custom Format Refer to the introduction above Default Value Blank Range Not Applicable voice tone dial 800 200 1000 0 100 500 1200 Example 500 600 950 1500 5000 Remote Phone Book Parameter remote_phonebook data X url Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the remote XML Description phonebook X ranges from 1 to 5 Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters 41
300. ion Blind Transfer On Hook Enabled gt Semi Attend Transfer On Hook Enabled gt Audio Transfer on Conference Hang up Q Intercom Transfer Call Pickup Remote Control e Click Confirm to save the change 178 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Call Pickup You can use call pickup to answer someone else s incoming call on the phone The IP phone supports directed call pickup and group call pickup Directed call pickup is used for picking up a call that is ringing at a specific phone number Group call pickup is used for picking up a call that is ringing at any phone number in the group The pickup group should be predefined You can pickup an incoming call by using the DPickup GPickup soft key To use call pickup you need to configure the call pickup code before hand on a global basis via web user interface If there are many incoming calls at the same time pressing the GPickup soft key on the phone will pick up the call that rings first Directed Call Pickup Directed call pickup is used for picking up an incoming call on a specific extension A user can pick up the incoming call using a directed pickup key or the DPickup soft key This feature depends on support from a SIP server For many SIP servers directed call pickup requires a directed pickup code which can be configured on a phone It is recommended not to configure the directed call pickup key and the DPickup soft key simultaneously If you do the directed call pickup
301. ires header in the INVITE message The negotiated refresher will send a re INVITE UPDATE request at or before the negotiated session expiration Procedure Session timer can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure session timer For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Web User Interface Configure session timer Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p account adv amp q load amp acc 0 To configure session timer via web user interface e Click on Account gt Advanced sa MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Network Features Settings Register Keep Alive Type Default E Keep Alive Interval Seconds 30 Basic Ad Local SIP Port 5060 Q Thi ade Codec RPort Disabled Advanced SIP Session Timer T1 0 5 10s 0 5 Q SIP Session Timer T2 2 40s 4 SIP Session Timer T4 2 5 60s 5 Subscribe Period Seconds 1800 DIMF Tvpe REC2833 oa gt Select the desired value from the Session Timer list e Enter the desired time interval in the Session Expires 30 7200s field Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 239 Select the desired refresher from the Session Refresher list DTMF Type DTMF Info Type DTMF Payload Type 96 127 Retransmission Subscribe for MWI MWI Subscription Period Seconds Subscribe MWI To Voice Mail Voice Mail Caller ID Source Session Timer Session
302. irmware update Downloading the resource files In addition to configuration file s the IP phone may require resource files before it can deliver service These resource files are optional but if some particular features are being deployed these files are required The followings show examples of resource files e Ring tones e Contact files Verifying Start up After connected to the power and network the IP phone begins the initializing process by cycling through the following steps 1 The power indicator LED illuminates 2 The message Initializing please wait appears on the LCD screen when the IP phone starts up 3 The main LCD screen displays the following Time and date e Soft key labels 4 Press the ox key to check the IP phone status the LCD screen displays the valid IP address MAC address firmware version etc If the IP phone has successfully passed through these steps it starts up properly and is ready for use Reading Icons Icons associated with different features may appear on the LCD screen Refer Icon Instructions for details 24 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Configuration Methods IP phones can be configured automatically through configuration files stored on a central provisioning server manually via the phone user interface or the web user interface or by a combination of the automatic and manual methods The recommended method for configuring IP phones is autom
303. is composed of two layers TLS Record Protocol and TLS Handshake Protocol The TLS Record Protocol completes the actual data transmission and ensures the integrity and privacy of the data The TLS Handshake Protocol allows the server and client to authenticate each other and negotiate an encryption algorithm and cryptographic keys before data is exchanged The TLS protocol uses asymmetric encryption for authentication of key exchange symmetric encryption for confidentiality and message authentication codes for integrity e Symmetric encryption For symmetric encryption the encryption key and the corresponding decryption key can be told by each other In most cases the encryption key is the same as the decryption key e Asymmetric encryption For asymmetric encryption each user has a pair of cryptographic keys a public encryption key and a private decryption key The information encrypted by the public key can only be decrypted by the corresponding private key and vice versa Usually the receiver keeps its private key The public key is known by the sender so the sender sends the information encrypted by the known public key and then the receiver uses the private key to decrypt it IP phones support TLS version 1 0 A cipher suite is a named combination of authentication encryption and message authentication code MAC algorithms used to negotiate the security settings for a network connection using the TLS SSL network protocol IP phones
304. isabled v VID 1 4094 1 PRIORITY 0 bd DHCP VLAN Active Enabled v Option 132 Port Link e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone To configure VLAN for PC port via web user interface e Click on Network gt Advanced e Inthe VLAN block select the desired value from the PC Port Active list Enter the VLAN ID in the VID 1 4094 field Select the desired value 0 7 from the Priority list e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 269 Click OK to reboot the IP phone To configure DHCP VLAN discovery via web user interface Click on Network gt Advanced In the VLAN block select the desired value from the DHCP VLAN Active list Enter the desired option in the Option field The default option is 132 Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot Click OK to reboot the IP phone To configure VLAN for Internet port or PC port via phone user interface Press Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings password 1234 gt Network gt VLAN gt WAN Port or PC Port Press Qor or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the VLAN Status field Enter the VLAN ID 1 4094 in the VID Number field Enter the
305. ission Methods of the Internet Port and the PC Port c ccccccssscseeseteeeetenseeeessnseeeesenees 53 Configuring PC Port Mode 0 sssccccccsecceeeesceeceenseeeeseneeectsnaaeeesenaaeceseaaesenaeeeseaceceseseaseceseaeeessaseeseneeseseneeeeseaaes 55 Customizing Your Phone snae aanne aa daS Nanai SNE ANNANN E NAS PANNA NAANA NNA EANNAN AENEAS ANTAWA R EES ANRA NNAS NENNE 57 General Settings nen e O E a a A De get abet e a EE 57 AUCIOSOUMINGS P E E E sath SSS Senge cect ek daccagtt eadizadh sesesath aatagehcadesis 77 Contact Management a a e gna cbt ces E n a a E eaanees 80 Call History Management 22 cccccceccceeeeseeeeneeeeesenaeceteanecessseeeseeseaaeseaaeeeesaaeceseaaeeeesesaeeeesesaseetenseseseneneeeseaaes 99 SYSTEM CUSLOMIZALIONS oe x2 s4 8 chen 9 a Pe eae a Re aNG eee tanga els 105 SIP Account Configuration a ccccsscics ceceueeceteccencecte cecgvsncteetneessecees seuvscedenteeveneeds cpbeecteseeeuuanet epteevteeteeseeaeeedresties 125 Configuration for Proxy Calling c ccsccccceeceeeeseeeeseneceetenseneeeeseaaeeeesneeecaaeceseeeeeeseaaeeeseaeecestseasesenieeeesenineeeseaees 125 Configuration for Peer to Peer P2P Calling 1 ccccccecccceeeseeceeeneeeeteneeeeseneeeeeseaeeeetsaeeeeseaeeeteneeeeseneeeesenaes 131 Table of Contents i Accessing Basie Features iccc cf cccizscaceccexeesecscesacsccocegvazsqcet cgenasstodechaxsocesceazencescgeadscqceceenvscuaiersadssccesteaszeneeeees 135 Placing Calls E geste ede
306. iting On Code Call Waiting Off Code Auto Redial Auto Redial Interval 1 300s Auto Redial Times 1 300 Key As Send Select Enable from the IP Direct Auto Answer list Send Pound Key Fwd International Diversion History Info Allow Trans Exist Call Auto Logout Time 1 1000min Call Number Filter Use Logo Allow IP Call IP Direct Auto Answer Call List Show Number Voice Mail Tone DHCP Hostname Reboot In Talking Disabled X Enabled v Enabled v Enabled v 1000 System logo v Enable Enable Tz Disabled Enable X Matrix SPARSH VP110 Disabled v Click Confirm to save the change Settings 134 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide CHAPTER 7 Accessing Basic Features The SPARSH VP110 IP phone is designed to be easily used like a regular phone on a public switched telephone network PSTN You can place calls answer calls transfer a call to someone else or conduct a conference call This chapter provides basic operating instructions for the IP phone Topics include e Placing Calls e Answering Calls e Ending Calls e Redialing Numbers e Recent Call In Dialing e Auto Answer e Auto Redial e Call Completion e Call Return e Call Mute e Call Hold Resume Do Not Disturb DND e Call Forward e Call Transfer e Call Waiting e Conference e Call Pickup e Anonymous Call e Anonymous Call Rejection Placing Calls You can place a call in three ways usi
307. k Value String within 99 characters Example voice_mail number 1 1234 Parameter Configuration File account X subscribe_mwi_to_vm lt MAC gt cfg Description Enables or disables the IP phone to subscribe the message waiting indicator to the voice mail number for account X Xis 1 Note It works only if the parameters account X subscribe_mwi is set to 1 Enabled and yoice_mail number X is configured Format Boolean Default Value 0 Value Valid values are 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 421 Example account 1 subscribe_mwi_to_vm 0 Sending RTP Stream Parameter multicast codec Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures a multicast codec for the IP phone to Description use to send an RTP stream Format string Default Value G722 Valid values are e PCMU e PCMA e G729 Range e G722 e G723_53 e G723_63 e iLBC e G726 32 Example multicast codec G722 Receiving RTP Stream Parameter multicast receive_priority enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to handle the incoming multicast paging calls when there is an active multicast paging call on the IP phone Description _ i If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will answer the incoming multicast paging call with a higher priority and ignore th
308. kerphone 140 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide The LCD screen displays the placed calls list You can press or to select the desired entry and then place a call to the contact 1009 123 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 141 Auto Answer Auto answer allows IP phones to automatically answer an incoming call IP phones will not automatically answer the incoming call during a call even if auto answer is enabled Auto Answer delay defines a period of delay time before the IP phone automatically answers incoming calls Procedure Auto answer can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure auto answer For more information refer Appendix lt MAC gt cfg D Configuration Parameters Configuration File Specify a period of delay time for auto answer lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure auto answer Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p account basic amp q load amp acc 0 Specify a period of delay time for auto Web User Interface pecity a perl yti logal answer Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features general amp q load Phone User Interface Configure auto answer To configure auto answer via web user interface e Click on Account gt Basic 142 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Select the desired value from the Auto Answer
309. key will not be used correctly Procedure Directed call pickup can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure directed call pickup feature ona phone basis lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configuration File Assign a directed call pickup key lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 179 Assign a directed call pickup key Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p dsskey amp q load amp model 0 Local Web User Interface Configure directed call pickup feature ona phone basis Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features callpickup amp q load To configure a directed call pickup key via web user interface e Click on DSS Key gt Programmable Key Inthe desired DSS key field select Directed Pickup from the Type list e Enter the directed call pickup code followed by the specific extension in the Value field SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Features Settings Key Type Line Value Label Extension SoftKey 1 History v Local History v oy SoftKey 2 Directory v N A E Ooo Softkey 3 DND N A E A SoftKey 4 Menu vy N A a pT Up History v Local History v _ a en Down Directed Pickup N A Ip Left N A v N A n r e Right N A WA nn une E OK Status
310. l Pickup Key As Send 2 cae Reserve in User Name Enabled gt _ amantra Gnnteni Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 105 e Select Custom Logo from the Use Logo list Send Pound Key Disabled Fwd International Enabled Diversion History Info Enabled gt Allow Trans Exist Call Enabled y Auto Logout Time 1 1000min 1000 Q Call Number Filter Q Use Logo System logo r Qe Allow IP Call ame logo Q IP Direct Auto Answer Sete o Call List Show Number Disabled Voice Mail Tone Enable DHCP Hostname Matrix SPARSH VP110 Reboot In Talking Disabled gt e Click Browse to locate the logo file from your local system e Click Upload to upload the file e Click Confirm to save the change WW Logo customization is configurable via web user interface only Programmable Keys You can customize the soft keys navigation keys and function keys on the keypad The SPARSH VP110 IP phone supports 11 programmable keys To customize the programmable keys via web user interface e Click on DSSKey gt Programmable Key 106 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Customize specific features for these keys n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Features Settings Dir zE Programable Key Key HE Value Label Extension SoftKey 1 History LocalHistoy gt pe SoftKey2 Directory N A 7 Softkey 3 DND N A 2 a SoftKey4 Menu N A ae E Up History LoalHstoy a
311. l Web User Interface E http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p settings voice amp q load To configure CNG via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Voice e Select the desired value from the CNG list e Click Confirm to save the change Jitter Buffer Jitter buffer is a shared data area where voice packets can be collected stored and sent to the voice processor in even intervals Jitter is a term indicating variations in packet arrival time which can occur because of network congestion timing drift or route changes The jitter buffer located at the receiving end of the voice connection intentionally delays the arriving packets so that the end user experiences a clear connection with very little sound distortion IP phones support two types of jitter buffers fixed and adaptive A fixed jitter buffer adds the fixed delay to voice packets You can configure the delay time for the static jitter buffer on IP phones A adaptive jitter buffer is 292 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide capable of adapting the changes in the network s delay The range of the delay time for the dynamic jitter buffer added to packets can be also configured on IP phones Procedure Jitter buffer can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure the mode of jitter buffer and the delay time for jitter buffer For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parame
312. l from the blacklist will be rejected automatically To add a contact to the blacklist manually Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 93 e Press Menu gt Dir gt Blacklist e Press the Add soft key Enter the name and the office mobile or other numbers in the corresponding fields e Press the Add soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel To add a contact to the blacklist from local directory e Press the Dir soft key The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory in the directory by default 1 All Contacts 2 Company 3 Family Enter If Local Directory is removed from the directory press Menu gt Dir gt Local Directory to enter the local directory e Press or to select the desired contact e Press the Option soft key and then select Add to Blacklist from the prompt list The LCD screen prompts Move selected to blacklist Ailll Contacts 1 1 Move selected to blacklist TER Cancel e Press the OK soft key to confirm the setting For more operating instructions on editing deleting placing calls to and or searching for contacts in the blacklist refer to the operating instructions of Local Directory 94 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Remote Phone Book Remote phone book is a centrally maintained phone book stored on the remote server Users only need the access URL of the remote phone book The IP phon
313. l messages directly To send a text message via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Messages gt Text Message gt New Message e Compose the new text message You can press the abc soft key to change the input mode 216 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide ew Message e Press the Send soft key after completing the content Enter the number you want to send the message to in the To field e Press the Send soft key to send the message or the Back soft key to cancel W To assign a SMS soft key and a New SMS soft key on the Idle screen refer Programmable Keys To send a text message via web user interface e Click on Features gt SMS Enter the number you want to send the message to in the SMS target number field Compose the new text message in the SMS message field a MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Forward amp DND SMS target number 3355 E Hi Meeting 5 pm General Information Ini Audio SMS message 2 Intercom Transfer Call Pickup Remote Control Cong Phone Lock ACD SMS Action URL Power LED e Click Confirm to send the message Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 217 To reply a text message e Press Menu gt Messages gt Text Message gt Inbox e Select the desired message and press the Reply soft key Send e Compose the new text message You can press the abc soft key to change the input mode e Press the Send soft key after completing
314. l object within an MIB PnP Plug and Play It is a term used to describe the characteristic of a computer bus or device specification which facilitates the discovery of a hardware component in a system without the need for physical device configuration or user intervention in resolving resource conflicts ROM Read only Memory It is a class of storage medium used in computers and other electronic devices Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 353 RTP Real time Transport Protocol It provides end to end service for real time data TCP Transmission Control Protocol It is a transport layer protocol used by applications that require guaranteed delivery UDP User Datagram Protocol It is a protocol that offers non guaranteed datagram delivery URI Uniform Resource Identifier It is a compact sequence of characters that identifies an abstract or physical resource URL Uniform Resource Locator It specifies the address of an Internet resource VLAN Virtual LAN It is a group of hosts with a common set of requirements which communicate as if they were attached to the same broadcast domain regardless of their physical location VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol It is a family of technologies used for the delivery of voice communications and multimedia sessions over IP networks WLAN Wireless Local Area Network It is a type of local area network that uses high frequency radio waves rather than wires to communicate between
315. lay names of the directory lists are Local Directory History and Remote Phone Book When specifying the display priority of the directory list the valid values are 1 2 and 3 1 is the highest priority 3 is the lowest When enabling or disabling the desired directory list the valid values are 0 and 1 0 stands for Disabled 1 stands for Enabled Procedure Use the following procedures to customize a directory template Customizing a directory template Open the template file using an ASCII editor For each directory list that you want to configure edit the corresponding string in the file For example configure the local directory list edit the following strings lt item id_name localdirectory display_name Local Directory priority 1 enable 1 gt Where id_name specifies the existing directory list localdirectory for the local directory list Do not edit this field display_name specifies the display name of the directory list We recommend you do not edit this field priority specifies the display priority of the directory list enable enables or disables the directory list Specify the values within double quotes Place this file to the provisioning server The following shows an example of a directory template lt root_favorite_set gt lt item id_name localdirectory display_name Local Directory priority 1 enable 1 gt lt item id_name history display_name History priori
316. lay time in seconds for the phone to dial out the hotline number automatically The default value of delay time is 4 Integer from 0 to 10 features hotline delay 4 configures the duration time in seconds for the busy tone The default value is O03 Or 5 features busy tone delay 0 configures a return code and reason of SIP response messages when rejecting an incoming call 404 No Found 480 Temporarily not available 486 Busy here Default features normal refuse code 486 configures a return code and reason of SIP response messages when rejecting an incoming call by DND 404 No Found 480 Temporarily not available Default 486 Busy here 488 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide features dnd refuse code 480 enables or disables call completion feature 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled features call completion enable 0 configures the delay time in seconds for the dial now rule The default value is 0 Integer froml to 14 phone setting dialnow delay 0 enables or disables the phone to support RFC 2543 hold c 0 0 0 0 0 Disabled default 1 Enabled sip rfc2543_hold 0 enables or disables the phone to keep sending SIP requests to the outbound server in a dialog 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default It takes effect after a reboot sip use out bound in dialog 1 enables or disables the phone to deal with the 180 SIP message received after the 183 SIP message 0 Disabled 1
317. lays a warning tone when it receives an incoming intercom call In addition you can enable the phone to mute the microphone when it automatically answers an incoming intercom call You can also enable the phone to automatically answer an incoming intercom call while there is already an active call on the phone the active call is placed on hold The IP phone can process incoming calls differently depending on settings There are four configuration options for incoming intercom calls Intercom Feature Description Enable or disable the IP phone to automatically answer an Accept Intercom incoming intercom call Enable or disable the microphone on the IP phone for intercom Intercom Mute calls Enable or disable the IP phone to play a warning tone when it Intercom Tone a receives an incoming intercom call Warning Tone Enable or disable the IP phone to automatically answer an incoming intercom call while there is already an active call on Intercom Barge the phone Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 207 Procedure Incoming intercom calls can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure incoming intercom call feature For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Web User Interface Local Configure incoming intercom call feature Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features i
318. le features play_hold_tone enable lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to play a tone when Description P there is a hold call on the IP phone Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features play_hold_tone enable 1 Parameter Configuration File features play_hold_tone delay lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures the interval in seconds at which the IP phone plays a hold tone If it is set to 30 30s the IP phone will play a hold tone every 30 seconds when there is a hold call on the IP phone Note It works only if the parameter features play_hold_tone enable is set to 1 Enabled 398 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Format Integer Default Value 30 Range 3 to 3600 Example features play_hold_tone delay 30 Parameter Configuration File sip rfc2543_ hold lt MAC gt cfg Configures whether RFC 2543 c 0 0 0 0 outgoing hold signaling is used If it is set to O Disabled SDP media direction attributes such as a sendonly per RFC 3264 is used Descriptio when placing a call on hold If it is set to 1 Enabled SDP media connection address c 0 0 0 0 per RFC 2543 is used when placing a call on hold Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example sip rfc2543_hold 0 Parameter Configuration F
319. le of the RTP encryption algorithm carried in the SDP of the 200 OK message 302 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide m audio 11780 RTP SAVP 0 101 a rtpmap 0 PCMU 8000 a rtpmap 101 telephone event 8000 a crypto 1 AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_80 inline NGY40GViIMDYzZjQzYTNiOTNkKOWRiYzRIMjMOYzcz a sendrecv a ptime 20 a fmtp 101 0 15 When SRTP is enabled on both IP phones RTP streams will be encrypted and a lock icon appears on the LCD screen of each IP phone after successful negotiation WW If you enable SRTP then you should also enable TLS This ensures the security of SRTP encryption For more information on TLS refer TLS Procedure SRTP can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure SRTP feature Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure SRTP feature Navigate to Local Web User Interface http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p account adv amp q load amp acc 0 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 303 To configure SRTP feature via web user interface e Click on Account gt Advanced n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Network Features Settings Dir Keep Alive Type Keep Alive Interval Seconds Local SIP Port RPort SIP Session Timer T1 0 5 10s SIP Session Timer T2 2 40s SIP Session Timer T4 2 5 60s Subscribe Period Seconds DTMF Type
320. lect Keypad Lock from the Type list n MATRIX P VP11 SPARSE VETO Account Network Features Settings Key Type Line Value Label Extension Softkey 1 History Local History i Intercom a Softkey 2 prefix N A I Programable Key Local Group f eel j Softkey 3 ym Group N A XML Browser m n A x Softkey 4 tory N A 4 Menu A U Local Hist z P Forward i meld i Down DND N A Call Return z Left SMS N A f a w m N A Status EES OK Multicast Paging N A v Local Directory MUTE Hot Desking N A Zero Touch N A Directory Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 75 Click Confirm to save the change To configure the type of phone lock via phone user interface Press Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings password 1234 gt Keypad Lock Press Qor gt or the Switch soft key to select the desired type from the Keypad Lock field Press the Save soft key to save the change To change the unlock PIN via phone user interface Press Menu gt Settings gt Basic Settings gt Phone Unlock PIN Enter the current unlock PIN in the Current PIN field Enter the new unlock PIN in the New PIN field Enter the new unlock PIN again in the Confirm PIN field Press the Save soft key to save the change 76 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Audio Settings Audio Setting allows you to configure the f
321. lect the desired group and then press the Enter soft key e Press or to select the desired contact e Do one of the following If only one number of the contact is stored in the local directory press the Send soft key to dial out the number If multiple numbers of the contact are stored in the local directory press the Send soft key to display a list of numbers Press or to select the desired number Press the Send soft key to dial out the number Searching for Contacts To search for a contact in the local directory e Press the Dir soft key The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory in the directory by default 1 All Contacts 2 Company 3 Family Search Enter If Local Directory is removed from the directory press Menu gt Dir gt Local Directory to enter the local directory Press or to scroll to the All Contacts field e Press the Search soft key Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 89 Enter a few continuous characters of the contact name or number using the keypad The contacts whose name or number matches the characters entered will appear on the LCD screen You can dial from the result list Search Source List in Dialing You can search for a contact in your desired lists when the phone is in the dialing screen The lists may contain Local Directory History and Remote Phone Book The search source list can be configured
322. lem Why doesn t the phone ring Check that the ringer volume on the phone To adjust the ringer volume setting press the Volume key when the phone is idle For more information refer Volume Why can t I receive calls e Check the SIP registration e Check that DND Do Not Disturb feature is disabled on the phone Refer Do Not Disturb e Check that call forward is disabled on the phone Refer Call Forward e Check whether the caller number is stored in the blacklist Refer Blacklist Why is my handset not working Check that the handset cord is fully connected to both the handset jack on the phone and handset Refer Phone Installation Why is my headset not working e Check that the headset cord is fully connected to the headset jack on the phone Refer Phone Installation e Check that the headset mode is activated Refer Headset Mode Activation De activation e Check that the headset volume is adjusted to an appropriate level Refer Volume What is the difference between user name register name and display name Both user name and register name are defined by the server A user name is used to identify the account while a register name matched with a password is used for authentication if the server requires Display name is the caller ID that will be displayed on the callee s LCD screen Server configurations may override local configurations Why does the phone play a to
323. ler or an experience radio TV technician for help Pe hy gt WEEE Warning To avoid the potential effects on the environment and human health as a result of the presence of hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment end users of electrical and electronic equipment should understand the meaning of the crossed out wheeled bin symbol Do not dispose of WEEE as unsorted municipal waste and have to collect such WEEE separately Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 505 GNU GPL Information Matrix SPARSH VP110 is manufactured by YEALINK NETWORK TECHNOLOGY CO LTD China The firmware of this phone contains third party software under the GNU General Public License GPL Yealink uses software under the specific terms of the GPL Please refer to the GPL for the exact terms and conditions of the license The original GPL license source code of components licensed under GPL and used in Yealink products can be downloaded online http www yealink com GPLOpenSource aspx BaselnfoCateld 2938 amp NewsCateld 2938 amp Cateld 293 506 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Warranty Statement Matrix warrants that its products will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of twelve 12 months from the date of installation Matrix warranties the replacement or repair of any product or component s found to be defective during the applicable period and return the same or grant a reimb
324. ll prompt you to configure SIP account information using the logon wizard via phone user interface during the startup To use the logon wizard the SIP account configuration must be kept blank This feature is similar to Hot Desking but pops up automatically on the phone user interface by default when the phone reboots 194 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Calling Line Identification Presentation CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation CLIP allows IP phones to display the caller identity derived from a SIP header contained in the INVITE message when receiving an incoming call IP phones support deriving caller identity from three types of SIP header From P Asserted Identity and Remote Party ID Identity presentation is based on the identity in the relevant SIP header If the caller has existed in the local directory the local contact name assigned to the caller should be preferentially displayed and stored in the call log You may also refer Connected Line Identification Presentation COLP Procedure CLIP can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the presentation of the caller identity Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the presentation of the caller identity Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p account adv amp q load amp acc 0 Local Web User Interface
325. lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p features general amp q load Web User Interface ae Configure call waiting tone Local Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p features audio amp q load Configure call waiting and call waiting Phone User Interface tone To configure call waiting via web user interface Click on Features gt General Information e Select the desired value from the Call Waiting list e Optional Enter the call waiting on code in the Call Waiting On Code field 172 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Optional Enter the call waiting off code in the Call Waiting Off Code field SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Forward amp DND General Information Call Waiting General Information Call Waiting On Code Call Waiting Off Code Audio Auto Redial Intercom Auto Redial Interval 1 300s Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 Call Pickup Key As Send Reserve in User Name Remote Control Hotline Number Phone Lock Hotline Delay 0 10s ACD Busy Tone Delay Seconds e Click Confirm to save the change To configure call waiting tone via web user interface e Click on Features gt Audio e Select the desired value from the Call Waiting Tone list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 DSSKey Enabled N Disabled 10 Qe 10 7 Enabled i 4 0 7 me Settings Dir NC 53 Account Network Settings Dire Forwa
326. lticastIP Setting Search Source List In Dialing Disabled Enabled Remote Phone Boo Local Directory Histol EJ E e Click Confirm to save the change Y Search source list in dialing is configurable via web user interface only To search for a contact in the enabled search source lists e Pickup the handset or press the speakerphone e Enter a few continuous characters of the contact name or number using the keypad The contacts in the enabled search source lists whose name or number matches the characters entered will appear on the LCD screen You can press or to select the desired contact and then place a call to the contact Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 91 Importing Exporting Contact Lists You can manage your phone s local directory via phone user interface or web user interface But you can only import or export the contact list via web user interface To import an XML file of contact list via web user interface e Click on Directory gt Local Directory e Click Browse to locate a contact list file file format must be xml from your local system SPARSH VP110 Status Account Local Directory 1 Alice 23353562 9898989863 All Contacts Remote Phone 2 Bob 25623658 8787545874 23356598 All Contacts Book 3 DKP Test 3019 All Contacts 4 Jd 2001 New1 Phone Call Info 5 John Doe 2001 All Contacts MulticastIP 6 Parikshit 2335352895 All Contacts E Ti
327. mablekey X line Note This is applicable to Local Group only so it is applicable when programablekey X type 45 only Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the desired line to apply the key feature For the programmable key x ranges from 1 to 14 For IP phones x 1 9 13 14 Description When assigning the following features you do not need to configure this parameter e Local Group Format Integer Default Value 1 Valid values are 1 All Contacts Range 2 Company 3 Family 4 Friends Example programablekey X line 2 Parameter Configuration File programablekey X value lt MAC gt cfg Configures the value for some key features Description For the programmable key x ranges from 1 to 14 For IP phones x 1 9 13 14 Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 99 characters When you assign the Speed Dial to the memory key this parameter is used to specify the number you want Example to dial out programablekey 7 value 565 Intercom Key Parameter Configuration File programablekey X type lt MAC gt cfg Configures a DSS key as an intercom key Description The digit 14 stands for the key type Intercom Format Integer Value 14 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 463 Example programablekey 1 type 14 Parameter programablekey X value Configuration File lt MAC gt c
328. mergency services number that allows a caller to contact local emergency services for assistance when necessary The emergency telephone number may differ from country to country It is typically a three digit number so that it can be easily remembered and dialed quickly Some countries have different emergency numbers for different emergency services You can specify the emergency telephone number on the IP phone for contacting the emergency services in an emergency situation iW Contact your local phone service provider for available emergency numbers in your area To specify emergency numbers via web user interface e Click on Features gt Phone Lock Enter the emergency number in the Emergency field For multiple numbers enter a comma between every two emergency numbers There may be default emergency numbers configured in the IP phone MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Dir Forward amp DND Keypad Lock Type Disabled a Phone Unlock PIN O 15 Digit eoccccee General Information Phone Lock Time Out 0 3600s 0 0000 Emergency 112 911 11 Audio N Intercom Transfer Call Pickup Remote Control Phone Lock ACD aS e Click Confirm to save the change 120 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Y Emergency number is configurable via web user interface only Live Dialpad You can enable live dialpad on your phone which enables it to automatically dial out the phone numbe
329. mes 1 300 Call Pickup Key As Sena Reserve in User Name Remote Control Hotline Number Phone Lock Hotline Delay 0 10s ACD Busy Tone Delay Seconds e Click Confirm to save the change DSSKey Settings Direc NOT Enabled gt Call This 3 phon 7 calls Disabled a 10 9 Selec 10 a bo vao Disabled ieg 2 i 27 0 Y To configure a send sound and key tone via web user interface e Click on Features gt Audio Select the desired value from the Key Tone list e Select the desired value from the Send Sound list a MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Forward amp DND g Call Waiting Tone General Information Key Tone z Send Sound Audio ReDial Tone Hsi Ringer Device for Headset um fal Dichs D e Click Confirm to save the change Settings Dire NO Enabled X Enabled 0 The ad Enabled ly Disabled 1 Use Speaker gt Cancel 72 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To configure send key via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Features gt Key as Send e Press gt or O or the Switch soft key to select or from the Key as Send field or select Disable to disable this feature e Press the Save soft key to save the change Keypad Lock Phone lock is used to lock the IP phone to prevent it from unauthorized use Once the IP phone is locked a user must enter the password to unlock it IP phones offer three types of phone lock
330. message to obtain the Provisioning Server details during startup To use Plug and Play make sure this feature is enabled To enable PnP via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Auto Provision e Select the On check box in the PNP Active field Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 31 Log Out n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Directory Security Auto Provision DHC Option Value mrss O 2 Server URL Mepy 192 168 153 98 Configuration User Neme Dial Plan Pezsworc eeseseee Ring MAC Orientes AES Key eerereee Zero Active Cessbies Tones Wait Time O 100s s Softkey Layout eas os nO TR069 Repestecty on o Irenek Mases 1440 Weelty on oe Qe Tim 00 00 00 0 Fl sany V moncer W ruescsy Deyorweex Tys T mersesy T srca serres o e Click Confirm to accept the change Any PnP server activated in the network responses with a SIP NOTIFY message and the Address of the Provisioning server as well as the Authentication Username and Password if configured is contained in the message body Then the phone can connect to the Provisioning Server and perform the auto provisioning process DHCP Options SPARSH VP110 IP phones support obtaining the Provisioning Server details from DHCP options You can configure the phone to obtain the Provisioning Server Address from a custom DHCP option or the phone will automatically d
331. mic Host Configuration Protocol The IP phone is capable of querying a DHCP server DHCP is enabled on the IP phone by default The phone attempts to contact a DHCP server in your network to obtain valid IPv4 and IPv6 network settings for example IP address subnet mask default gateway address and DNS address by default e Basic network pre configuration may be required to use the IP phone using DHCP For more details refer DHCP e You need to configure network parameters of the IP phone manually if any of them is not supplied by the DHCP server For more information on configuring network parameters manually refer Configuring Network Parameters Manually Contacting the provisioning server If the IP phone is configured to obtain configurations from the provisioning server it will connect to the provisioning server and download the configuration file s during startup The IP phone will be able to resolve and update configurations written in the configuration file s If the IP phone does not obtain configurations from the provisioning server the IP phone will use configurations stored in the flash memory Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 23 Updating firmware If the access URL of firmware is defined in the configuration file the IP phone will download firmware from the provisioning server If the MD5 value of the downloaded firmware file differs from that of the image stored in the flash memory the IP phone will perform a f
332. mp 4 Down N A N A ii nl Left N A N A gt ee ee cae es Right N A N A JIA T a aaa i OK Status N A JAI T a es D MUTE N A v N A Ss is th TRAN N A N A a b ee omen e Optional Enter a string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field Label is configurable only when customizing four soft keys e Click Confirm to save the change You can click Reset to default to reset custom settings to defaults Y Programmable keys are configurable via web user interface only Commonly used programmable key features are explained in the following sub chapters in detail e Speed Dial e Directed Pickup e Group Pickup e Prefix e Local Directory e Local Group e XML Directory e XML Group 1 Programmable Keys are subject to change depending on various reasons For more information contact your vendor re seller Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 107 e XML Browser e SMS e New SMS e Zero Touch e Keypad Lock e Intercom e Multicast Paging Speed Dial You can use this key feature to speed up dialing numbers often used or hard to remember Dependencies Type Speed Dial Value the number you want to dial out Usage Press the programmable key to dial out the number specified in the Value field Directed Pickup You can use this key feature to answer someone else s incoming call on the phone Dependencies Type Directed Pickup Value the directed
333. mware e Ensure that the target firmware is applicable to the IP phone model Ensure that the current or the target firmware is not protected e Ensure that the power is on and the network is available in the process of upgrading e Ensure that the web browser is not closed or refreshed when upgrading firmware via web user interface Why do I get poor sound quality during a call If you have poor sound quality acoustics like intermittent voice low volume echo or other noises the possible reasons could be e Users are seated too far out of recommended microphone range and sound faint or are seated too close to sensitive microphones and cause echo Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 343 e Intermittent voice is mainly caused by packet loss due to network congestion and jitter due to message recombination of transmission or receiving equipment e g time out handling retransmission mechanism buffer under run e Noisy equipment such as a computer or a fan may cause voice interference Turn off any noisy equipment e Line issues can also cause this problem disconnect the call and redial What is the difference between a remote phone book and a local phone book A remote phone book is placed on a server while a local phone book is placed on the IP phone flash A remote phone book can be used by everyone that can access the server while a local phone book can only be used by a specific phone A remote phone book is always
334. mware from your local system e Click Upgrade to upgrade the firmware The web user interface prompts Firmware of the SIP Phone will be updated It will take 5 minutes to complete Please don t power off e Click OK to confirm upgrading How to reset the phone to factory default settings using phone user interface Reset the phone when other troubleshooting suggestions do not correct the problem You need to note that all customized settings will be overwritten after resetting We recommend asking your vendor for advice before resetting the phone To reset the phone via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings password 1234 e Press or to scroll to Reset to Factory and then press the Enter soft key Or 342 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Press the ox key for more than 7 seconds The LCD screen prompts Reset to Factory e Press the OK soft key The LCD screen prompts Resetting Please Wait Resetting Please Wait The LCD screen prompts Welcome Initializing please wait Welcome Initializing please wait The phone will be reset to factory successfully after startup WW Resetting of your phone may take a few minutes Do not power off until the phone starts up successfully Why doesn t the IP phone upgrade firmware successfully Do one of the following Ensure that the target firmware is not the same as the current fir
335. n t need to connect the phone to the power adapter Make sure the switch hub is PoE compliant The phone can also share the network with another network device such as a PC personal computer It is an optional connection x Do not unplug or remove power while the phone is updating firmware and configurations 22 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Phone Initialization The initialization process of the IP phone is responsible for network connectivity and operation of the IP phone in your local network Once you connect your IP phone to the network and to an electrical supply the IP phone begins its initialization process During the initialization process the following events take place Automatic Phone Initialization The phone finishes the initialization by loading the saved configuration The LCD screen displays Initializing please wait during this process In the background the IP phone executes the following steps Loading the ROM file The ROM file resides in the flash memory of the IP phone The IP phone comes from the factory with a ROM file pre loaded During initialization the IP phone runs a bootstrap loader that loads and executes the ROM file Configuring the VLAN If the IP phone is connected to a switch the switch notifies the IP phone of the VLAN information defined on the switch if using LLDP The IP phone can then proceed with the DHCP request for its network settings if using DHCP DHCP Dyna
336. n 511 characters super_search url http 192 168 1 20 Example super_search xml Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 457 Access URL of Local Contact File Parameter Configuration File local_contact data url lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures the access URL of the local contact file Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters local_contact data url http 192 168 10 25 Example contact xml Access URL of Remote XML Phone Book Parameter Configuration File remote_phonebook data X url lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the remote XML Description phonebook X ranges from 1 to 5 Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters remote_phonebook data 1 url http Example 192 168 1 20 phonebook xml 458 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Troubleshooting Log Settings Parameter Configuration File syslog mode lt MAC gt cfg Configures the syslog mode Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 0 0 Local Range 1 Server Example syslog mode 1 Parameter Configuration File syslog server lt MAC gt cfg Configures the IP address or domain name of the syslog server where to export the log files Note It works only if the parameter syslog mode
337. n eRe A e ek oe ee 332 Local Contact File sess asses dos Arias a thse gee Syd es Sie ale ae Sie ar aa Sees Aud ebay eee 333 Remote XML PHONG BOOK sssrinin boy ariaa Wuacte sete peed en Yaa cubes T i oe Tapa TA aa 334 Specifying the Access URL of Resource Files 2 ccccccccceeeeseeeeteneeeeseseneeteseecesenaeestscnaeeessnseeeesesseeetsenseeenens 336 TROUDIOSNOOtIING aaia naaa REE NANTE NEENA ERNEA AEEA sav iccedeeestutaiet evveauaadewevsncedeeeesusenersen 339 PPD ONIX E E E E T A A A T 347 Physical Features of IP PRONES 00 23 setenv bos HAA ath oa Hi beet eR en a Ne eee 347 Technical Speciications 2 2 ek eh ets nA heigl On eh ek oni Rights 347 ADPGNOIx A THM ZONO son tuio ann pets pe a ee aa a aa Teea dead eed aT peat el aae ease teats eee 351 Appendix B GlossSary re e ete ae a a ed eee Dn ees 353 Appendix C Trusted Certificates tsss aaas ae a N e RSA E e Pa a ai 355 Appendix D Configuration Parameters 21 ccccccccccccecseceenseeeteeneeeeteneeeeesenaeeeteaeeeeseaaeeceseaaeeeseneeeesaeeetsenseeetens 356 Appendix E Sample Configuration File ccccccccccccsccccsenseceeenneeceteneeceseneeeeesenseseseaaesesseaseseseneeeesaeeeesensseeneas 465 Appendix F ACrONYMS icon 3 crete tines aa ae a fiat ache aa aaa e a N 503 Declaration of Gontormity srren e HAR e a a enh e a anaE 505 GNU GPE I formation s seeks eis ces cass Sacre a a a en isi a Betis eter 506 Warranty Statement 22 3 fe 2 siete tia ole deer Aci te Aa anh e
338. n schedule dayofweek 0 Configure the URL of the auto provisioning server Where TFTP server with the MAC cfg file is configured amp alive auto provision server url 192 168 153 27 Configure the username and password for downloading As per the credentials of the TFTP server for the MAC cfg file auto provision server username Matrix auto provision server password 1234 Enable or disable DHCP option mode O0 Disabled 1 Enabled default HE Default DHCP option 66 For TFTP server auto provision dhcp option enable 1 Configure the value manufacturer of the device of DHCP option 60 auto provision dhcp option option60 value Matrix SPARSH VP110 Configure the custom DHCP option number It ranges from 128 to 254 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 467 mw uto provision dhcp option list_user options NULL Enables or Disable to use the AES key for the Auto Provision 0 default or 1 auto provision aes key in file 0 Configure AES key 16 characters for decrypting the MAC Oriented CFG file auto provision aes key 16 mac Configure the mode of downloading configuration files for the phone The valu is O default or 1 auto provision update file mode 0 enables or disables zero touch for the phone to perform provisioning during startup 0 default or 1 zero touch enable 0 configures the duration time in seconds of the phone displaying the zer
339. n the following e lt DialNow gt indicates the start of a template and lt DialNow gt indicates the end of a template e Create dial now rules between lt DialNow gt and lt DialNow gt At most 100 rules can be added to the IP phone e The expression syntax in the dial now rule template is the same as that introduced in the section Dial Plan Procedure Use the following procedures to customize a dial now template 328 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To customize a dial now template e Open the template file using an ASCII editor e Add the following string to the template each starting on a separate line lt Data DialNowRule LinelD gt Where DialNowRule specifies the dial now rule LinelD specifies the desired line s for this rule When you leave it blank or enter 0 this dial now rule will apply to all lines e Specify the values within double quotes e Place this file to the provisioning server The following shows an example of a dial now template lt DialNow gt lt Data DialNowRule 1234 LinelD 0 gt lt Data DialNowRule 52 0 6 LinelID 0 gt lt Data DialNowRule xxxxxx LinelD gt lt DialNow gt Softkey Layout Template The softkey layout template allows you to customize soft key layout for different call states The call states include CallFailed Callln Connecting Dialing RingBack and Talking After setup place the templates to the provisioning ser
340. n xml Parameter Configuration File custom_softkey_connecting url lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the custom file for the Description softkey presented on the LCD screen when in the Connecting state Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters The following example uses HTTP to download the Connecting state file from the XMLfiles directory on provisioning server 10 2 8 16 using Example 8080 port custom_softkey_connecting url http 10 2 8 16 8080 XMLfiles Connecting xml Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 455 Parameter custom_softkey_dialing url Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the custom file for the Description softkey presented on the LCD screen when in the Dialing state Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters The following example uses HTTP to download the Dialing state file from the XMLfiles directory on provisioning server 10 2 8 16 using Example 8080 port custom_softkey_dialing url http 10 2 8 16 8080 XMLfiles Dialing xml Parameter Configuration File custom_softkey_ring_back url lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the custom file for the Description softkey presented on the LCD screen when in the RingBack state Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters
341. ncluding firmware upgrade instructions SNMP TR 069 and advanced maintenance instructions e Resource Files It provides detailed information about typical resource files that can be downloaded by the IP phones and how to configure the templates e Troubleshooting This chapter provides details regarding troubleshooting instructions of your phone e Regulatory Notices It provides detailed information about regulatory notices e Appendix It describes the physical features of the IP phone Time Zones list Glossary Trusted Certificates Configuration Parameters the sample Configuration files and other information including the product disclaimers How to Read this User Guide This document is organized in a manner to help you get familiar with the phone learn how to install it connect it to the network and start making and receiving calls use basic features and move on to more advanced configuration and operation of the phone all in the order of complexity You are advised to read it in the sequence it is organized Instructions The instructions in this document are written in bulleted lists in a step by step format Cross references are provided in blue font with hyperlinks to the headings For example you can refer to the relevant topic easily by clicking the text in blue font on the electronic copy of this document Symbols Used Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 3 The following symbols have been used for notices to
342. nctions into a common framework TR 069 uses common transport mechanisms HTTP and HTTPS for communication between CPE and ACS Auto Configuration Servers The HTTP S messages contain XML RPC methods defined in the standard for configuration and management of the CPE TR 069 is intended to support a variety of functionalities to manage a collection of CPEs including the following primary capabilities e Auto configuration and dynamic service provisioning Software or firmware image management e Status and performance monitoring e Diagnostics The following table provides a description of RPC methods supported by IP phones RPC Method Description This method is used to discover the set of methods supported by the GetRPCMethods CPE This method is used to modify the value of one or more CPE SetParameterValues parameters This method is used to obtain the value of one or more CPE GetParameterValues parameters This method is used to discover the parameters accessible on a particular CPE This method is used to read the attributes associated with one or more CPE parameters This method is used to modify attributes associated with one or more CPE parameters Reboot This method causes the CPE to reboot This method is used to cause the CPE to download a specified file from the designated location GetParameterNames GetParameterAttributes SetParameterAttributes Download File types supported
343. nd date manually via web user interface Enter the desired time in the End Hour of Day field Synchronism 15 86400s Daylight Saving Time Fixed Type DST Start Month DST Start Day of Week DST Start Day of Week Last in Month Start Hour of Day DST Stop Month DST Stop Day of Week DST Stop Day of Week Last in Month End Hour of Day Offset minutes Manual Time Time Format Date Format 1000 Enabled DST By Date PST By Week January Sunday First In Month January Sunday First In Month Disabled Hour 24 WWW DD MMM v Y Enter the desired offset time in the Offset minutes field Click Confirm to save the change Click on Settings gt Time amp Date Select Enabled from the Manual Time list 64 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Enter the time and date in the corresponding fields n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Pref Time amp Date ee g DHCP Time Disabled gt Time amp Date Time Zone 5 30 India Calcutta bi Q Upgrade NTP By DHCP Priority High Auto Provision Primary Server cn pool ntp org Q Secondary Server cn pool ntp or E Configuration gi int z Synchronism 15 86400s 1000 Q Dial Plan Daylight Saving Time Automatic Voice Fixed Type DST By Date DSTByWeek Ring Start Date Month Day Hour End Date Month Day Hour Offset minutes Q SRL Manual Time Disabled k Disabled TR069 Time Format o T
344. ne Topics include e General Settings e Audio Settings e Contact Management e Call History Management e System Customizations General Settings Contrast Contrast determines the readability of the texts displayed on the LCD screen Adjusting the contrast to a comfortable level can optimize the screen viewing experience When configured properly contrast allows users to read the LCD s display with minimal eyestrain Procedure Contrast can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the contrast of the LCD screen Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the contrast of the LCD screen Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servilet p settings preference amp q load Local Configure the contrast of the LCD Phone User Interface screen Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 57 To configure contrast via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Preference e Select the desired value from the Contrast list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Preference Language English Angielski E Live Dialpad Enabled Time amp Date prd Inter Digit Time 1 14s TH ad Upgrade Contrast Auto Provision WatchDog Ring Type Configuration oy Upload Ringtone Dial Plan Voice l e Click Confirm to save the change To
345. ne Book Select Enabled from the Search Remote Phone book Name list Enter the refresh period of corporate directory in the Search Flash Time Seconds field The default value is 21600 seconds Click Confirm to save the change 98 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Call History Management Call Log Call log contains call information such as remote party identification time and date and call duration It can be used to redial previous outgoing calls return incoming calls and save contact information from call log lists to the contact directory IP phones maintain a local call log Call log consists of four lists Placed Calls Received Calls Missed Calls and Forwarded Calls Call log lists support 100 entries in all To store call information you must enable save call log feature in advance WW For specifically Missed Calls you must separately configure an option from the web interface Refer l Missed Call Log Procedure Call log can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure call log feature Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure call log feature Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt eral serviet p features general amp q load Phone User Interface Configure the call log To configure call log feature via web user interface e Click on Features gt G
346. ne lock feature is disabled Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are 0 Disabled Range 1 Menu Key 2 Function Keys 3 All Keys Example phone_setting lock 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 369 Parameter phone_setting phone_lock unlock_pi n Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures a new unlock PIN Once the IP phone is Description locked you can use the default password 123 to unlock it Format numeric characters Default Value 123 Range characters within 15 digits Example phone_setting phone_lock unlock_pin 123 Parameter Configuration File phone_setting phone_lock lock_time _out lt MAC gt cfg Configures the IP phone to automatically lock the keypad after a delay time in seconds If it is set to O Os the keypad will not be locked Description automatically In this case you need to long press the pound key to lock the keypad Note This parameter works only if the IP phone lock type is preset Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 to 3600 Example phone_setting phone_lock lock_time_out 8 Time and Date Parameter local_time manual_time_enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the phone to obtain time from NTP server or Description f manual settings Format Integer Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Manual 1 NTP Example local_time manual_time_enable
347. ne when there is a call on hold How to disable it When there is a call on hold the phone will play a hold tone every 30 seconds Play hold tone is enabled by default Play hold tone and play hold tone delay are configurable via web user interface only 340 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To configure play hold tone and play hold tone delay via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information e Select the desired value from the Play Hold Tone list e Enter the desired time in seconds in the Play Hold Tone Delay field e Click Confirm to save the change Why can t send a SMS to any other phone SMS depends on support from a SIP server Contact your ITSP for more information How to change the user password To change the user password via web user interface e Click on Security gt Password e Select user from the User Type list Enter the new user password in the New Password field and Confirm Password field e Click Confirm to save the change WW flogging into the web user interface of the phone with the user credential you need to enter the current user password in the Old Password field e User password is configurable via web user interface only How to make a call using SRTP You can enable SRTP to encrypt the audio stream s of phone calls The parties participating in the call should enable SRTP To enable SRTP via web user interface refer SRTP How to reboot the phone To reboot
348. nfiguration Methods Priority RTPmap Configuration Files PCMU 1 0 Web User Interface Configuration Files PCMA 2 8 Web User Interface Configuration Files G729 3 18 Web User Interface Configuration Files G722 4 9 Web User Interface Configuration Files G723_53 0 4 Web User Interface Configuration Files G723_63 0 4 Web User Interface 286 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Configuration Files G726 32 0 102 Web User Interface Configuration Files iLBC 0 106 Web User Interface Packetization Time Ptime Packetization Time is a measurement of the duration in milliseconds of the audio data in each RTP packet sent to the destination and defines how much network bandwidth is used for the RTP stream transfer Before establishing a conversation codec and ptime are negotiated through SIP signaling The valid values of ptime range from 10 to 60 in increments of 10 milliseconds The default ptime is 20ms You can also disable the ptime negotiation Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Configure the codecs to use Configure the priority and rtpmap for the enabled codec For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Parameters Configure the ptime For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the codecs to use and adjust the priorit
349. nfigures the HTTP port used to access the web user interface of the IP phone Description The default HTTP port is 80 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 80 Range 1 to 65535 Example network port http 80 Parameter Configuration File wui https_enable lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to access its web user interface using HTTPS protocol Description i Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Boolean Default Value 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 367 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example wui https_enable 1 Parameter Configuration File network port https lt MAC gt cfg Configures the HTTPS port used to access the web user interface of the IP phone Description The default HTTPS port is 443 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 443 Range 1 to 65535 Example network port https 443 User Password Parameter security user_password Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the password of the user for web server access Description The IP phone uses 1111 as the default user password Note IP phones support ASCII
350. ng the access URL of the remote phone book in the configuration files you need to create a remote XML phone book and then place it to the provisioning server When creating an XML phone book learn the following e lt xxxlPPhoneDirectory gt indicates the start of a phone book and lt xxxIPPhoneDirectory gt indicates the end of a phone book e lt DirectoryEntry gt indicates the start of a contact and lt DirectoryEntry gt indicates the end of a contact 334 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Procedure Use the following procedures to customize an XML phone book Customizing an XML phone book e Open the template file using an ASCII editor e For each contact that you want to add add the following strings to the phone book Each starts on a separate line lt Name gt Mary lt Name gt lt Telephone gt 1001 lt Telephone gt Where Specify the contact name between lt Name gt and lt Name gt Specify the contact number between lt Telephone gt and lt Telephone gt e Specify the values within double quotes e Place this file to the provisioning server The following shows an example of an XML phone book lt xxxlPPhoneDirectory clearlight true gt lt Title gt Phonelist lt Title gt lt Prompt gt Prompt lt Prompt gt lt DirectoryEntry gt lt Name gt Support lt Name gt lt Telephone gt 8881234567 lt Telephone gt lt DirectoryEntry gt lt DirectoryEntry gt lt Name gt Sales lt Name gt lt Telep
351. ng your IP phone e Using the handset e Using the speakerphone e Using the headset Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 135 You can also dial the number first and then choose the way you want to speak to the other party You can also search and dial a contact from call history local directory or remote phone book For more information refer to Contact Management and Call History Management During a call you can alternate between Speakerphone Headset and Handset modes by pressing the Speakerphone key the Headset key or picking up the handset The call duration of active call is visible on the LCD screen In the figure below the call has lasted 26 seconds Talking NewCall Cancel To place a call using the handset e Pick up the handset Enter the desired number using the keypad Press ok or the Send soft key The key is configured as a send key by default You can also set the key as the send key or set neither For more information refer Key as Send y e You can also dial using the SIP URI or IP address To obtain the IP address of the phone press the OK key The maximum SIP URI or IP address length is 32 characters For example SIP URI 2210 sip com IP 192 168 1 15 e Your phone may not support direct IP dialing Contact your network administrator for more information To place a call using the hands free speakerphone mode Do one of the following e With the hands
352. ngtone _ Browse No file selected Dial Plan upload cancel Voice _ _ _ ll e Click Confirm to save the change Zero Touch Zero Touch allows you to configure the network parameters and provisioning server address via phone user interface during startup This feature is helpful when there is a system failure on the phone To use Zero Touch make sure this feature is enabled To configure the Zero Touch via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Auto Provision Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 323 Select Enabled from the Zero Active list e Configure the wait time in the Wait Time 0 100s field sa MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Account Network DSSKey Features Time amp Date Upgrade Auto Provision Configuration Dial Plan Voice Ring Auto Provision PNP Active DHCP Active Custom Option 128 254 DHCP Option Value Server URL User Name Password Common AES Key MAC Oriented AES Key Zero Active Wait Time 0 100s Power On e Click Confirm to save the change When Zero Touch is enabled there will be a configuration wizard during startup as shown below e Press the OK soft key on Oof on Oor Matrix SPARSHV Enabled o on of 324 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide The network parameters are configurable via phone user interface IP Mode IPv4 amp IPv6 gt IPv4 WAN Type DHCP IPv
353. nguages for the phone user interface and the web user interface respectively Procedure Specify the language for the phone user interface or the web user interface using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Specify the languages for the phone user interface and the web user interface For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Web User Interface Specify the language for the web user interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p settings preference amp q load Phone User Interface Specify the language for the phone user interface Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 59 To specify the language for the web user interface via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Preference e Select the desired language from the Language list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 coe Pree Network DSSKey Features Preference ALEE Engin anes lz N Ti a Dat Live Dialpad Enaglish Angielsk 2 me e D Deutsch Niemieh P Inter Digit Time 1 14s Italian es Upgrade Polski Polski at pan T rk e Turecki 27 Auto Provision WatchDog Enabled Ring Type Ring1 wav X Configuration Aa oe Upload Ringtone No file selected Dial Plan upload Cancel a e Click Confirm to save the change Text displayed on the web user interface will change to the selected language
354. nk String within 32 characters features dtmf transfer 123 configures whether to send one pound key by pressing the pound key twice when the pound key is configured as a send key 0 Send one pound key Default 1 Do not send any pound key 490 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide features send pound key 0 enables or disables the phone to forward incoming calls to international numbers 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default forward international enable 1 enables or disables forward diversion feature 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default features fwd_ diversion enable 1 enables or disables the phone to enter Transfer to menu during multiple calls Enabled default when pressing the transfer soft key or TRAN key 0 Disabled 1 transfer multi call trans enable 1 configures the web access time out in minutes The default value is 5 It takes effect after a reboot Integer from 1 to 1000 features relog offtime 600 configures the characters the phone filters when dialing If the dialed number contains configured characters the phone will automatically filter these characters when dialing The default value is String within 99 characters Web UI Path gt Features gt General Information gt Call Number Filter features call num filter configures the logo mode of the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 System logo Default 2 Custom logo phone setting lcd_ logo mode 1 configure
355. not be blank For each disabled soft key and each default soft key that you want to add add the same string introduced above e Specify the values within double quotes e Place this file to the provisioning server The following shows an example of the CallFailed template lt CallFailed gt lt Disable gt lt Key Type Empty gt lt Key Type Switch gt lt Key Type Cancel gt lt Disable gt lt Enable gt lt Key Type NewCall gt lt Key Type Empty gt lt Key Type Empty gt lt Key Type Empty gt lt Enable gt lt Default gt lt Key Type NewCall gt lt Key Type Empty gt lt Key Type Empty gt lt Key Type Empty gt lt Default gt lt CallFailed gt 330 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Directory Template Directory provides easy access to frequently used lists Users can access lists by pressing the Directory soft key when the IP phone is idle The lists may contain Local Directory History and Remote Phone Book You can add the desired list s to Directory using the supplied directory template favorite_setting xml After setup place the directory template to the provisioning server and specify the access URL in the configuration files When editing a directory template learn the following Do not rename the directory template lt root_favorite_set gt indicates the start of a template and lt root_favorite_set gt indicates the end of a template The default disp
356. nother party e When the phone is ringing press the Fwd soft key Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 167 Enter the number you want to forward the incoming call to e Press ox or the Send soft key The incoming call is forwarded The LCD screen prompts a call forward message 1009 14 23 32 Forward to 2283 168 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Call Transfer Call transfer enables IP phones to transfer an existing call to another party IP phones support call transfer using the REFER method specified in RFC 3515 and offer three types of transfer Blind Transfer Transfer a call directly to another party without consulting Blind transfer is implemented by a simple REFER method without Replaces in the Refer To header e Semi attended Transfer Transfer a call after hearing the ringback tone Semi attended transfer is implemented by a REFER method with Replaces in the Refer To header Attended Transfer Transfer a call with prior consulting Attended transfer is implemented by a REFER method with Replaces in the Refer To header Normally call transfer is completed by pressing the transfer key Blind transfer on hook and attended transfer on hook features allow the IP phone to complete the transfer through on hook When a user performs a semi attended transfer semi attended transfer feature determines whether to display the prompt n New Missed Call s n indicates the number of th
357. nstructions Icon InStructiONnS cenean aa te ae ee ie an do ea ey 9 LED Instructions a a a adel E E a A A aA aa aA ATEA EN a E 10 Information for Your Safety and Comfort cccccesceeeeee cee eeee eee eeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeee ene sees sea seaaeeeseseeeeseeseeseeaneeeees 13 General Requirements ipsia pecs eteesi Fs ee Hd ee dade peed ee Paa EAE peed Lewes TAE OPARA REDE deere 13 Environmental REQuirements cccccccceesccccceeeeeesseceeeeeneedensananeeeeesesenaseeeeeeeneedeamadaaseeeeseqeaaaaaseesenaaaaasesensesenaaas 13 Operating REQUIFCMONUS a a a a a a tas a e aa aa aa a ae aa a aae 14 Cleaning Requirements ccccccccceecsecceteeseesenneecesenaeeeesaaaeeeseteaaeeeeseaaesenaeecssaeeseseaaeeseseaaeeeescaeeeseniseseseneneetsenaes 15 Getting Saroe ETA EAEAN EE AREE EAE A EAA E EEEE AESAAT AA 17 Packaging Content ocg rr ot nern o OA A E E E O O E 17 Phone Installation E E E T 20 PRONG Initialization s zra aa aiaa a AE Ra R E A AEA E ssa pai iana aa aaa a a Ta Ea 23 Configuration Methods ccccccsccccseneceetenneeeeteneeeeeseneesessaeeeesenaeeceseaaeecesnaesessaaeeeeseaaeeeeseaaessaaeessesseesesensnseeseaaes 25 Viewing the Phone Status a 2365 coc a a e aa a EE a E a aaa 41 FREGISUQUON EEEE E A E E T 43 Idi Sree estepa re A E a E E O E a E A is ens 43 Basic Network Settings ccccceccceeeeneeeeeenceeetenneeeesenaeeeeseneeeeesaaaeseseaeceseneeeeteaaaeseseaeseeseaseeessneeeeseneeeesensesenens 44 Configuring Transm
358. nt Network DSSKey Preference Custom SoftKey Enabled gt f ana Call States Dialing X Upgrade Selected Softkeys Auto Provision oe Ordered by position Empty a Send a ti History IME a z Switch Account Delete Directory LJ Dial Plan Group Pickup Directed Pickup Voice lata Ring ia 7 Tones Cega eset to Defaut Softkey Layout TR069 Lm e Click Confirm to save the change 228 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Busy Tone Delay Busy tone is audible to the other party indicating that the call connection has been broken when one party releases a call Busy tone delay can define a period of time during which the busy tone is audible Procedure Busy tone delay can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure busy tone delay For more information refer Appendix Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg i D Configuration Parameters Configure busy tone delay Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt Local Web User Interface p lt p servlet p features general amp q load To configure busy tone delay via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information Select the desired value from the Busy Tone Delay Seconds list MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Dir Forward amp DND General Information E Call Waiting Enabled gt General A Information Call Waiting On Code Call Waiting Off Code Audio
359. nt Network DSSKey Features Settings Directory 31 72 196 1 Hardware Version 31 0 0 0 0 0 0 firmware Network Network Internet Port IPv4 It shows the WAN Port Type Static IP WAN IP Address 192 168 1 252 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 192 168 1 254 Primary DNS Secondary DNS Network Common MAC Address 001b09023d03 Link Status Connected 42 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Registration Generally your phone will be deployed with multiple other phones In this case the phone parameters will be configured before hand so that after you start up your phone the phone will be registered and ready for use If your phone is not registered you may have to register it by configuring it manually For more information on how to configure and register your phone refer SIP Account Configuration idle Screen If the phone has successfully started up the idle screen will be shown as below A 1009 16 53 36 Wed Jul 18 History Menu The idle screen shows the label of current account time and date and four soft keys Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 43 Basic Network Settings In order to get your IP phones running you must perform basic network setup such as IP address and subnet mask configuration This section describes how to configure basic network parameters for IP phones This section mainly introduces IPv4 network parameters IP phones also support IPv6 For more information on IPv6 refer to IPv6
360. nter If Local Directory is removed from the directory press Menu gt Dir gt Local Directory to enter the local directory e Select the desired group e Press the Option soft key and then select Detail from the prompt list Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 83 e Press or to scroll through the group information and then edit e Press the Save soft key to save change or the Back soft key to cancel Y Editing a group in the local directory via web user interface is similar to adding a group via web user interface except that here the group is edited For more information you may refer Adding Groups Deleting Groups To delete a group from the local directory via phone user interface e Press the Dir soft key The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory in the directory by default 2 Company 3 Family If Local Directory is removed from the directory press Menu gt Dir gt Local Directory to enter the local directory e Select the desired group e Press the Option soft key and then select Delete from the prompt list The LCD screen prompts Delete selected group e Press the OK soft key to confirm the deletion or the Cancel soft key to cancel You can also delete all groups by pressing the Option soft key and then select Del All For more information refer above steps y Deleting a group in the local directory via web user interface is similar to
361. ntercom amp q load Phone User Interface Configure incoming intercom call feature To configure intercom via web user interface e Click on Features gt Intercom e Select the desired values from the Accept Intercom Intercom Mute Warning Tone and Intercom Barge lists n MATRIX P VP11 iiil Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Dir Forward amp DND Intercom Accept Intercom General Information Intercom Mute Warning Tone Audio Intercom Barge Intercom Transfer Call Pickup e Click Confirm to save the change To configure intercom features via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Features gt Intercom Enabled gt Disabled ad Enabled Disabled Disabled 208 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Make the desired changes Press or to switch between different intercom features e Press the Save soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel Accept Intercom You can enable or disable the phone to automatically answer an incoming intercom call If Accept Intercom is enabled the phone automatically answers an incoming intercom call If Accept Intercom is disabled the phone rejects incoming intercom calls and sends a busy message to the caller iW You can set a delay time before the phone automatically answers intercom calls Intercom Mute You can mute or un mute the microphone on the phone for intercom calls automatically If
362. ntercom call while there is already an active call on the IP phone If it is set to O Disabled the IP phone will handle an incoming intercom call like a waiting call while there is Description already an active call on the IP phone If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will automatically answer the intercom call while there is already an active call on the IP phone and place the active call on hold Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features intercom barge 1 414 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Distinctive Ring Tones Parameter features alert_info_tone Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to map the Description keywords in the Alert info header to the specified Bellcore ring tones Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features alert_info_tone 1 Parameter Configuration File account X alert_info_url_enable lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to download the ring tone from the URL contained in the Alert Info header Description for account X Xis 1 Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example account 1 alert_info_url_enable 1 Parameter Configuration File distinctive_ring_tones alert_info X text lt MAC gt cfg Configures the te
363. o answer forward e Click Confirm to save the change To configure Diversion History Info feature via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information sialic Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Dire Forward amp DND General Information NOT Call Waiting Enabled gt General Call Infornl tion Call Waiting On Code This ph Call Waiting Off Code Audio ad Auto Redial Disabled gt Key Intercom Auto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 Q Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 2 re E will d Call Pickup Key As Send Ls Reserve in User Name Enabled Ramai Caniral l e Select the desired value from the Diversion History Info list TIEGUSEU PTT VSaviIeu wW DTMF Replace Tran Disabled Tran Send DTMF Q Send Pound Key Disabled Fwd International Enabled gt Diversion History Info Enabled N lr Allow Trans Exist Call Auto Logout Time 1 1000min 1000 Q Call Number Fitter Use Logo System logo Allow IP Call Enable IP Direct Auto Answer Disabled gt Call List Show Number Disabled Voice Mail Tone Enable gt DHCP Hostname Matrix SPARSH VP110 Q Reboot In Talking Disabled gt Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 165 e Click Confirm to save the change To configure forward international via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information e Select the desired value from the Fwd International list rran seno VTMF
364. o send to the outbound proxy server Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example sip use_out_bound_in_dialog 1 SIP Session Timer Parameter account X advanced timer_t1 Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the SIP session timer T1 in seconds for account X Description T1 is an estimate of the Round Trip Time RTT of transactions between a SIP client and SIP server Xis 1 Format Float Default Value 0 5 Range 0 5 to 10 Example account 1 advanced timer_t1 0 5 Parameter Configuration File account X advanced timer_t2 lt MAC gt cfg Configures the session timer T2 in seconds for account X Description T2 represents the maximum retransmit interval for non INVITE requests and INVITE responses Xis 1 Format Float Default Value 4 396 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Range 2 to 40 Example account 1 advanced timer_t2 4 Parameter account X advanced timer_t4 Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the session timer of T4 in seconds for account X Description T4 represents the maximum duration a message will remain in the network Xis 1 Format Float Default Value 5 Range 2 5 to 60 Example account 1 advanced timer_t4 5
365. o sp touch configuration screen when powered on The default value is 5 Integer from 1 to 100 zero touch wait_time 10 at aE FE E AE AE E FE FE AE AE AE AE FE FE AE E AE AE FE FE AE FE AE AE AE AE E FE FE FE AE AE E FE FE TE AE AE AE FE FE AE AE AE E FE FE AE AE AE E AE FE AE FE AE AE AE FE AE AE AE AE E FE AE TE AE AE E FE FE TE AEAEE F tata at Configure the access URL of firmware a TE EAEE F EEEH Before using this parameter you should store the desired firmware 70 x x rom to the provisioning server firmware url http 192 168 153 27 8081 Matrix SPARSH VP110 31 72 196 1 rom E AE aE aE AE AE aE a aE aE aE AE AE aE aE aE aE aa HEP aE aaa aaa aaa aaa EAE EEEH Network Settings 468 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide E AE aE aE aT AE aE a aE aE aE AE E HE aE Ea E E aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa Tt Basic Network Parameter tt tte H tReet Network Settings Configures the Internet port type If you change any of the parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Configure the WAN port type O DHCP Default 1 PPPoE 2 Static IP Address network internet port type 2 network static_ dns enable Enables or disables the phone to use manually configured static IPv4 DNS when the parameter network internet port type is set to 0 DHCP network static_dns_ enable 1 Static Network Settings network ip address mode Configures the IP address mod
366. ol Do Not Disturb Domain Name Service Daylight Saving Time Dual Tone Multi Frequency File Transfer Protocol Greenwich Mean Time Internet Assigned Numbers Authority Internet Control Message Protocol Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Internet Protocol Internet Service Provider Internet Telephony Service Provider International Telecommunication Union Local Area Network Liquid Crystal Display Light Emitting Diode Media Access Control Mili seconds Network Address Traversal Network Time Protocol Peer to Peer Private Branch Exchange Power Over Ethernet Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 503 Qos RBT RFC RTC RTP SIP SNTP STUN TCP TFTP UDP URI URL VLAN VM VoIP Quality of Service Ring Back Tone Request for Comments Real Time Clock Real Time Transport Protocol Session Initiation Protocol Simple Network Time Protocol Simple Traversal of UDP over NAT Transmission Control Protocol Trivial File Transfer Protocol User Datagram Protocol Uniform Resource Identifier Universal Reference Resource Locator Virtual Local Area Network Voice Mail Voice Over Internet Protocol 504 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Declaration of Conformity Matrix SPARSH VP110 is manufactured by YEALINK NETWORK TECHNOLOGY CO LTD China and this phone is in conformity with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of the CE FCC 15 Class B RCM
367. ollowing Volume Ring Tones Volume You can press the Volume key to adjust the ringer volume when the phone is idle You can also press the Volume key to adjust the receiver volume of currently engaged audio devices handset speakerphone or headset when the phone is in use To adjust the volume when the phone is idle e Press to adjust the ringer volume A 1009 12 03 52 EEGGEEEBOOOOOOOF Menu iv If the ringer volume is adjusted to minimum the XP icon will appear on the LCD screen To adjust the volume when the phone is during a call e Press to adjust the volume of currently engaged audio device handset speakerphone or headset 4333 V4 N A EEGGREEEOOOOOOO Ring Tones Ring tones are used to indicate incoming calls You can select different ring tones to distinguish your phone from your neighbor s Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 77 To select a ring tone for the account via web user interface e Click on Account gt Basic e Select the desired ring tone from the Ring Type list If Common is selected this account will use the ring tone selected for the phone Refer to the above instruction n MATRIX saint Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Proxy Require Register Local Anonymous Off v Basic Send Anonymous Code Off Code v Codec On Code Advanced off Code Anonymous Call Rejection off v On Code off Code Missed Call Log Auto Answer
368. om the cradle Or e Press the Speaker key to activate the Speaker mode Or e Press the Headset key to activate the Headset mode e ON Hook The phone goes in ON Hook state when you e Replace the Handset on the cradle Or e Press the Speaker key to deactivate the Speaker mode 4 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Or e Press the Headset key to deactivate the Headset mode e Calling party Caller The person who makes the call e Called party Callee The person to whom the call is made e User The person who is in possession of the SPARSH VP110 IP phone and uses it e Remote user Remote party Remote end Far end The person with whom the user interacts e Phone IP Phone Both of these terms have been used synonymously in this document to refer to Matrix SPARSH VP110 Using this document we hope you will be able to install operate and make optimum use of SPARSH VP 110 If you encounter any technical problems contact your dealer reseller or you can mail Matrix Technical Support in the following id Support MatrixComSec com Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 5 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide CHAPTER 2 Know Your SPARSH VP110 SPARSH VP110 is a new breed of entry level SIP phone that redefines the desktop telephony experience and quality of business communications It provides features and functions normally available in high end phones such as large graphical LCD 5 line display context sensitive keys full duplex
369. one will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 2 Valid values are 0 Default certificates Range 2 1 Custom certificates 2 All certificates Example security ca_cert 2 Parameter Configuration File security cn_validation lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to mandatorily validate the CommonName or SubjectAltName of Description the certificate sent by the connecting server Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example security cn_validation 0 Parameter Configuration File security dev_cert lt MAC gt cfg Configures the type of certificates the IP phone sends for authentication Description f Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 0 450 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Valid values are Range 0 Default certificates 1 Custom certificates Example security dev_cert 0 Uploading Certificates Parameter trusted_certificates url Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the certificate used to authenticate the connecting server Description Note The certificate you want to upload must be in pem crt
370. ones Date Format WWW DD MMM F conf e Click Confirm to save the change To configure the time and date format via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Time amp Date e Select the desired value from the Time Format list Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Select the desired value from the Date Format list CEH n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Preference Time amp Date Upgrade Auto Provision Configuration Dial Plan Voice Ring Tones Softkey Layout TR069 Account Network Time amp Date DHCP Time Time Zone NTP By DHCP Priority Primary Server Secondary Server Synchronism 15 86400s Daylight Saving Time Fixed Type Start Date End Date Offset minutes Manual Time Time Format Date Format e Click Confirm to save the change DSSKey Disabled gt 5 30 India Calcutta High vi cn pool ntp org cn pool ntp org 1000 Automatic F DST By Date 2 Disabled Hour 24 gt WWW DD MMM lx WWW MMM DD YYYY MM DD DD MM YYYY MM DD YY DD MMM YYYY Www DD MMM To configure the NTP server and time zone via phone user interface Y Please refer to Appendix A Time Zone for the list of available time zones on the IP phone Press Menu gt Settings gt Basic Settings gt Time amp Date gt SNTP Settings e Press gt or O or the Switch soft key to select the time zone that applies to your area from the Time Zone field
371. operate behind a NAT to discover the presence of the network address translator and to obtain the mapped public IP address and port number that the NAT has allocated for the UDP connections to remote parties The protocol requires assistance from a third party network server STUN server usually located on public Internet The IP phone can be configured to act as a STUN client to send exploratory STUN messages to the STUN server The STUN server uses those messages to determine the public IP address and port used and then informs the client Procedure NAT traversal and STUN server can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure NAT traversal and STUN server on the IP phone Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure NAT traversal and STUN server on the IP phone Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p account register amp q load amp acc 0 Local Web User Interface To configure NAT traversal and STUN server via web user interface e Click on Account gt Register e Select STUN from the NAT list 274 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Enter the IP address or the domain name of the STUN server in the STUN Server field n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Dir Register Status Line Active Enabled gt pa Re
372. ou can place an active call on hold Only one active call can be in progress at any time Other calls can be made and received while placing the original call on hold When you place a call on hold your IP PBX may play Music on Hold MoH to the other party while waiting For advanced users When a call is placed on hold the IP phones send an INVITE request with HOLD SDP to request remote parties to stop sending media and to inform them that they are being held IP phones support two call hold methods one is RFC 3264 which sets the a media attribute in the SDP to sendonly recvonly or inactive e g a sendonly The other is RFC 2543 which sets the c connection addresses for the media streams in the SDP to zero e g c 0 0 0 0 Call hold tone allows IP phones to play a warning tone at regular intervals when there is a call on hold The warning tone is played through the speakerphone IP phones also support Music on Hold MoH feature MoH is the business practice of playing recorded music to fill the silence that would be heard by the party who has been placed on hold To use this feature specify a SIP URI pointing to an MoH server account When a call is placed on hold the IP phone will send an INVITE message to the specified MoH server account according to the SIP URI The MoH server account automatically responds to the INVITE message and immediately plays audio from some source located anywhere LAN Internet to the held par
373. oup_pickup_code 98 Calling Line Identification Presentation Parameter Configuration File account X cid_source lt MAC gt cfg Configures the presentation of the caller identity for account X 0 FROM Derives the name and number of the caller from the From header 1 PAI Derives the name and number of the caller from the PAI header If the server does not send the PAI header displays anonymity on the callee s phone Description 2 PAI FROM Derives the name and number of the caller from the PAI header preferentially If the server does not send the PAI header derives from the From header 3 RPID PAI FROM 4 PAI RPID FROM 5 RPID FROM Xis 1 Format Integer Default Value 0 Range Oto5 Example account 1 cid_source 0 408 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Connected Line Identification Presentation Parameter account X cp_source Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the presentation of the callee s identity for account X 0 PAI RPID Derives the name and number of the callee from the PAI header preferentially If the server does not send the PAI header derives from the RPID header 1 Dialed Digits Preferentially displays the dialed digits on the caller s phone Description 2 RFC4916 Derives the name and number of the callee from From header in the Up
374. p q load amp acc 0 To configure session timer via web user interface e Click on Account gt Advanced e Enter the desired value in the SIP Session Timer T1 0 5 10s field The default value is 0 5s e Enter the desired value in the SIP Session Timer T2 2 40s field The default value is 4s e Enter the desired value in the SIP Session Timer T4 2 5 60s field Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 237 The default value is 5s n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Dir Keep Alive Type Default Keep Alive Interval Seconds 30 Basic Local SIP Port 5060 o Codec RPort Disabled Advanced SIP Session Timer T1 0 5 10s 0 5 g SIP Session Timer T2 2 40s SIP Session Timer T4 2 5 60s N Subscribe Period Seconds 1800 Q DTMF Type RFC2833 DTMF Info Type DTMF Relay DTMF Payload Type 96 127 101 e Click Confirm to save the change 238 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Session Timer Session timer allows a periodic refresh of SIP sessions through a re INVITE request to determine whether a SIP session is still active Session timer is specified in RFC 4028 IP phones support two refresher modes UAC and UAS The UAC mode means refreshing the session from the client while the UAS mode means refreshing the session from the server The session expiration and session refresher are negotiated via the Session Exp
375. ply dial a contact number from the local directory Contacts and groups can be added either one by one or in batch using a local contact file For more information on how to customize a contact file refer Local Contact File Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 81 Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Specify the access URL of the local 3 contact file Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Add a group and a contact to the local directory Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt Local servlet p contactsbasic amp q load amp num 1 amp group Add a group and a contact to the local Phone User Interface directory Adding Groups To add a group to the local directory via web user interface e Click on Directory gt Local Directory Inthe Group Setting block enter the desired group name in the Group field Select the desired ring tone from the Ring list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Local Directory a NOTE 1 Alice 23353562 9898989863 All Contacts Rewer PRONE 2 Bob 25623658 8787545874 23356598 ee A Contact Book out the cont 3 e 3019 All Contacts iiser hount 4 2001 New1 a name blank Si i s John Doe 2001 All Contacts MulticastIP 6 Parikshit 23353
376. predefined on the system server Contact your ITSP for more information 184 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Anonymous Call You can use anonymous Call to block the identity and phone number from showing up to the called party when you call someone For example you want to call to consult some of the services but don t want to be harassed You can also configure the phone to send anonymous on off code to the server to activate deactivate anonymous call on the server side Y Anonymous call is not available on all servers Contact your ITSP for the anonymous call on code and off code For advanced users Anonymous call allows the caller to conceal the identity information displayed on the callee s screen The callee s phone LCD screen prompts an incoming call from anonymity Example of anonymous SIP header Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 2 8 183 5063 branch z9hG4bK1535948896 From Anonymous lt sip anonymous anonymous invalid gt tag 128043702 To lt sip 1011 10 2 1 199 gt Call ID 1773251036 10 2 8 183 CSeq 1 INVITE Contact lt sip 1012 10 2 8 183 5063 gt Content Type application sdp Allow INVITE INFO PRACK ACK BYE CANCEL OPTIONS NOTIFY REGISTER SUBSCRIBE REFER PUBLISH UPDATE MESSAGE Max Forwards 70 User Agent Matrix SPARSH VP110 2 72 0 1 Privacy id Supported replaces Allow Events talk hold conference refer check sync P Preferred Identity lt sip 1012 10 2 1 199 gt Content Length 302
377. priority is riori Y more preferred Welbht When priorities are equal weight is used to differentiate the preference g The preference is from highest to lowest Keep the same to load balance Port Identify the port number to be used Target Identify the actual host for an A query SRV query returns two records The two SRV records point to different hosts and have the same priority 0 The weight of the second record is higher than the first one so the second record will be picked first The two records also contain a port 5060 the IP phone uses this port If the Target is not a numeric IP address the IP phone performs an A query So in this case the IP phone uses server1 matrix_ippbx com and server2 matrix_ippbx com for the A query A Host IP Address The IP phone performs an A query for the IP address of each target host name Example of A records Server1 matrix_ippbx com IN A 192 168 1 13 Server2 matrix_ippbx com IN A 192 168 1 14 The IP phone picks the IP address 192 168 1 14 first Outgoing Call When the Working Server Connection Fails When a user initiates a call the phone will go through the following steps to connect the call e Sends the INVITE request to the primary server 262 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e If the primary server does not respond correctly to the INVITE then tries to make the call using the secondary server e If the secondary server is also unavailable the IP phone w
378. priority value 0 7 in the Priority field Press the Save soft key to save the change The IP phone reboots automatically to make settings effective after a period of time 270 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Quality of Service QoS Quality of Service QoS is the ability to provide different priorities for different packets in the network allowing the transport of traffic with special requirements QoS guarantees are important for applications that require fixed bit rate and are delay sensitive when the network capacity is insufficient There are four major QoS factors to be considered when configuring a modern QoS implementation bandwidth delay jitter and loss QoS provides better network service through the following features e Supporting dedicated bandwidth e Improving loss characteristics e Avoiding and managing network congestion e Shaping network traffic e Setting traffic priorities across the network The Best Effort service is the default QoS model in IP networks It provides no guarantees for data delivering which means delay jitter packet loss and bandwidth allocation are unpredictable Differentiated Services DiffServ or DS is the most widely used QoS model It provides a simple and scalable mechanism for classifying and managing network traffic and providing QoS on modern IP networks Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP is used to define DiffServ classes and stored in the first six bits of the ToS Type o
379. r inconvenient to answer the call Follow the voice prompt from the system server to leave a voice mail and then hang up To configure voice mail access codes via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Messages gt Voice Mail gt Set Voice Mail et Voice Mail 1 Account No e Press the 123 soft key to select the proper input mode and then enter the voice mail access code e Press the Save soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel WW Voice mail access code must be predefined on the system server To listen to voice mails e When the phone user interface prompts receiving new voice mails press or the Conn soft key to dial out the voicemail access code e Follow the voice prompt to listen to voice mails Y Before listening to voice mails make sure the voice mail access code has been configured Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 219 To view voice mails via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Messages gt Voice Mail gt View Voice Mail The LCD screen displays the amount of new and old voice mails 1 22245 new 0 old Mail e Press the Conn soft key to listen to voice mails Message Waiting Indicator MWI The IP phone supports MWI when receiving a new voice message If someone leaves you a voicemail you will receive a message waiting indicator MWI will be indicated in two ways a warning tone and a prompt message including a voice mail icon on the LCD screen This will be clea
380. r without pressing the send key You can also configure a delay where the phone will dial out the phone number automatically after the specified period of time Procedure Live dialpad can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure live dialpad Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure live dialpad Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p settings preference amp q load To configure live dialpad via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Preference e Select Enabled from the Live Dialpad list e Enter the desired delay time in the Inter Digit Time 1 14s field n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Preference ALE English Angielski E Live Dialpad Enabled gt j Time amp Date Pr Inter Digit Time 1 14s l N 7 Upgrade x Pg Contrast 1 Auto Provision WatchDog Enabled gt Ring T Ring1 X Configuration Sor ad Upload Ringtone Browse No file selected Dial Plan Upload Cancel Voice Ring e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 121 Y Live dialpad is configurable via web user interface only Hotline You can dial a hotline number immediately upon lifting the handset or pressing the Speakerphone key You can also configure a delay whe
381. ration User Name Disl Plan Passwors eserrrs Ring MAC Orientes AES Key seeeeees Zero Ace Cessbies Tones Wait Time O 100s s Softkey Layout cars aa Oco TR069 Repesteciy OnDe Intervel Mintes 1440 see Ona Tx co 00 co 00 Vl sses T Moncey V nuescay omowe T wecnescay T mrsa Venca V serrer o e Click Confirm to accept the change Phone Flash Manual Entry SPARSH VP110 IP phones support obtaining the provisioning server address from the phone flash To obtain the provisioning server address by reading the phone flash make sure the configuration is set properly These Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 33 parameters can be entered to the Phone by accessing the Phone using Phone User Interface or the Web User Interface of the Phone To configure the Phone Flash via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Auto Provision Enter the URL user name and password of the provisioning server in the Server URL User Name and Password fields the user name and password are optional e g you can program hittp 10 3 6 223 if you want to use HTTP server for Auto Configuration instead of TFTP n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Log Out DSSKey Features i Directory Security Anto Provision DHCP Option Value mrsa O z Serer URL hap 192 168 153 98 Configuration User Name 2emin Dial Plan Pessworc errrrres i MAC Or
382. rd amp DND KDE Call Waiting Tone Enabled a Q General Disabled Information Key Tone The ad z Send Sound Enabled gt Audio ReDial Tone Q Intercom Ringer Device for Headset Use Speaker Transfer Canc Call Pickup Remote Control Dhane_Loclen e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 173 To configure call waiting via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Features gt Call Waiting e Press or or the Switch soft key to select Enable from the Call Waiting field e Press or or the Switch soft key to select Enable from the Play Tone field e Optional Enter the call waiting on code or off code respectively in the CW On Code or CW Off Code field e Press the Save soft key to save the change or the Back soft key to cancel 174 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Conference You can create a conference with other parties using the phone s local conference You can create a conference between an active call and a call on hold by pressing the Conf soft key Local Conference The IP phone supports up to 3 parties including yourself in a conference call This is the default method of conference called Local Conference To set up a local conference call e Place a call to the first party e When the first party answers the call press the NewCall soft key to place a new call e The active call is placed on hold Enter the number of the second party and press OK
383. re the phone will dial out the hotline number automatically after the specified period of time Procedure Hotline can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the hotline number Specify the time in seconds the IP Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg phone waits before automatically dialing out the hotline number For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the hotline number Specify the time in seconds the IP phone waits before automatically dial Web User Interface out the hotline number Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features general amp q load Local Configure the hotline number Specify the time in seconds the IP phone waits before automatically dialing out the hotline number Phone User Interface To configure hotline via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information Enter the hotline number in the Hotline Number field 122 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Enter the delay time in the Hotline Delay 0 10s field n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Settings Forward amp DND General Information Call Waiting Enabled gt General 5 Information Call Waiting On Code pl Call Waiting Off Code Audio Auto Redial Disabled Auto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 Call Pickup Key As Send S
384. reboot 0 configures the period in seconds of the BLF subscription for account The default value is 1800 Integer from 30 to 2147483647 account 1 blf subscribe period 30 E AE aE aE AE AE E FE aE aE aE AE E aE aE Ea AE aE aE E aaa Pa aaa aaa EEEE Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 481 Call Forward Ha aH HH HH EH HE EE HE EE HE EE EE HEE EE HE aE HE aE HE AE TE HEE HE PE HE aE HE TE FE HEE HE aE HEE E E E HE Hat HHH Enable or disable the always forward feature O Disabled default 1 Enabled forward always enable 0 Configure the target number that the phone will forward the call to forward always target 3312 Configure the always forward on code and off code forward always on_ code 17 forward always off code 18 Enable or disable the busy forward feature O0 Disabled default 1 Enabled forward busy enable 0 forward busy target 3313 forward busy on_code 11 forward busy off code 12 Enable or disable the no answer forward feature O Disabled default 1 Enabled Configure the waiting ring times before forwarding Incoming calls will be forwarded when not answered after N 6 seconds N ranges from 0 to 20 the default value is 2 forward no_ answer enable 1 forward no_ answer target 3318 forward no_ answer timeout 4 forward no_ answer on_ code 15 forward no answer off code 16 Enable or disable the phone to forward the call to
385. red using the configuration files or locally Configure AEC Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure AEC Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p settings voice amp q load Local Web User Interface 290 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To configure AEC via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Voice Select the desired value from the ECHO list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 pare RINE Network DSSKey Features eee Echo Cancellation E ECHO Enabled y Time amp Date Disabled Vi VAD Enabled Vi Upgrade CNG Enabled X c Auto Provision JITTER BUFFER a Type Adaptive Fixed z Configuration pit ti Min Delay 60 e Dial Plan Max Delay 240 pr Voice Normal 120 Rin Tones e Click Confirm to save the change Voice Activity Detection Voice Activity Detection VAD is used in speech processing to detect the presence or absence of human speech When detecting period of silence VAD replaces that silence efficiently with special packets that indicate silence is occurring It can facilitate speech processing and deactivate some processes during non speech section of an audio session VAD can avoid unnecessary coding or transmission of silence packets in VoIP applications saving on computation and network bandwidth Procedure VAD can be configured using the configuration files or locally
386. red when you retrieve all voice mails or delete them Message Waiting Indicator MWI informs users of the number of messages waiting in their mailbox without calling the mailbox The MWI service is unsolicited for some servers so the IP phone only handles the MWI messages sent from the server But for other servers the MWI service is solicited so the IP phone must enable subscription for MWI For advanced users IP phones support both solicited and unsolicited MWI Unsolicited MWI is a server related feature The IP phone sends a SUBSCRIBE message to the server for message summary updates The server sends a message summary NOTIFY within the subscription dialog each time the MWI status changes For solicited MWI you must enable MWI subscription feature on IP phones IP phones support subscribing the MWI messages to the account or the voice mail number IP phones do not need to subscribe for message summary updates The server automatically sends a message summary NOTIFY in a new dialog each time the MWI status changes Y MWI service is not available on all servers The MWI Subscription parameters you need to know Option Description Subscribe for MWI Enable or disable a subscription for MWI service 220 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide MWI Subscription Period Period of MWI subscription The IP phone sends a refresh SUBSCRIBE request before initial SUBSCRIBE expiration Subscribe MWI to Voice Mail
387. redundancy WW For more information about how server redundancy works refer Server Redundancy Procedure SIP account and server redundancy can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure the SIP account and server redundancy on the IP phone For more information regarding specific configuration parameters refer following description To configure SIP account and server redundancy features using the configuration files Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 125 Local Web User Interface the IP phone Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p account register amp q load amp acc 0 Configure the server redundancy on Phone User Interface parameters Configure the SIP account and related To configure SIP account and server redundancy features using the configuration files Account Configuration and Registration Configure the following parameters in the lt MAC gt cfg file as per the tables shown below Parameter Valid Values Descriptions Web Interface Path It enables or disables the account 0 Disabled Account gt Register account 1 enable Oor1 A 1 Enabled gt Line Active The default value is 0 account 1 register en Enables or Disables the account registration able 0 Disabled Account gt Register Oor1 1 Enabled The default value is 1 gt Register account 1
388. register When Reboot Disabled e Click Confirm to save the change When you have placed a call on hold the held party can hear the music WwW All involved parties cannot use encrypted RTP SRTP MoH server is configurable via web user interface only Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 215 Messages Messages service in the IP phone can be categorized as follows e Short Message Service SMS e Voice Mail e Message Waiting Indicator MWI Short Message Service SMS You can send and receive text messages using the IP phone New text messages can be indicated both acoustically and visually When receiving a new text message the phone will play a warning tone The LCD screen will prompt receiving new text messages with the number of waiting messages e g 1 New Text Message s and a flashing icon 1009 r 09 05 06 1 New Text Message s You can store text messages in your phone s Inbox Sentbox Outbox or Draftbox Each of the boxes can store up to 100 text messages If the number of the text messages in one box is more than 100 the phone will directly delete the oldest text message in the box Y SMS is not available on all servers To read a text message e Press Menu gt Messages gt Text Message gt Inbox in View e Select the desired message and press the View soft key iW If the phone prompts receiving new text messages you can also press the View soft key to read the new
389. rent working server for account when the 476 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide n parameter account 1 sip server 1 failback_ mode is set to 3 duration If you set the parameter between 1 and 59 the timeout will be 60 seconds The default value is 3600 Range 0 amp 60 to 65535 account 1 sip server 1 failback timeout 60 enables or disables the phone to send registration requests to the secondary server for account when encountering a failover 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1 sip server 1 register on enable 0 The following configuration for server 2 is same as above description account 1 sip server 2 address matrix pbx2 com account 1 sip server 2 port 5090 account 1 sip server 2 expires 3000 account 1 sip server 2 retry counts 5 account 1 sip server 2 failback mode 0 account 1 sip server 2 failback timeout 70 account 1 sip server 2 register on enable 0 tt Features on the Account Page t t enables or disables anonymous call feature for account 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled account 1 anonymous_ call 0 configures the phone to send anonymous on off code to activate deactivate the server side anonymous call feature for account 0 Off Code Default 1 On Code account 1 send_anonymous_ code 0 configures the code for activating the server side anonymous call feature for account when the parameter account 1 send_ anonymous code is set to 1 On Cod
390. ress and the IP address Description mode is configured as IPv6 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 64 Range Oto 128 Example network ipv6_prefix 64 Parameter Configuration File network ipv6_internet_port gateway lt MAC gt cfg Configures the gateway when the IPv6 address assignment method is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is configured as Description IPV6 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format IPv6 Address Default Value Blank Range Not Applicable 442 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Example network ipv6_internet_port gateway 3036 1 1 c3c7 c11 5447 23a6 255 Parameter network ipv6_primary_dns Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the primary DNS server when the IPv6 address assignment method is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is configured Description as IPv6 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format IPv6 Address Default Value Blank Range Not Applicable network ipv6_primary_dns Example we or Y 3036 1 1 c3c7 c11c 5447 23a6 256 Parameter Configuration File network ipv6_secondary_dns
391. rfaces in details Information for your Safety and Comfort It describes some important measures for your personal safety as well as protection of the product Getting Started It details step by step instructions on assembling the phone body and handset network and basic SIP configuration related information to connect the phone to the IP network Customizing Your Phone It describes instructions regarding customizing the phone as per your requirement SIP Account Configuration It provides the information to configure the SIP account of the phone in details Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Accessing Basic Features This chapter describes the step by step instructions on using the basic features including making receiving and managing calls once all necessary configurations are done e Accessing Advanced Features This chapter describes the step by step instructions to access the advanced features of the phone It is basically aimed for the technically sound users having primary knowledge of the SIP protocol and related features e Configuring Audio Features It provides detailed information and instructions for configuring basic as well as advanced audio settings e Configuring Security Features It provides detailed information and instructions on how to secure your phone configuration and configure the security features e Maintenance This chapter provides details regarding maintenance of your phone i
392. rnal Ringer File Ring1 wav gt Auto Provision 3 Internal Ringer Text Q Configuration Internal Ringer File Ring1 wav Q Dial Plan 4 Internal Ringer Text Q Voice Internal Ringer File Ring1 wav 5 Internal Ringer Text Ring N Internal Ringer File Ring1 wav Q Tones 6 Internal Ringer Text Softkey Layout Internal Ringer File Ring1 wav 2 R069 Internal Ringer Text eo Oy Enter the keywords in the Internal Ringer Text fields e Select the desired ring tones for each text from the Internal Ringer File lists e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 245 Tones When receiving a message the IP phone will play a warning tone You can customize tones or select specialized tone sets vary from country to country to indicate different conditions of the IP phone Available tone sets for IP phones e Australia e Austria e Brazil e Belgium e China e Czech e Denmark e Finland e France e Germany e Great Britain e Greece e Hungary e Lithuania e India e Italy e Japan e Mexico New Zealand Netherlands e Norway e Portugal e Spain e Switzerland e Sweden e Russia e United States e Chile e Czech ETSI Configured tones can be heard on IP phones for the following conditions Condition Description Dial When in the pre dialing interface 246 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Ring Back Ring back tone Busy When the calle
393. rt The PPPoE port will perform a PPP negotiation to obtain the IP address Contact your service provider for the PPPoE username and password PPPoE PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet is a network protocol used by Internet Service Providers ISPs to provide Digital Subscriber Line DSL high speed Internet services PPPoE allows an office or building full of users to share a common DSL connection to the Internet PPPoE connection is supported by the IP phone Internet port Contact your ISP for the PPPoE user name and password Procedure PPPoE can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure PPPoE on the IP phone Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure PPPoE on the IP phone Navigate to Web User Interface http lt phonelPAddress gt Local serviet p network amp q load Phone User Interface Configure PPPoE on the IP phone 50 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To configure PPPoE via web user interface e Click on Network gt Basic e Inthe IPv4 Config block click PPPoE Enter the User Name and Password in corresponding fields n MATRIX Settings Dir SPARSH VP110 oe anean DSSKey Features g Internet Port Mode IPv4 IPv6 IPv4 PC Port IPv4 Config Advanced DHE Static IP Address IP Address fiez 168 1 252 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 192 168 1 254 Sta
394. rt mode Disable the PC port Web User Interface Navigate to Local http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p network pcport amp q load Phone User Interface Configure the PC port mode To configure the PC port mode via web user interface e Click on Network gt PC Port e Select the desired value from the PC Port Active list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account DSSKey Features Settings Dir Bak PC Port Active E PC Port Active Auto Negotiation r PC Port Disabled Auto Negotiatior f Advanced e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 55 A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone To disable the PC port via web user interface e Click on Network gt PC Port e Select Disabled from the PC Port Active list e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone 56 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide CHAPTER 5 Customizing Your Phone You can customize your IP phone personally by configuring certain settings for example contrast language and time amp date You can add contacts to the phone s local directory manually or from call history You can also personalize different ring tones for different callers This chapter provides basic operating instructions for customizing your pho
395. ry in the network Obtaining the Address of Provisioning Server SPARSH VP110 IP phones support obtaining the Provisioning Server Address in the following ways e Zero Touch e Plug and Play PnP Server e DHCP Options e Phone Flash The priority of obtaining the provisioning server address is as follows Zero Touch gt PnP Server gt DHCP Options Custom option gt Option 66 or Option 43 gt Phone Flash If using any of the above mentioned methods the Auto Provisioning Server URL needs to be send to the phone in below format depending on the provisioning protocol e Incase of FTP ftp URL IP Address or Domain Name e Incase of TFTP Direct URL IP Address or Domain Name e Incase of HTTP http URL IP Address or Domain Name e Incase of HTTPS https URL IP Address or Domain Name Zero Touch Zero Touch allows you to configure the network parameters and provisioning server address via phone user interface during startup This feature is helpful when there is a system failure on the phone To use Zero Touch make sure this feature is enabled To configure the Zero Touch via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Auto Provision e Select Enabled from the Zero Active list Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 29 e Configure the wait time in the Wait Time 0 100s field n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Directory Security o Time amp Date
396. s LLDP pat o E Active Enabled X PC Port Packet Interval 1 3600s 60 A Advancrd VLAN WAN Port Active Disabled z Hl VID 1 4094 1 PRIORITY 0 v i n PC Port Active Disabled z Lpi e Select the desired value from the HTTP list 224 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Enter the HTTP port number in the HTTP Port 1 65535 field The default HTTP port number is 80 Select the desired value from the HTTPS list Enter the HTTPS port number in the HTTPS Port 1 65535 field The default HTTPS port number is 443 Web Server HTTP Enable N z HTTP Por 1 65535 80 HTTPS Enable HTTPS Port 1 65535 443 Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot Click OK to reboot the IP phone To configure web server type via phone user interface Press Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings password 1234 gt Network gt Webserver Type Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the HTTP Status field Enter the HTTP port number in the HTTP Port field Press Oor or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the HTTPS Status field Enter the HTTPS port number in the HTTPS Port field Press the Save soft key to save the change The IP phone reboots automatically to make settings effective after a period of time Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 225 Softkey Layout Softkey layout i
397. s Example forward always target 3601 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Parameter forward always on_code Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the always forward on code to activate the Description P server side always forward feature Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example forward always on_code 72 Parameter Configuration File forward always off_code lt MAC gt cfg Configures the always forward off code to deactivate Description P the server side always forward feature Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example forward always off_code 73 Busy Forward Parameter forward busy enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables busy forward feature Description If it is set to 1 Enabled incoming calls are forwarded to the destination number when the callee is busy Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example forward busy enable 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 401 Parameter forward busy target Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the destination number of the busy Description P forward Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example forward busy target 3602 Parameter Conf
398. s enabled Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example account 1 auto_answer 1 Parameter Configuration File features auto_answer_delay lt MAC gt cfg Configures the delay time in seconds before the Description i f phone automatically answers an incoming call Format Integer Default Value 1 Range 1to4 Example features auto_answer_delay 1 Call Completion Parameter features call_completion_enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables call completion feature If a user places a call and the callee is temporarily not available to answer the call call completion feature Description allows notifying the user when the callee becomes available to receive a call If it is set to 1 Enabled the caller is notified when the callee becomes available to receive a call Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features call_completion_enable 1 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 389 Anonymous Call Parameter account X anonymous_call Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables anonymous call feature for account X If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will block its Description identity from showing up to the calle
399. s Auto configuration SLAAC SLAAC is one of the most convenient methods to assign IP addresses to IPv6 nodes SLAAC requires no manual configuration of the IP phone minimal if any configuration of routers and no additional servers To use IPv6 SLAAC the IP phone must be connected to a network with at least one IPv6 router connected This router is configured by the network administrator and sends out Router Advertisement announcements onto the link These announcements can allow the on link connected IP phone to configure itself with IPv6 address as specified in RFC 4862 Procedure IPv6 can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the IPv6 address assignment method Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the IPv6 address assignment method Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p network amp q load 280 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To configure IPv6 address assignment method via web user interface e Click on Network gt Basic n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Features Basiqy Internet Port Mode IPv4 IPv6 IPv4 bd Q PC Port IPv4 Config Advanced woe Static IP Address IP Address 192 168 1 252 Settings In the IPv6 Config block do one of the following corresponding fields IPv6 Config DHCP Y Stat
400. s an INVITE request to the fallback server e The fallback server responds with 200 OK to the INVITE request Phone A sends REGISTER requests to the working server to detect whether the server is available When the working server recovers the phone has ability to fail back the INVITE request to the working server Failover Scenario The following introduces a REGISTER failover scenario The SIP server 1 is configured with the domain name of the working server for account 1 The working server is resolved to two SIP servers primary server and secondary server using the DNS mechanism The parameter account 1 sip_server 1 failback_mode is configured as 0 newRequests and account 1 sip_server 1 register_on_enable is configured as 0 Disabled REGISTER Failover The phone has ability to fail over to a secondary server when the primary server has no response to a REGISTER request e The phone sends REGISTER request to the primary server e The phone retries REGISTER requests to the primary server three times by default e After no response from the primary server the phone sends a REGISTER request to the secondary server e The secondary server responds with 200 OK to the REGISTER request The phone waits until next REGISTER attempt and then sends next REGISTER request to the primary server When the primary server recovers the phone has ability to fail back next REGISTER request to the primary server INVITE Failover The phone has
401. s or disables the IP phone to forward an Description i incoming call to an international phone number Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example forward international enable 1 Call Transfer Parameter transfer blind_tran_on_hook_enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to complete the blind Description i transfer through on hook Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 404 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Example transfer blind_tran_on_hook_enable 1 Parameter transfer on_hook_trans_enable Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to complete the Description semi attended transfer or the attended transfer through on hook Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example transfer on_hook_trans_enable 1 Parameter Configuration File transfer semi_attend_tran_enable lt MAC gt cfg Configures whether to display the missed call prompt Description on the destination party s phone when performing a semi attended transfer Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Enabled 1 Disabled Example transfer semi_attend_tran_enable 1 Network Conference Parameter
402. s the access URL of logo file The default value is blank URL within 511 characters led_logo url http 192 168 153 27 8081 matrix dob enables or disables the phone to make an IP call directly 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default features direct ip call enabe 1 enables or disables the phone to play the warning tone when receiving a voice mail 0 Disabled 1 Enabled default features voice mail tone enable 1 configures the client host name for DHCP option 12 The default value is Matrix SPARSH VP110 Web UI Path gt Features gt General Information gt DHCP Hostname network dhcp host name Matrix SPARSH VP110 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 491 E AE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE aE AE AE E aE aE aE AE aE AE aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa LANGUAGE Settings E aE AE TE AE AE E FE AE aE AE AE AE FE FE AE FE AE AE AE FE FE FE AE AE AE E FE FE AE E AE AE E FE AE FE AE AE E FE AE FE AE AE E FE AE TE AE AE E FE AE AE AE AE E FE AE TE AE AE AE FE FE TE AE AE AE FE F H configures the language of the web user interface Options are English Chinese S German Italian Polish Turkish lang wui English configures the language of the phone user interface Options are English French German Spanish Portuguese Italian Polish Turkish Chinese S lang gui English E aE aE aE AE AE aE FE aE ae AE AE E HE aE a FE AE aE aaa aa aaa aaa aaa aaa Live Di
403. s up to prompt Success The Server Certificate has been loaded Rebooting please wait Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 301 SRTP Secure Real Time Transport Protocol SRTP encrypts the RTP streams during VoIP phone calls to avoid interception and eavesdropping The parties participating in the call must enable SRTP feature simultaneously When this feature is enabled on both phones the type of encryption to utilize for the session is negotiated between the IP phones This negotiation process is compliant with RFC 4568 When a user places a call on the enabled SRTP phone the IP phone sends an INVITE message with the RTP encryption algorithm to the destination phone Example of the RTP encryption algorithm carried in the SDP of the INVITE message m audio 11780 RTP SAVP 0 8 18 9 101 a crypto 1 AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_80 inline NzFINTUWZDk20GVIOTc3 YZNkYTkwZWVkKMTM1YWFj a crypto 2 AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_32 inline NzkyM2FjNzQ2ZDgxYjgOMzQWMGVmMGUxMzdmNWFm a crypto 3 F8_128_ HMAC_SHA1_80 inline NDIiMWIzZGE1ZTAWZjA5ZGFhNjQ5YmEANTMzYzA0 a rtpmap 0 PCMU 8000 a rtpmap 8 PCMA 8000 a rtpmap 18 G729 8000 a fmtp 18 annexb no a rtpmap 9 G722 8000 a fmtp 101 0 15 a rtpmap 101 telephone event 8000 a ptime 20 a sendrecv The callee receives the INVITE message with the RTP encryption algorithm and then answers the call by responding with a 200 OK message which carries the negotiated RTP encryption algorithm Examp
404. s used to customize the soft keys at the bottom of the LCD screen to best meet users requirements In addition to specifying which soft keys to display you can determine their display order It can be configured based on call states You can configure the soft key layout using the softkey layout templates for different call states For more information on how to configure a softkey layout template refer Softkey Layout Template The following table lists soft keys available for IP phones in different call states Call State Default Soft Keys Optional Soft Keys NewCall Empty Empty Switch CallFailed Empty Cancel Empty Answer Empty Forward Switch Callin Silence Reject Empty Empty Empty Switch Connecting Empty Connectin Canica 8 Transfer Empty Empty Switch SemiAttendTrans Empty Cancel Send Empty IME History Delete Switch Dialing Cancel Dir GPickup DPickup Empty Empty Empty Switch RingBack Empty CC i Cancel RingBack Transfer Empty Empty Switch SemiAttendTransBack Empty CC Cancel 226 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Transfer Empty Hold Mute Conference SWAP Talk Cancel NewCall Switch Answer Reject Transfer Empty Resume Switch Hold NewCall Answer Cancel Reject Empty Empty Talking Empty Switch Held Empty Answer Cancel Reject NewCall Transfer Empty IME Directory PreTrans Transfer To Delete Switch Cancel Send Empty Empty Hold Switc
405. selected 7 Time amp Date Epot Thi Upgrade Pap Feature Eg st ade n Export System Log Local Sever Dial Plan System Log Level 3 gt Voice a 322 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To capture packets using the Ethernet software Connect the Internet port of the IP phone and the PC to the same HUB and then use Sniffer Ethereal or Wireshark software to capture the signal traffic Enabling WatchDog Feature The IP phone provides a troubleshooting feature called WatchDog which helps you monitor the IP phone status and provides the ability to get stack traces from the last time the IP phone failed If WatchDog feature is enabled the IP phone will automatically reboot when it detects a fatal failure This feature can be configured using the configuration files or via web user interface You can use the watch_dog enable parameter to configure watchdog feature in the configuration files For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters To configure watchdog feature via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Preference e Select the desired value from the WatchDog list sa MATRIX ASOINI Status Account Network DSSKey Preference Language English Angielski gt E Live Dialpad Enabled v Time amp Date Inter Digit Time 1 14s 4 Q Upgrade Contract i J0 a Auto Provision WatchDog Enabled i Disabled Ring T Configuration Enabled Ge Upload Ri
406. set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will reject incoming calls on all accounts Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features dnd enable 1 Parameter Configuration File features dnd on_code lt MAC gt cfg Configures the DND on code to activate the server side Description DND feature Format String Default Value Blank Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 393 Range String within 32 characters Example features dnd on_code 71 Parameter Configuration File features dnd off_code lt MAC gt cfg Configures the DND off code to deactivate the server Description 7 side DND feature Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example features dnd off_code 72 Busy Tone Delay Parameter features busy_tone_delay Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures a period of time in seconds for which the busy tone is audible on the IP phone When one party releases the call a busy tone is audible Description to the other party indicating that the call connection breaks If it is set to 3 3s a busy tone is audible for 3 seconds on the IP phone Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 03 3 3s 5 5s Example features busy_tone_delay 0 394 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Return Code When Refuse Parameter
407. sing the protocol and store the information about other devices LLDP transmits information as packets called LLDP Data Units LDPDUs An LLDPDU consists of a set of Type Length Value TLV elements each of which contains a particular type of information about the device or the port transmitting it LLDP MED Media Endpoint Discovery LLDP MED is published by the Telecommunications Industry Association TIA It is an extension to LLDP that operates between endpoint devices and network connectivity devices LLDP MED specifically provides support for voice over IP VoIP applications and provides the following capabilities e Capabilities Discovery allows IP phones to determine the capabilities that the connected switch supports and has enabled e Network Policy provides voice VLAN configuration to notify IP phones which VLAN to use and QoS related configuration for voice data It provides a plug and play network environment e Power Management provides information related to how IP phones are powered power priority and how much power IP phones need e Inventory Management provides a means to effectively manage IP phones and their attributes such as model number serial number and software revision TLVs supported by IP phones are summarized in the following table TLV Type TLV Name Description Chassis ID The network address of the IP phone Port ID The MAC address of the IP phone Mandatory TLVs Time
408. speakerphone integrated PoE auto provisioning and broad array of call management features Perfect fit for everyday users with basic communication needs SPARSH VP110 finds its applications in call centres enterprises small businesses and branch offices Y For a list of advanced technical information about the IP phone refer Appendix This chapter provides the overview of the SPARSH VP110 IP phone If you require additional information or assistance with your new phone contact your reseller vendor Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 7 Hardware Component Instructions The main hardware components of the SPARSH VP110 IP phone are the LCD screen and the keypad Hardware component instructions of the IP phone are Key Label Item Description LCD Screen Shows information about calls messages soft keys time date and other relevant data e Call information caller ID call duration e Icons for example e Missed call text or second incoming caller information e Prompt text for example Saving config file e Time and date Power Indicator LED Indicates phone power status and phone status Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Navigation Scroll through the displayed information Keys 3 OK V Key Confirms actions or answers incoming calls 4 Mute Key Mutes or un mutes calls 5 Message Key Indicates and accesses voice
409. ss gt serviet p features remotecontrl amp q load To configure the trusted IP address es for action URI via web user interface e Click on Features gt Remote Control e Enter the IP address or any in the Action URI allow IP List field Multiple IP addresses are separated by commas If you enter any in this field the IP phone can receive and handle GET requests from any IP address If you leave the field blank the IP phone cannot receive or handle any HTTP GET request a MATRIX PAEL ERAEN Status Account Network Settings Dir i Forward amp DND Dt EL E Push XML Server IP Address General Information SIP Notify Disabled 7 Block XML In Calling Disabled Audio Action URI allow IP List 10 33 25 Q Intercom conten Cnc Transfer Call Pickup Remote Control Phone Lock ACD SS e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 255 Server Redundancy Server redundancy is often required in VoIP deployments to ensure continuity of phone service for events where the server needs to be taken offline for maintenance the server fails or the connection between the IP phone and the server fails Two types of redundancy are possible In some cases a combination of the two may be deployed e Failover In this mode the full phone system functionality is preserved by having a second equivalent capability call server take over from the one that has gone down of
410. ssaaeeeeseaaesessaeeesenaeeeesennesens 230 Early Modia ss asinine ene aed nel aed ceed ei ci eli ei 232 180 Ring Workaroun sect in tact ig een ed Leg cb ee a al ee etd ele 233 Use Outbound Proxy i Dialog ei e e a E a a a e a a a aaa 235 DIP SOSSION TE a SA eV oa e e a r a e 237 e E EE etek EAEE AA AEE tad A E tt tilts 239 Pis eve R OA S eRe ee Po i ee ee ed te 241 TONGS ceive tel Mime ie rede ae eae A aves os tenes Si te oh nade ite ie clas ae es cede has 246 AGCHONSORE 5 cies E ties pies oN Yank doe sit Nees Seek es GN ded deel don added ede Shes ea deeded che ee fag aged eel dee ade Be 249 AGCHON ORI Cs tic tacit tithe Sat eth tie tad a Tad arth Satie ted a Cedicihe a hota Worthy Tadic Fedele Scaife 253 Server REGUADANCY oh Pies ot eee ee i ee ae E kgs TO yee ae De 256 EDP ott Stet oe Seige vote te Be conic Se ete EE AT AEA Non edie he tes ae Sh TEE EAA 264 VLAN a SS ON a LN a gh NI Oe IN a a nt 268 Quality of Service QOS e isse iiien deine nauraa anada aaea E aE deine a ad a E aT ai e aad anandia 271 Network Address Translation NAT 22 cc c1cccccsesceeeeeseeeesenaeeeesneeeeseaneeeesenaesessenaesessaneeeeseaaesetseeesesseeeeseseeers 274 602 1X Authenticauion nprspsiri hiin eriei dai adh a ea a aaa a d aaa a aa a ae el Ed iaai eaa 276 IPV6 SUppOH rinrin ta a E E Ee ee 280 Configuring Audio Features ic cccccecccecccecedasseccctecssecetececessttuctescescuctiesssecuectessdectatecenscusctecssecuctescssettaceteastee 283 Headset Use E E E E
411. ssions of LLDP packet Range from 1 to 3600 Default 60 network lldp packet interval 80 FEEF VLAN ttREEE HHH Enables or disables the IP phone to insert VLAN tag on packet from the Internet port network vlan internet port enable 0 Configures the VLAN ID that is associated with the particular VLAN Range 1 to 4094 network vlan internet port vid 15 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 471 Configures the priority value used for passing VLAN packets 7 is the highest priority 0 is the lowest priority network vlan internet port priority 5 Enables or disables the IP phone to insert VLAN tag on packet from the PC port network vlan pc port enable 0 Configures the VLAN ID that is associated with the particular VLAN Range 1 to 4094 network vlan pc_ port vid 12 Configures the priority value used for passing VLAN packets 7 is the highest priority 0 is the lowest priority network vlan pc port priority 2 Enables or disables DHCP VLAN discovery feature on the IP phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default network vlan dhcp enable 1 Configures the DHCP option used to request the VLAN ID Range 128 to 254 132 Default network vlan dhcp option 132 Ht Voice QoS tt te tt Ft Configure the voice QOS It ranges from 0 to 63 the default value is 46 Require reboot network gos rtptos 40 Configure the SIP QOS It ranges from 0 to 63 the default value is 26 Require reboot net
412. ssociated group refer to Adding Groups Otherwise the phone will play the ring tone assigned to the account If no ring tone is assigned to the account the phone will play the ring tone assigned for the phone All custom ring tone files must be within 100KB Uploading custom ring tones for your phone is configurable via web user interface only Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 79 Contact Management This section provides the operating instructions for managing contacts Topics include e Directory e Local Directory e Blacklist Remote Phone Book Directory Directory provides easy access to frequently used lists The lists may contain Local Directory History and Remote Phone Book The desired lists can be added to Directory using a directory file For more information on how to customize a directory file refer Directory Template Procedure Directory can be configured using the configuration files or locally Specify the access URL of the Directory file Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the Directory Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p contacts favorite amp q load To configure the directory via web user interface e Click on Directory gt Setting e Inthe Directory block select the desired list from the Disabled column and then click The selec
413. support the following cipher suites e DHE RSA AES256 SHA e DHE DSS AES256 SHA e AES256 SHA Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 295 e EDH RSA DES CBC3 SHA e EDH DSS DES CBC3 SHA e DES CBC3 SHA e DHE RSA AES128 SHA e DHE DSS AES128 SHA e AES128 SHA e IDEA CBC SHA e DHE DSS RC4 SHA e RC4 SHA e RC4 MD5 e EXP1024 DHE DSS DES CBC SHA e EXP1024 DES CBC SHA e EDH RSA DES CBC SHA e EDH DSS DES CBC SHA e DES CBC SHA e EXP1024 DHE DSS RC4 SHA e EXP1024 RC4 SHA e EXP1024 RC4 MD5 e EXP EDH RSA DES CBC SHA e EXP EDH DSS DES CBC SHA e EXP DES CBC SHA e EXP RC4 MD5 The following figure illustrates the TLS messages exchanged between the IP phone and TLS server to establish an encrypted communication channel te GR te o Oe frre pata Testor b bb GZGead ea GBeSoaineeeF 2 BE QQQO gong Pam bomn Cw Aey Wo Tee sasse Pretec i 0o 192 2 56 i ss Step1 IP phone sends Client Hello message proposing SSL options Step2 Server responds with Server Hello message selecting the SSL options sends its public key information in Server Key Exchange message and concludes its part of the negotiation with Server Hello Done message Step3 IP phone sends session key information encrypted by server s public key in the Client Key Exchange message Step4 Server sends Change Cipher Spec message to activate the negotiated options for all future messages it will send 296
414. suppress the display of DTMF digits DTMF digits are displayed as on the LCD screen Suppress DTMF display delay defines whether to display the DTMF digits for a short period of time before displaying as Procedure kI Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure suppress DTMF display and suppress DTMF display delay For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Local Web User Interface Configure suppress DTMF display and suppress DTMF display delay Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features general amp q load To configure suppress DTMF display and suppress DTMF display delay via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Dire Forward amp DND General Inford ation Audio Intercom Transfer Call Pickup Remote Control Phone Lock General Information Call Waiting Call Waiting On Code Call Waiting Off Code Auto Redial Auto Redial Interval 1 300s Auto Redial Times 1 300 Key As Send Reserve in User Name Hotline Number Hotline Delay 0 10s Enabled gt Disabled 10 10 Q z Enabled gt 2 4 a e Select the desired value from the Suppress DTMF Display list 202 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide
415. t key and then select Del All from the prompt list e Press the OK soft key The LCD screen prompts Delete all records All Calls 1 4 Sra fh Ar NiNngeererereres Delete all records Cancel e Press the OK soft key to confirm the deletion or the Cancel soft key to cancel Missed Call Log Missed call log allows the IP phone to display the number of missed calls with an indicator icon on the idle screen and to log missed calls in the Missed Calls list when the IP phone misses calls Once the user accesses the Missed Calls list the prompt message and indicator icon on the idle screen disappear Procedure Missed call log can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure missed call log feature Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure missed call log feature Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p account basic amp q load amp acc 0 To configure missed call log via web user interface e Click on Account gt Basic Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 103 Select the desired value from the Missed Call Log list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Proxy Require Local Anonymous Send Anonymous Code On Code Off Code Anonymous Call Rejection On Code Off Code Missed Call Log
416. t p settings autop amp q load To configure AES keys via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Auto Provision Enter the values in the MAC Oriented AES Key fields AES keys must be 16 characters and the supported characters contain 0 9 A Z a z 306 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide way IMAC Oriented AES Key must be same as the lt AES Key gt that you used to encrypt decrypt the lt MAC gt cfg file For details refer Procedure to Encrypt Decrypt the Configuration Files lt MAC gt cfg described above n MATRIX P H VP11 ii i Status Account Network Preference Auto Provision PNP Active o of Time amp Date E DHCP Active on of Upgrade Custom Option 128 254 Rais Peon DHCP Option Value Matrix SPARSHV A Server URL Configuration User Name Dial Plan Password ecccccece Voice Common AES Key eeccccee Ring MAC Oriented AES Key rrr N Zero Active Disabled Wait Time 0 100s 2 e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 307 308 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide CHAPTER 11 Maintenance This chapter describes the following features in details e Upgrading Firmware e SNMP e TR 069 Device Management Advanced Maintenance Upgrading Firmware This section provides information on upgrading the IP phone firmware Two methods of firmware upgrade e Manually from the local system for
417. tch between the calls and then press the Resume soft key to retrieve the desired call A numbered prompt appears on the LCD screen for example 1 2 indicating that this is the first call out of two calls Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 157 Do Not Disturb You can use DND to reject incoming calls automatically on the phone Callers will receive a busy message You can receive incoming calls from authorized numbers when DND is enabled A user can activate or deactivate DND using the DND key or DND soft key The DND on code and DND off code configured on IP phones are used to activate deactivate the server side DND feature They may vary on different servers Return Message When DND This feature defines the return code and the reason of the SIP response message for the rejected incoming call when DND is enabled on the IP phone The caller s phone LCD screen displays the received return code Procedure DND can be configured using the configuration files or locally Assign a DND key For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure DND in the phone mode Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Specify the return code and the reason of the SIP response message when DND is enabled For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters 158 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Assign a DND key Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt ser
418. ted list appears in the Enabled column e Repeat above step to add more lists to the Enabled column To remove a list from the Enabled column select the desired list and then click 80 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e To adjust the display order of enabled lists select the desired list and then click LJ or WwW The LCD screen displays the list s in the adjusted order z MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Local Directory Remote Phone Disabled Enabled Book a iLocal Directory a History Phone Call Info Remote Phone Boo MulticastIP Setting Search Source List In Dialing Q e Click Confirm to save the change Y Directory is configurable via web user interface only To check the directory via phone user interface e Press the Dir soft key when the phone is idle The LCD screen displays the list s in the directory as per configurations done 1 Local Directory 2 History 3 Remote Phone Book Enter e If there is only one list in the directory press the Dir soft key to enter this list directly Local Directory Directory The directory pa administrator a The built in phone directory can store contact names and numbers You can store up to 1000 contacts and 5 groups including the default groups Company Family and Friend in your phone s local directory add new contacts and groups edit delete or search for a contact or sim
419. ters Local Web User Interface Configure the mode of jitter buffer and the delay time for jitter buffer Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p settings voice amp q load To configure Jitter Buffer via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Voice e Click the desired option in Type Enter the minimum delay time for adaptive jitter buffer in the Min Delay field Valid values range from 0 to 300 Enter the maximum delay time for adaptive jitter buffer in the Max Delay field Valid values range from 0 to 300 e Enter the fixed delay time for fixed jitter buffer in the Normal field Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 293 Valid values range from 0 to 300 n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Features e Click Confirm to save the change 294 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide CHAPTER 10 Configuring Security Features This chapter provides information for making configuration changes for the following security related features e Transport Layer Security e Secure Real Time Transport Protocol e Encrypting Configuration Files TLS TLS is a commonly used protocol for providing communications privacy and managing the security of message transmission allowing IP phones to communicate with other remote parties and connect to the HTTPS URL for provisioning in a way that is designed to prevent eavesdropping and tampering TLS protocol
420. that matches the pattern will be replaced This feature is convenient for you to dial out a long number For example a replace rule is configured as Prefix 1 and Replace 1234567 When trying to dial out the number 1234567 you just need to enter 1 on the phone and then press the Send soft key You can also configure replace rules in batch using a replace rule template For more information on how to customize a replace rule template refer Replace Rule Template Procedure Replace rule can be created using the configuration files or locally Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Create the replace rule for the IP phone For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters 112 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Create the replace rule for the IP phone Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p settings dialplan amp q load To add a replace rule via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Dial Plan gt Replace Rule Enter the string e g 1 in the Prefix field e Enter the string e g 1234 in the Replace field n MATRIX i i Status Account Network DSSKey Features Preference Time amp Date Index Prefix Replace 1 Upgrade Pg 2 Auto Provision 3 4 Configuration 5 Dial Plan 6 Voice 7 8 Ring R Tones 10 Softkey Layout TR069 Prefix 1 Replace 1234 e Click
421. the account The default value is 5060 Account gt Register gt SIP Server Y gt Port account 1 sip_server Y expires Y ranges from 1 to 2 Integer from 30 to 2147483647 It configures the registration expiration time in seconds to SIP server Y for the account The default value is 3600 Account gt Register gt SIP Server Y gt Server Expires account 1 sip_server Y retry_counts Y ranges from 1 to 2 Integer from O to 20 It configures the times for the phone to retransmit the request when the SIP server Y is unavailable or there is no response from the SIP server Y for the account The default value is 3 Account gt Register gt SIP Server Y gt Server Retry Counts DNS Resolution and Server Redundancy Configuration Parameter Valid Values Descriptions Web Interface Path account 1 transport Integer It configures the transport type for the account 0 UDP 1 TCP 2 TLS 3 DNS NAPTR The default value is 0 Account gt Register gt Transport account 1 naptr_build Oor1 It configures the way of SRV query when there is no result from the NAPTR query for the account 0 SRV query using UDP only 1 SRV query using UDP TCP or TLS The default value is 0 NA Fallback Mode Parameter Valid Values Descriptions Web Interface Path account 1 fallback red undancy_type Oor1 It configures the r
422. the IP phone Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are 0 Disabled 1 EAP MD5 Range 2 EAP TLS 3 PEAP MSCHAPv2 4 EAP TTLS EAP MSCHAPv2 Example network 802_1x mode 1 Parameter Configuration File network 802_1x identity lt MAC gt cfg Configures the identity used for authenticating the IP phone Description f Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example network 802_1x identity admin Parameter Configuration File network 802_1x md5_password lt MAC gt cfg Configures the password used for authenticating the IP phone Note If you change this parameter the IP phone Description will reboot to make the change take effect It is only applicable to EAP MD5 PEAP MSCHAPv2and EAP TTLS EAP MSCHAPv2 protocols Format String Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 437 Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example network 802_1x md5_password admin123 Parameter Configuration File network 802_1x root_cert_url lt MAC gt cfg Configures the access URL of the CA certificate used for authentication Note If you change this parameter the IP phone
423. the content e You may change the destination number if required in the To field e Press the Send soft key To delete a text message e Press Menu gt Messages gt Text Message gt Inbox Sentbox Outbox or Draftbox e Select the desired message and then press the Delete soft key Inbox el All e Select Delete to delete the desired message The LCD screen prompts Delete Message Cancel e Press the OK soft key to delete this message or the Cancel soft key to cancel e You can also delete all text messages by pressing the Delete soft key and then select Del All For more information refer to the above steps WW You can also delete a specific message after retrieving by pressing the Delete soft key 218 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Voice Mail You can leave voice mails for someone else on the IP phone You can also listen to the voice mails stored in a centralized location When receiving a new voice mail the phone will play a warning tone The LCD screen will display a prompt message and flashing icon 2224 00 35 25 New Yoice Mail Y Voice mail is not available on all servers e You can configure whether to play the warning tone or not when receiving a voice mail To do that on the web interface access Features gt General Information and select Enable for the Voice Mail Tone parameter To leave a voice mail You can leave a voice mail for someone else when he she is busy o
424. tic DNS on of Primary DNS 192 168 100 5 Secondary DNS SS X PPPE User Name Password ecccccece e Click Confirm to save the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone To configure PPPoE via phone user interface e Press Menu gt Settings gt Advanced Settings password 1234 gt Network gt WAN Port and press the Enter soft key e Press to select IPv4 and press the Enter soft key e Press to select PPPoE IP Client and press the Enter soft key Enter the user name and password in corresponding fields e Press the Save soft key to save the change e Reboot the IP phone to apply the changes Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 51 x Using the wrong network parameters may result in inaccessibility of your phone and may also have an l4 impact on your network performance For more information on these parameters contact your network administrator Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Configuring Transmission Methods of the Internet Port and the PC Port Two Ethernet ports on the back of the IP phone Internet port and PC port Three optional methods of transmission configuration for IP phone Internet or PC Ethernet ports e Auto negotiation e Half duplex e Full duplex Auto negotiation is configured for both Internet and PC ports on the IP phone by default Auto negotiation Auto negotiation means that two connected devic
425. time and date from the NTP server you must set the time zone Daylight Saving Time Daylight Saving Time DST is the practice of temporary advancing clocks during the summertime so that evenings have more daylight and mornings have less Typically clocks are adjusted forward one hour at the start of spring and backward in autumn Many countries have used the DST at various times details vary by location The DST can be adjusted automatically from the time zone configuration Typically there is no need to change this setting The following table lists available configuration methods for time and date Option Configuration Methods Configuration Files Time Zone Web User Interface Phone User Interface Web User Interface Time Phone User Interface Configuration Files Time Format Web User Interface Phone User Interface Web User Interface Date Phone User Interface Configuration Files Date Format Web User Interface Phone User Interface Configuration Files Daylight Saving Time Web User Interface Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 61 Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure NTP by DHCP priority feature Configure the NTP server time zone and DST Configure the time and date manually Configure the time and date formats For more information refer Appendix D Configuration
426. tion File lt MAC gt cfg Configure forward international For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure call forward Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p features forward amp q load Configure diversion history info Local Web User Interface feature Configure forward international Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features general amp q load Phone User Interface Configure call forward To configure call forward via web user interface e Click on Features gt Forward amp DND In the Forward block click the desired option in Always Forward Busy Forward No Answer Forward SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Dire Forward amp DND rd E Always Forward Gon of General For Information Target Thi Gait fory n Code Audio and Off Code Q Tar Intercom i Busy Forward On of Transfer Target arge Q d x The Call Pickup On Code pad Off Code Q Remote Control Off No Answer Forward on of The PBX After Ring Time 0 120s 12 ACD Target SMS On Code Off Code Q Acton URI Enter the destination number you want to forward in the Target field 164 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Optional Enter the on code and off code in the On Code and Off Code fields Select the ring time to wait before forwarding from the After Ring Time 0 120s list only for the N
427. tion is required Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 128 characters Example managementserver username user1 Parameter Configuration File ma nagementserver password lt MAC gt cfg Configures the password to authenticate with the Description ACS This string is set to the empty string if no authentication is required Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 64 characters Example managementserver password pwd123 Parameter Configuration File managementserver url lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures the URL of the ACS Format URL Default Value Blank Range String within 511 characters managementserver url http 192 168 1 20 Example acs Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 439 Parameter Configuration File managementserver connection_request_ lt MAC gt cfg username ee Configures the user name for the IP phone to Description z A authenticate the incoming connection requests Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 128 characters managementserver connection_request_userna Example me acsuser Parameter Configuration File managementserver connection_request_ lt MAC gt cfg password een Configures the password for the IP phone to Description R A authenticate the incoming connection requests Format String Default Val
428. tion soft key and then select Detail from the prompt list The detailed information of the entry appears on the LCD screen To place a call from the call history list e Press the History soft key e Press Oor 0 to switch between All Calls Placed Calls Received Calls Missed Calls and Forwarded Calls e Press or to scroll to the desired entry e Press the Send soft key To add a contact to the local directory or blacklist from the call history list e Press the History soft key e Press Jor 0 to switch between All Calls Placed Calls Received Calls Missed Calls and Forwarded Calls e Press or to scroll to the desired entry e Press the Option soft key and then select Add to Contacts or Add to Blacklist from the prompt list e Enter the desired values in the corresponding fields and then press the Save soft key Y For more information refer Contact Management l To delete an entry from the call history list e Press the History soft key e Press Oor 0 to switch between All Calls Placed Calls Received Calls Missed Calls and Forwarded Calls e Press or to scroll to the desired entry e Press the Delete soft key To delete all entries from the call history list e Press the History soft key 102 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Press or 0 to switch between All Calls Placed Calls Received Calls Missed Calls and Forwarded Calls e Press the Option sof
429. to any desired value of your choice preferably a higher value if desired However configuring a much higher value for this timer may cause undesired security breaches and allow access of the web user interface to non authorized individuals if you do not log out How does Reboot In Talking parameter function This parameter is accessible from the web interface Features gt General Information If this parameter is enabled and SIP NOTIFY message with reboot event is received while the IP phone is in active call it will reboot automatically If this parameter is disabled and SIP NOTIFY message with reboot event is received while the IP phone is in active call then the IP phone will reboot only after the call ends that is after it becomes idle If the IP phone is idle and SIP NOTIFY message with reboot event is received then the IP phone will reboot immediately irrespective of this parameter whether enabled or disabled Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 345 346 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Appendix Physical Features of IP Phones This section lists the available physical features of SPARSH VP110 IP phones e 132 x 64 Graphic LCD e Single VoIP account e 29 keys including 4 soft keys e 1x RJ9 4P4C Handset port e 1x RJ9 4P4C Headset port e 2x RJ45 10 100Mbps Ethernet ports e 1 LED 1 x Power Power Adapter Optional AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 600mA output e Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Te
430. to save the change 182 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide To enable the group call pickup via web user interface e Click on Features gt Call Pickup e Select Enabled from the Group Call Pickup list SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Forward amp DND Call Pidup Directed Call Pickup Disabled gt General Information Directed Call Pickup Code Q Group Call Pickup Disabled lx Audio z Disabled Group Call Pickup Code Enblad N Intercom Transfer Call Pickup Remote Control Phone Lock AR e Click Confirm to save the change To configure the group call pickup code on a global basis via web user interface e Click on Features gt Call Pickup e Enter the group call pickup code in the Group Call Pickup Code field e Click Confirm to save the change To pick up a call in the group e Pick up the handset The GPickup soft key appears on the LCD screen 1009 e Press the GPickup soft key on your phone when a phone in the group receives an incoming call The call is answered on your phone Directo Call Pick The call administr Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 183 e You can configure a programmable key as a group pickup key via web user interface only Relevant instructions to do that have been mentioned above You can pick up a call by pressing the group pickup key directly e The directed call pickup code and group call pickup code are
431. to the web user interface of the phone with the user credential you need to enter the old user l password in the Old Password field Key as Send Key as send allows assigning the pound key or star key as a send key Send sound allows the IP phone to play a key tone when a user presses the send key Key tone allows the IP phone to play a key tone when a user presses any key Send sound works only if Key tone is enabled Procedure Key as send can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure a send key Configure a send sound Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configure a key tone For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure a send key Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features general amp q load Web User Interface Local Configure a send sound and key tone Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features audio amp q load Phone User Interface Configure the send key Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 71 To configure a send key via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information Select the desired value from the Key As Send list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Forward amp DND General Information Call Waiting General e Information Call Waiting On Code Call Waiting Off Code Audio Auto Redial Intercom Auto Redial Interval 1 300s Transfer Auto Redial Ti
432. trix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Select the desired value from the Return Code When Refuse list sa MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Settings Forward amp DND General Information Call Waiting General Information Call Waiting On Code Call Waiting Off Code Audio Auto Redial Auto Redial Interval 1 300s Auto Redial Times 1 300 Key As Send Reserve in User Name Hotline Number Hotline Delay 0 10s 4 Busy Tone Delay Seconds 0 Return Code When Refuse 486 Busy ra Bi 404 Not Found Return Code When DND 480 Temporarily Not Available 486 Busy Here Call Completion z Time Out for Dial Now Rule e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 231 Early Media Early media refers to media e g audio and video played to the caller before a SIP call is actually established Current implementation supports early media through the 183 message When the caller receives a 183 message with SDP before the call is established a media channel is established This channel is used to provide the early media stream for the caller 232 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 180 Ring Workaround 180 ring workaround defines whether to deal with the 180 message received after the 183 message When the caller receives a 183 message it suppresses any local ring back tone and begins to play the media received 180 ring workaround allows
433. ty Procedure Call hold can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure the call hold tone and call hold tone delay Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Specify whether RFC 2543 c 0 0 0 0 outgoing hold signaling is used For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the call hold tone and call hold tone delay Specify whether RFC 2543 c 0 0 0 0 Local Web User Interface outgoing hold signaling is used Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features general amp q load To configure call hold method via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information 154 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Select the desired value from the RFC 2543 Hold list e s MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Forward amp DND General Information Audio Intercom Transfer Call Pickup Remote Control Phone Lock ACD SMS Action URL Power LED General Information Account Network Call Waiting Call Waiting On Code Call Waiting Off Code Auto Redial Auto Redial Interval 1 300s Auto Redial Times 1 300 Key As Send Reserve in User Name Hotline Number Hotline Delay 0 10s Busy Tone Delay Seconds Return Code When Refuse Return Code When DND Call Completion Time Out for Dial Now Rule RFC 2543 Hold Use Outbound Proxy In Dialog e Click Confirm to save the change DSSKey
434. ty 2 enable 0 gt Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 331 lt item id_name remotedirectory display_name Remote Phone Book priority 3 enable 0 gt lt root_favorite_set gt Super Search Template Search source list in dialing allows the IP phone to search for entries from the desired lists based on the entered string when in the pre dialing screen and then the user can select the desired entry to dial out quickly The lists may contain Local Directory History and Remote Phone Book You can configure the search source list in dialing using the supplied super search template super_search xml After setup place the super search template to the provisioning server and specify the access URL in the configuration files When editing a super search template learn the following Do not rename the super search template lt root_super_search gt indicates the start of a template and lt root_super_search gt indicates the end of a template The default display names of the directory lists are Local Directory History and Remote Phone Book When specifying the priority of search results the valid values are 1 2 3 1 is the highest priority 3 is the lowest When enabling or disabling the desired directory list the valid values are 0 and 1 0 stands for Disabled 1 stands for Enabled Procedure Use the following procedures to customize a super search template Customizing a super search template Open the template
435. u change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 DHCP 1 Static IP Address Example network ipv6_internet_port type 0 Parameter Configuration File network ipv6_static_dns_enable lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the phone to use manually configured static IPv6 DNS when the parameter network ipv6_internet_port type is set to 0 Description DHCP Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Boolean Default Value 0 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 441 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example network ipv6_static_dns_enable 0 Parameter Configuration File network ipv6_internet_port ip lt MAC gt cfg Configures the IPv6 address when the IPv6 address assignment method is configured as Static IP Address and the IP address mode is Description configured as IPv6 or IPv4 amp IPv6 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format IPv6 Address Default Value Blank Range Not Applicable network ipv6_internet_port ip Example 2026 1234 1 1 215 65ff fe1f caa Parameter Configuration File network ipv6_prefix lt MAC gt cfg Configures the prefix of the IPv6 address when the IPv6 address assignment method is configured as Static IP Add
436. ue Blank Range String within 64 characters managementserver connection_request_passwor Example d acspwd Parameter Configuration File managementserver periodic_inform_ena ble lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to periodically Description Da report its configuration information to the ACS Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example managementserver periodic_inform_enable 1 Parameter Configuration File managementserver periodic_inform_inte rval lt MAC gt cfg Configures the interval in seconds to report its Description A AMS configuration information to the ACS Format Integer Default Value 60 Range 5 to 4294967295 440 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide IPv6 Example managementserver periodic_inform_interval 60 Parameter network ip_address_mode Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the IP address mode Description Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Format Integer Default Value 0 Valid values are 0 IPv4 Range 1 IPv6 2 IPv4 amp IPv6 Example network ip_address_mode 1 Parameter Configuration File network ipv6_internet_port type lt MAC gt cfg Configures the IPv6 address assignment method Description Note If yo
437. upant of a work station or surface by a particular employee A primary motivation for hot desking is cost reduction Hot desking is regularly used in places where not all employees are in the office at the same time or not in the office for a long time which means actual personal offices would often be vacant consuming valuable space and resources You can use hot desking on the IP phone to log out of the existing account and then log into a new account that is many users can share the phone resource in different time To use this feature you need to configure a hot desking key in advance KA Hot desking is not available on all servers Contact your ITSP for more information Procedure Hot desking key can be configured using the configuration files or locally To configure a hot desking key via web user interface Assign a hot desking key Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Assign a hot desking key Navigate to Local Web User Interface E http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p dsskey amp q load amp model 0 Click on DSSKey gt Programmable Key Select the desired programmable key 192 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Select Hot Desking from the Type list n MATRIX PARSH VP11 a 3 j Status Account Network Features Settings Dire T Line Value Label Extension Programable Key Koy mee NC
438. ures key feature for the DSS key For the programmable key x ranges from 1 to 14 For IP phones x 1 9 13 14 For programmable keys Valid types are e N A e Forward e DND e Call Return e SMS e Directed Pickup e Speed Dial e XML Group e Group Pickup Description e Intercom e Multicast Paging e XML Browser e History e Menu e New SMS e Status e Hot Desking e Prefix e Zero Touch e Local Directory e Local Group e XML Directory e Keypad Lock e Directory Format Integer Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 461 Default Value For the programmable key when x 1 the default value is 28 when x 2 the default value is 61 when x 3 the default value is 5 when x 4 the default value is 30 when x 5 the default value is 28 when x 6 the default value is 0 when x 7 the default value is 0 when x 8 the default value is 0 when x 9 the default value is 33 when x 14 the default value is 2 Range Valid values are 0 N A 2 Forward 5 DND 7 Call Return 8 SMS 9 Directed Pickup 13 Speed Dial 14 Intercom 22 XML Group 23 Group Pickup 24 Multicast Paging 27 XML Browser 28 History 30 Menu 32 New SMS 33 Status 34 Hot Desking 40 Prefix 41 Zero Touch 43 Local Directory 45 Local Group 47 XML Directory 50 Keypad Lock 61 Directory Example programablekey 7 type 32 462 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Parameter progra
439. ursement credit with respect to the product or component Parts repaired or replaced will be under warranty throughout the remainder of the original warranty period only In case of software program design defect s that prevents the program from performing the specified functionality affecting service and beneficial use of the product Matrix reserves the right to incorporate solutions in its new release of the software and make it available to the customer within a reasonable period of time The above said with regard to the software design defect constitutes the sole obligation of Matrix and its authorized installer with respect to the product Matrix does not however affirm or stand for that the functions or features contained in the system will satisfy its end user s particular purpose and or requirements or that the operation of the program will be uninterrupted or error free This warranty is voidable by Matrix 1 Ifthe product is used other than under normal use and is not properly serviced and maintained by qualified technicians 2 If the product is not maintained under proper environmental conditions 3 If the product is subjected to abuse damage misuse neglect fire power flow acts of God accident 4 Ifthe product is installed or used in combination or in assembly with the products that are not supplied or authorized by Matrix or are of inferior quality or design than Matrix supplied products which may cause reduction or de
440. used as a central phone book for a company each employee can load it to obtain the real time data from the same server What is auto provisioning Auto provisioning refers to the update of IP phones including update on configuration parameters local phone book firmware and so on You can use auto provisioning on a single phone but it makes more sense in mass deployment How to reboot the IP phone remotely IP phones support remote reboot by a SIP NOTIFY message with Event check sync header When receiving a NOTIFY message with the parameter reboot true the IP phone reboots immediately The NOTIFY message is formed as shown NOTIFY sip lt user gt lt dsthost gt SIP 2 0 To sip lt user gt lt dsthost gt From sip sipsak lt srchost gt CSeq 10 NOTIFY Call ID 1234 lt srchost gt Event check sync reboot true What is PnP Plug and Play PnP is a method for IP phones to acquire the provisioning server address With PnP enabled the IP phone broadcasts the PnP SUBSCRIBE message to obtain a provisioning server address during startup Any SIP server recognizing the message will respond with the pre configured provisioning server address so the IP phone will be able to download the CFG files from the provisioning server PnP depends on support from a SIP server Why doesn t the IP phone update the configuration Do one of the following 344 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Ensure that the
441. using a super search file For more information on how to customize a super search template refer Super Search Template Procedure Search source list in dialing can be configured using the configuration files or locally Specify the access URL of the super i i search file Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the search source list in dialing Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p contacts favorite amp q load To configure search source list in dialing via web user interface e Click on Directory gt Setting e Inthe Search Source List In Dialing block select the desired list from the Disabled column and then click The selected list appears in the Enabled column e Repeat above step to add more lists to the Enabled column To remove a list from the Enabled column select the desired list and then click 90 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e To adjust the display order of search results select the desired list and then click Le or Lo The LCD screen displays the search results in the adjusted order P ARSENIO Status Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Directory a rere wore Directory j Remote Phone Disabled Enabled Directory Book The directory par 3 Local Directory a administrator History Phone Call Info Remote Phone Boo ma Mu
442. usy signal to the caller If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will automatically answer an incoming intercom call Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features intercom allow 1 Parameter Configuration File features intercom mute lt MAC gt cfg Description Enables or disables the IP phone to mute the microphone when answering an intercom call If it is set to O Disabled the microphone is un muted for incoming calls If it is set to 1 Enabled the microphone is muted for intercom calls Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 413 Format Boolean Default Value 0 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features intercom mute 1 Parameter Configuration File features intercom tone lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to play a warning tone when receiving an intercom call If it is set to O Disabled the IP phone will automatically answer the intercom call without a Description warning tone If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will play a warning tone to alert you before answering the intercom call Format Boolean Default Value 1 Valid values are Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Example features intercom tone 1 Parameter Configuration File features intercom barge lt MAC gt cfg Enables or disables the IP phone to automatically answer an incoming i
443. uto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 o Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 3 Call Pickup Key As Send ba Q au Reserve in User Name Enabled gt Remote Control aaa Hotline Number Q on Hotline Delay 0 10s 4 ACD Busy Tone Delay Seconds 0 X Q SMS Return Code When Refuse 486 Busy Here gt Return Code When DND 480 Temporarily Not Av ocol o D Call Completion Disabled gt Power LED Time Out for DialNow Rule 1 Qe RFC 2543 Hold Disabled Use Outbound Proxy In Dialog Enabled l X Disabled 180 Ring Workaround Qo e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide SIP Session Timer SIP session timers T1 T2 and T4 are SIP transaction layer timers defined in RFC 3261 Timer T1 is an estimate of the Round Trip Time RTT of transactions between a SIP client and SIP server Timer T2 represents the maximum retransmit interval for non INVITE requests and INVITE responses Timer T4 represents the maximum duration a message will remain in the network These session timers are configurable on IP phones Procedure SIP session timer can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure SIP session timer Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure SIP session timer Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p account adv am
444. uto provisioning process immediately To use the Auto Provision Now mode via web user interface 38 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Click on Settings gt Auto Provision MATRIX _ SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features i Directory Security Auto Provision DHCP Option Value MerxseasH O Server URL Configuration User Name o Dial Plan Password eeeeeeee Ring MAC Orientes AES Key eeeeeeee Zero iare Cesebies Tones Walt Time O 100s Softkey Layout a aO TR069 Resestecty Dom or Intervel Mirtes 1440 asav On ar Tm O co 00 00 c V smear T Moncey P Tuescsy Sevewes T wecrescay V rmerscey V ericay V sarrcey e Click Autoprovision Now The phone will perform the auto provisioning process immediately Multi mode Mixed You can activate more than one update mode for auto provisioning For example you can activate the Power On and Repeatedly modes simultaneously The phone will perform the auto provisioning process when it is powered on and at a specified interval SIP NOTIFY Message The phone will perform the auto provisioning process when receiving a SIP NOTIFY message which contains the header Event check sync If the header of the SIP NOTIFY message contains an additional string reboot true the phone will reboot immediately and then perform the auto provisioning process This upd
445. utting a call on hold and resuming the call refer Call Hold and Resume Procedure Music on hold MoH can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configure MoH Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure MoH Navigate to Local Web User Interface http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p account adv amp q load amp acc 0 To configure MoH server via web user interface e Click on Account gt Advanced n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Network DSSKey Features Settings Register Keep Alive Type Default gt E Keep Alive Interval Seconds 30 ciii Local SIP Port 5060 2 Codec RPort Disabled Advance SIP Session Timer T1 0 5 10s 0 5 SIP Session Timer T2 2 40s 4 SIP Session Timer T4 2 5 60s 5 Subscribe Period Seconds 1800 Q DTMF Type RFC2833 hd ATME Infa Tuna 1 ATMERoiaw e 214 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Enter the SIP URI for example sip moh sip com in the Music Server URI field SIP Send MAC Disabled a SIP Send Line Disabled SIP Registration Retry Timer 0 1800s 30 Conference Type Local Conference X Q Conference URI Q ACD Subscrip Period 120 3600s 3600 amp Early Media Disabled SIP Server Type Default Music Server URI ae Q Directed Call Pickup Code g Group Call Pickup Code ap Distinctive Ring Tones Disabled y Un
446. ver and specify the access URL in the configuration files When editing a softkey layout template learn the following e lt Call States gt indicates the start of a template and lt Call States gt indicates the end of a template For example lt CallFailed gt lt CallFailed gt e lt Disable gt indicates the start of the disabled soft key list and lt Disable gt indicates the end of the soft key list The disabled soft keys are not displayed on the LCD screen e Create disabled soft keys between lt Disable gt and lt Disable gt e lt Enable gt indicates the start of the enabled soft key list and lt Enable gt indicates the end of the soft key list The enabled soft keys are displayed on the LCD screen e Create enabled soft keys between lt Enable gt and lt Enable gt e lt Default gt indicates the start of the default soft key list and lt Default gt indicates the end of the default soft key list The default soft keys are displayed on the LCD screen by default Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 329 Procedure Use the following procedures to customize a softkey layout template To customize a softkey layout template e Open the template file using an ASCII editor e For each soft key that you want to enable add the following string between lt Enable gt and lt Enable gt in the file Each starts on a separate line lt Key Type gt Where Key Type specifies the enabled soft key This value can
447. ver fails and offers the same functionality as the primary server e Fallback Server Server 2 is configured with the IP address of the fallback server For example 192 168 1 15 A fallback server offers less functionality than the working server Phone Registration Registration methods of the fallback mode include e Concurrent registration The IP phone registers to two SIP servers working server and fallback server at the same time In a failure situation a fallback server can take over the basic calling capability but without some of the advanced features offered by the working server default registration method e Successive registration The IP phone only registers to one server at a time The IP phone first registers to the working server In a failure situation the IP phone registers to the fallback server When registering to the working server the IP phone must always register to the primary server first except in failover conditions When the primary server registration is unavailable the secondary server will serve as the working server Fallback Scenario The following introduces a REGISTER fallback scenario The SIP server 1 working server and SIP server 2 fallback server are configured with the IP address respectively for account 1 The parameter account 1 fallback redundancy_type is configured as 1 Successive Registration REGISTER Fallback The phone has ability to fail over to a fallback server
448. visioning Server IP phones support using FTP TFTP HTTP and HTTPS protocols to download configuration files and firmware from the provisioning server and then upgrade firmware automatically IP phones can download firmware stored on the provisioning server in one of two ways e Check for configuration files and then download firmware during start up e Automatically check for configuration files and then download firmware at a fixed interval or specific time Method of checking for configuration files is configurable Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally 310 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Configure the way for the IP phone to check for configuration files Specify the access URL of firmware Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg For more information refer Appendix D Configuration Parameters Configure the way for the IP phone to check for configuration files Local Web User Interface Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p settings autop amp q load To configure the way for the IP phone to check for configuration files via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Auto Provision e Make the desired change s n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Preference Auto Provision E PNP Active on of Time amp Date g DHCP Active on off Th for Upgrade Custom Option 128 254 o
449. vlet p dsskey amp q load amp model 0 Configure DND Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p features forward amp q load Web User Interface Local Specify the return code and the reason of the SIP response message when DND is enabled Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt servlet p features general amp q load Phone User Interface Configure DND To configure a DND key via web user interface e Click on DSS Key gt Programmable Key e Inthe desired DSS key field select DND from the Type list n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Features Key Type Line Value Label Extension SoftKey 1 History v LocalHistory v SoftKey 2 Directory vy N A v The SoftKey3 DND x N A Programable Key N A a SoftKey 4 Speed Dial al N A v Key Directed Pickup z a a Ke Up Group Pickup Local History v sh z Intercom E D cm fun Down pa N A Left Local Group N A ee e ei In XML Group l En Right XML Browser FTI N A itis History en OK Menu N A v toc Forward the MUTE N A v Call Return TRAN SMS N A v New SMS E7 al Multicast Paging Local Directory e Click Confirm to save the change Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 159 To configure DND feature via web user interface e Click on Features gt Forward amp DND n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network Settings Director
450. want to restart your machine The configuration will take effect after a reboot e Click OK to reboot the IP phone The system log will be exported successfully to the desired syslog server after a reboot e Reproduce the issue To export a log file to the local system via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Configuration e Click Local in Export System Log e Reproduce the issue Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 321 e Click Export to open file download window and then save the file to your local system n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features a a Export or Import Configuration No file selected Time amp Date Upgrade Pap Feature stop Auto Provision Export System Log Qoal Osever Dial Plan System Log Level 3 Q i Gee Capturing Packets Packet Capture You can capture packet in two ways capturing the packet via web user interface or using the Ethernet software You can analyze the packet captured for troubleshooting purpose To capture packets via web user interface e Click on Settings gt Configuration e On Pcap Feature click Start to start capturing signal traffic e Reproduce the issue to get stack traces e Click Stop to stop capturing e Click Export to open the file download window and then save the file to your local system n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Account Network DSSKey Features Preference Export or Import Configuration No file
451. work gos signaltos 26 Local RTP Portd tt tt tt Configure the maximum local RTP port It ranges from 0 to 65535 the default value is 11800 Require reboot network port max rtpport 11800 Configure the minimum local RTP port It ranges from 0 to 65535 the default value is 11780 472 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Require reboot network port min rtpport 11780 SNMP client COnfigures the SNMP client 0 Disabled Default 1 Enabled network snmp enable 1 Configures the SNMP Port Range from 1 to 65535 Default 161 network snmp port 161 Configures the SNMP server IP address network snmp trust_ ip 192 168 153 222 WebServer enables or disables the HTTP protocol for web server access 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default wui https enable 1 configures the HTTP port for webserver access The default value is 80 Range 1 to 65535 network port http 80 enables or disables the HTTPS protocol for web server access 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default wui https enable 1 configures the HTTPS port for webserver access The default value is 443 Range 1 to 65535 network port https 443 802 1x Hara a a AER Configures the types of the 802 1X authentication to use on the IP phone 0O Disabled Default 1 EAP MD5 2 EAP TLS 3 PEAP MSCHAPv2 4 EAP TTLS EAP MSCHAPv2 network 802 1x mode 0 Configures the i
452. xts to map the keywords contained Description in the SIP header X ranges from 1 to 10 Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 32 characters Example distinctive_ring_tones alert_info 1 text family Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 415 Tones Parameter distinctive_ring_tones alert_info X ring er Configuration File lt MAC gt cfg Configures the desired ring tones for each text The value ranges from 1 to 5 the digit stands for the Description l appropriate ring tone X ranges from 1 to 10 Format Integer Default Value 1 Valid values are 1 Ring1 wav 2 Ring2 wav Range 3 Ring3 wav 4 Ring4 wav 5 Ring5 wav Example distinctive_ring_tones alert_info 1 ringer 1 Parameter Configuration File voice tone country lt MAC gt cfg Description Configures the country tone for the IP phone Format String Default Value Custom 416 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide Range Valid values are Custom Australia Austria Brazil Belgium China Czech Denmark Finland France Germany Great Britain Greece Hungary Lithuania India Italy Japan Mexico New Zealand Netherlands Norway Portugal Spain Switzerland Sweden Russia United States Chile Czech ETSI Example voice tone country Custom Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 417 Parameter voice tone dial voice tone r
453. y Forwardggn ssh a nore Always Forward On of General i Forward Information Target 2 This feature allo pa forward an inc Aado another phone ni Off Code 2 Target Intercom The number to Busy Forward on of Scania cao Transfer Target i The code that Call Pickup Soo PBX when tt is Off Code Q Remote Control Off Code No Answer Forward o of The code that PBX when it is Phone Lock After Ring Time 0 120s 12 e Click the desired option in DND Status DID DND Emergency Disabled DND Authorized Numbers 2 DND Status we of DND On Code OS o DND Off Code 2 cance Optional Enter the DND on code in the DND On Code field e Optional Enter the DND off code in the DND Off Code field e Click Confirm to save the change To specify the return code and the reason when DND is enabled via web user interface e Click on Features gt General Information 160 Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide e Select the desired type from the Return Code When DND list SPARSH VP110 Account Network DSSKey Features Settings Dir Forward amp DND General Information E Call Waiting Enabled gt General t Information Call Waiting On Code Q i pl Call Waiting Off Code Audio Auto Redial Disabled gt ee Auto Redial Interval 1 300s 10 2 5e Transfer Auto Redial Times 1 300 10 Q Call Pickup Key As Send wa Reserve in User Name Enabled Remote Control Hotline
454. y of the enabled codecs Local Web User Interface Configure the ptime Navigate to http lt phonelPAddress gt serviet p account codec amp q load amp acc 0 To configure the codecs to use and adjust the priority of the enabled codecs via web user interface e Click on Account gt Codec Matrix SPARSH VP110 User Guide 287 Select the desired codec from the Disable Codecs column and then click The selected codec appears in the Enable Codecs column e Repeat the above step to add more codecs to the Enable Codecs column To remove the codec from the Enable Codecs column select the desired codec and then click e To adjust the priority of codecs select the desired codec and then click id or J n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 Status Network DSSKey Features Settings NO Register Audio Codecs Basic Disable Codecs Enable Codecs 6723_53 a use Codec G723_63 PCMA iLBC G729 Advanced 6726 32 6722 iatis L e Click Confirm to save the change To configure the ptime via web user interface e Click on Account gt Advanced n MATRIX SPARSH VP110 DSSKey Features Settings Dire it Y j REET Keep Alive Type Defau Q NO Keep Alive Interval Seconds 30 1 Local SIP Port 5060 The ad Codec RPort Disabled Advance SIP Session Timer T1 0 5 10s 0 5 2 SIP Session Timer T2 2 40s 4 SIP Session Timer T4 2 5 60s 5 ee Subscribe Period Seconds mm

SPARSH VP110 User Guide V2

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents